KUHLMAN CORP
S-8, 1997-08-06
DRAWING & INSULATING OF NONFERROUS WIRE
Previous: IBP INC, 10-Q, 1997-08-06
Next: LUBRIZOL CORP, 4, 1997-08-06




     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 6, 1997
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                 --------------


                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------


                               KUHLMAN CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                                 --------------

               DELAWARE                                           58-2058047
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                             (IRS EMPLOYER
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                           IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                            3 SKIDAWAY VILLAGE SQUARE
                             SAVANNAH, GEORGIA 31411
                    (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

             KUHLMAN CORPORATION 1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN, AS AMENDED

             COMMUNICATION CABLE, INC. EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS PLUS PLAN

                     COLEMAN CABLE SYSTEMS, INC. 401(K) PLAN

                     SCHWITZER TAX REDUCTION INVESTMENT PLAN
                    FOR CERTAIN SALARIED AND EXEMPT EMPLOYEES

                     SCHWITZER TAX REDUCTION INVESTMENT PLAN
              FOR ASHEVILLE HOURLY AND CERTAIN NONEXEMPT EMPLOYEES
                            (FULL TITLE OF THE PLANS)

                             RICHARD A. WALKER, ESQ.
            EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER,
                         GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                           3 SKIDAWAY VILLAGE SQUARE
                             SAVANNAH, GEORGIA 31411
                                 (912) 598-7809
                     (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND
                        TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
                           CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                                 --------------

                                   COPIES TO:
                            STEPHEN A. LANDSMAN, ESQ.
                                 RUDNICK & WOLFE
                            203 NORTH LASALLE STREET
                                   SUITE 1800
                             CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60601
                                 (312) 368-4000
                           (312) 236-7516 (TELECOPIER)
                                 --------------

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================================================
                                                                   PROPOSED               PROPOSED
                                                                    MAXIMUM                MAXIMUM
                 TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF         AMOUNT TO BE    OFFERING PRICE            AGGREGATE               AMOUNT OF
             SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED(1)      REGISTERED      PER SHARE(2)         OFFERING PRICE(2)       REGISTRATION FEE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                <C>                 <C>                     <C> 
COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $1.00 PER SHARE        400,000            $30.19               $12,076,000             $3,659.40
PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS(3)...........
==================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1)  In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, this
     registration statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests to
     be offered or sold pursuant to the employee benefit plans described herein
     (except the Kuhlman Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan).
(2)  Pursuant to Rules 457(c) and 457(h), the registration fee has been
     calculated on the basis of $30.19 per share, the average of the high and 
     low sale prices of the common stock on August 4, 1997, as reported on the 
     New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape. With respect to shares subject to
     outstanding options, all such options have an exercise price of less than
     $30.19. Pursuant to Rule 457(h), no separate fee is required with respect
     to the plan interests.
(3)  Preferred Stock Purchase Rights are evidenced by certificates for shares of
     Common Stock of the Registrant and automatically trade with the Common
     Stock of the Registrant. The value attributable to such Preferred Stock
     Purchase Rights, if any, is reflected in the market price of the Common
     Stock of the Registrant.


<PAGE>


                                     PART II

               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT


ITEM 3.      INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE.

    The Company's (i) prospectus dated June 23, 1997 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the Securities Act of
1933 as part of Registration Statement No. 333-28011; (ii) Item 1 of the
Company's registration statements on Form 8-A registering its Common Stock and
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934; (iii) quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31,
1997; (iv) the Company's current reports on Form 8-K dated March 10, 1997, April
24, 1997 and May 28, 1997; (v) the Company's current report on Form 8-K/A
(Amendment No. 1) dated March 10, 1997; (vi) Forms 11-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996 for the Schwitzer Tax Reduction Investment Plan for
Certain Salaried and Exempt Employees, and Schwitzer Tax Reduction Investment
Plan for Asheville Hourly and Certain Nonexempt Employees; (vii) Form 11-K for
the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1995 and the six months
ended December 31, 1995 for the Coleman Cable Systems, Inc. 401(k) Plan; and
(viii) Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996 and the two months
ended December 31, 1996 for the Communication Cable, Inc. Employees' Savings
Plus Plan (each of the plans in clauses (vi), (vii) and (viii) of this sentence
may be referred to herein as a "Plan" and collectively as the "Plans"). In
addition, all reports and proxy statements filed by the Company or any of the
Plans pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 subsequent to the date hereof and prior to the filing of a
post-effective amendment which indicates that all securities offered hereby have
been sold or which deregisters all securities then remaining unsold, shall be
deemed to be incorporated herein by reference and to be a part hereof from the
date of filing of such documents.

ITEM 4.      DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES.

    Not applicable.

ITEM 5.      INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL.

    Not applicable.

ITEM 6.      INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes
indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company;
allows the advancement of costs of defending against litigation; and permits
companies incorporated in Delaware to purchase insurance on behalf of directors,
officers, employees and agents against liabilities whether or not in the
circumstances such companies would have the power to indemnify against such
liabilities under the provisions of the statute. The Company's Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws

<PAGE>


provide for indemnification of its officers and directors to the extent 
permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Pursuant to 
such provisions, the Company has purchased such insurance on behalf of its 
directors and officers.

    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation eliminates, to the fullest extent
permitted by Delaware law, liability of a director to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of such director's fiduciary duty
of care except for liability where a director (a) breaches his or her duty of
loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (b) fails to act in good faith or
engages in intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (c) authorizes
payment of an illegal dividend or stock repurchase or (d) obtains an improper
personal benefit. This provision only pertains to breaches of duty by directors
as directors and not breaches of duty by directors in any other corporate
capacity, such as any capacity as an officer. While liability for monetary
damages has been eliminated, equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission remain available. In addition, a director is not relieved of his
responsibilities under any other law, including the federal securities laws.

ITEM 7.      EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED.

    Not applicable.

ITEM 8.      EXHIBITS.

    4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate [Incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit No. 4.1 to Registration Statement No. 33-58133]

    4.2      Adoption Agreement/Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype Profit Sharing
             Plan and Trust for Coleman Cable Systems, Inc. 401(k) Plan

    4.3      Adoption Agreement/Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype Profit Sharing
             Plan and Trust for Communication Cable, Inc. Employees' Savings
             Plus Plan

    4.4      Adoption Agreement/Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype Profit Sharing
             Plan and Trust for Schwitzer Tax Reduction Investment Plan for
             Certain Salaried and Exempt Employees

    4.5      Adoption Agreement/Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype Profit Sharing
             Plan and Trust for Schwitzer Tax Reduction Investment Plan for
             Asheville Hourly and Certain Nonexempt Employees

    4.6      Dreyfus Prototype Basic Plan Document No. 01 - Dreyfus Prototype
             Defined Contribution Plan

    4.7      Dreyfus Trust Agreement

<PAGE>

    4.8      Kuhlman Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended
             [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996]

    5.1      Opinion of Rudnick & Wolfe

    23.1     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

    23.2     Consent of Walsh, Cenko & Haynes, P.C.

    23.3     Consent of Batchelor, Tillery & Roberts, LLP

    23.4     Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

    23.5     Consent of Rudnick & Wolfe (contained in Exhibit 5 hereof)

    24       Power of Attorney by the directors and certain officers of the
             Company

    The Company undertakes that it will submit or has submitted the Plans and
any amendments thereto to the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in a timely
manner and has made or will make all changes required by the IRS in order to
qualify the Plans.

ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS.

   (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
         a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

            (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
         Securities Act of 1933;

            (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
         the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
         post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
         aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
         in the registration statement;

            (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan
         of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement
         or any material change to such information in the registration
         statement;

         provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) shall not
         apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective
         amendment by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed by
         the registrant pursuant to


<PAGE>



         section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
         are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.

            (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
         Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
         deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
         offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
         be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
         amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at
         the termination of the offering.

   (b)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
         determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing
         of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section
         15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable,
         each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to
         section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is
         incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed
         to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
         therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
         deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.

   (c)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
         Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
         persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
         otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
         Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against
         public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
         In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
         (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
         by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
         successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
         such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
         securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion
         of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
         submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
         indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act
         and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this registration
statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Savannah, State of Georgia, on this 6th day of
August, 1997.

                                                KUHLMAN CORPORATION

                                                  
                                                By:/s/ Robert S. Jepson, Jr.
                                                   --------------------------
                                                    Robert S. Jepson, Jr.
                                                    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                                    CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.


      NAME                          TITLE                              DATE

ROBERT S. JEPSON, JR.*         Chairman of the Board and        |
                               Chief Executive Officer          |
                               (Principal Executive Officer)    |
                               and Director                     |
                                                                |
VERNON J. NAGEL*               Executive Vice President         |
                               of Finance, Chief Financial      |
                               Officer and Treasurer            |
                               (Principal Financial and         |
                               Accounting Officer)              |
                                                                |
CURTIS G. ANDERSON*            President, Chief Operating       |
                               Officer and Director             | August 6, 1997
                                                                |
WILLIAM E. BURCH*              Director                         |
                                                                |
STEVE CENKO*                   Director                         |
                                                                |
GARY G. DILLON*                Director                         |
                                                                |
ALEXANDER W.                   Director                         |
   DREYFOOS, JR.*                                               |
                                                                |
WILLIAM M. KEARNS, JR.*        Director                         |
                                                                |
GEORGE J. MICHEL, JR.*         Director                         |
                                                                |
GENERAL H. NORMAN              Director                         |
   SCHWARZKOPF*                                                 |


*By:/s/ Robert S. Jepson, Jr.      Individually and as
      Robert S. Jepson, Jr.        Attorney-in-Fact



<PAGE>



    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Administrative Committee has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Indianapolis, State of Indiana, on August 6, 1997.

                               SCHWITZER TAX REDUCTION
                               INVESTMENT PLAN FOR CERTAIN
                               SALARIED AND EXEMPT EMPLOYEES,
                               AND SCHWITZER TAX REDUCTION
                               INVESTMENT PLAN FOR ASHEVILLE
                               HOURLY AND CERTAIN NONEXEMPT
                               EMPLOYEES


                               By:/s/ Richard H. Prange
                                   Name:  Richard H. Prange
                                   Title: Member, Administrative Committee


         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Administrative Committee has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of North Chicago, State of Illinois, on August 6, 1997.

                               COLEMAN CABLE SYSTEMS, INC. 401(K)
                               PLAN


                               By:/s/ Richard N. Burger
                                   Name:  Richard N. Burger
                                   Title: Member, Administrative Committee


         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Administrative Committee has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Sanford, State of North Carolina, on August 6, 1997.

                               COMMUNICATION CABLE, INC.
                               EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS PLUS PLAN


                               By:/s/ Gary Yetman
                                   Name:  Gary Yetman
                                   Title: Member, Administrative Committee



<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT

  4.1             Specimen Common Stock Certificate [Incorporated by
                  reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to Registration Statement
                  No. 33-58133]

  4.2             Adoption Agreement/Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype
                  Profit Sharing Plan and Trust for Coleman Cable Systems,
                  Inc. 401(k) Plan

  4.3             Adoption Agreement/Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype
                  Profit Sharing Plan and Trust for Communication Cable,
                  Inc. Employees' Savings Plus Plan

  4.4             Adoption Agreement/Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype
                  Profit Sharing Plan and Trust for Schwitzer Tax Reduction
                  Investment Plan for Certain Salaried and Exempt
                  Employees

  4.5             Adoption Agreement/Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype
                  Profit Sharing Plan and Trust for Schwitzer Tax Reduction
                  Investment Plan for Asheville Hourly and Certain
                  Nonexempt Employees

  4.6             Dreyfus Prototype Basic Plan Document 01 - Dreyfus
                  Prototype Defined Contribution Plan

  4.7             Dreyfus Trust Agreement

  4.8             Kuhlman Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended
                  [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
                  Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                  ended December 31, 1996]

  5.1             Opinion of Rudnick & Wolfe

 23.1             Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

 23.2             Consent of Walsh, Cenko & Haynes, P.C.

 23.3             Consent of Batchelor, Tillery & Roberts, LLP

 23.4             Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

 23.5             Consent of Rudnick & Wolfe (contained in Exhibit 5
                  hereof)

  24              Power of Attorney by the directors and certain officers of
                  the Company




<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2



                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                             DREYFUS NONSTANDARDIZED
                     PROTOTYPE PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

                                PLAN NUMBER 01002
                           IRS SERIAL NUMBER D362552A

The Employer named in Section I.A. below hereby establishes or restates a Profit
Sharing Plan ("Plan") and Trust, consisting of such sums as shall be paid to the
Trustee(s) under the Plan, the investments thereof and earnings thereon. The
terms of the Plan and Trust are set forth in this Adoption Agreement and the
applicable provisions of the Dreyfus Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic
Plan Document No. 01, and the Dreyfus Trust Agreement, both as amended from time
to time, which are hereby adopted and incorporated herein by reference.


I.   BASIC PROVISIONS

     A.   Employer's Name:                   COLEMAN CABLE SYSTEMS, INC.

          Address:                           2500 COMMONWEALTH AVENUE
                                             NORTH CHICAGO, IL 60064

     B.   Employer is a (X) corporation; ( ) S Corporation; ( ) partnership; ( )
          sole proprietor; ( ) other: [....]

     C.   Employer's Tax ID Number: 36-3091262

     D.   Employer's fiscal year: JANUARY 1 - DECEMBER 31

     E.   Plan Name: COLEMAN CABLE SYSTEMS, INC. 401(K) PLAN

     F.   If this is a new Plan, the Effective Date of the Plan is:

          If this is an amendment and restatement of an existing Plan, enter the
          original Effective Date JULY 1, 1985. The effective date of this
          amended Plan is JULY 1, 1997.

     G.   The Trustee shall be: (X) The Dreyfus Trust Company



<PAGE>



          ( ) Other:        (Name)           [....]
                            (Address)        [....]
                            (Address)        [....]
                            (Phone #)        [....]

     H.   The first Plan Year shall be [...] through [....]. Thereafter, the
          Plan Year shall mean the 12-consecutive-month period commencing on
          JANUARY 1 and ending on DECEMBER 31.

     I.   Service with the following predecessor employer(s):

          shall be credited for purposes of: [ ] eligibility; [ ] vesting.

          Note: Such Service must be credited if the adopting Employer maintains
          the plan of the predecessor employer.

     J.   The following employer(s) aggregated with the Employer under Sections
          414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code") shall be
          Participating Employers in the Plan: BARON WIRE & CABLE CORP., AND THE
          DEKALB WORKS COMPANY (KNOWN AS NEHRING ELECTRICAL WORKS COMPANY PRIOR
          TO JANUARY 19, 1996). PRIOR TO JULY 1, 1995, THE EMPLOYEES OF COLEMAN
          INTERNATIONAL ALSO PARTICIPATED IN THE PLAN.

     K.   Are all employers aggregated with the Employer under Sections 414(b),
          (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participating in this Plan?

                              ( ) Yes      (X) No

II.  HOURS OF SERVICE

     A.   For Eligibility Purposes.

          Hours of Service under the Plan will be determined for all Employees
          on the basis of the method selected below:

          ( )  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or
               entitled to payment.

          ( )  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited with
               ten (10) Hours of Service for any day such Employee would be
               credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day
               under the Plan.


                                        3

<PAGE>



          ( )  On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with
               forty-five (45) Hours of Service for any week such Employee would
               be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week
               under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An Employee will be
               credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service for any
               semi-monthly payroll period such Employee would be credited with
               at least one (1) Hour of Service under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be credited with
               one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for any month such
               Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
               under the Plan.

          (X)  On the basis of elapsed time.

          B.   For Vesting Purposes.

          Hours of Service under the Plan will be determined for all Employees
          on the basis of the method selected below:

          ( )  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or
               entitled to payment.

          ( )  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited with
               ten (10) Hours of Service for any day such Employee would be
               credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day
               under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with
               forty-five (45) Hours of Service for any week such Employee would
               be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week
               under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An Employee will be
               credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service for any
               semi-monthly payroll period such Employee would be credited with
               at least one (1) Hour of Service under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be credited with
               one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for any month such
               Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
               under the Plan.

          (X)  On the basis of elapsed time.


                                       4

<PAGE>

III. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

     All Employees shall be Eligible Employees, except:

     (X)  Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective
          bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee
          representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
          bargaining. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives" does
          not include any organization more than half of whose members are
          Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.
          NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, EMPLOYEES WHO ARE MEMBERS OF TEAMSTERS
          LOCAL 743 ARE ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 1995.

     ( )  Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income
          from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
          United States.

     (X)  Employees included in the following classification(s): THOSE EMPLOYEES
          AT THE WEB WIRE LOCATION WHO ARE NOT OFFICE, CLERICAL OR SUPERVISORY
          EMPLOYEES. THOSE EMPLOYEES COVERED BY THE COMMUNICATION CABLE, INC.
          EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS PLUS PLAN OR EMPLOYED AT A LOCATION WHERE EMPLOYEES
          ARE ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE IN THAT PLAN.

     (X)  Employees of the following employers aggregated with the Employer
          under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code: KUHLMAN
          CORPORATION, KUHLMAN ELECTRIC CORPORATION AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, EMTEC
          PRODUCTS CORPORATION, AND SCHWITZER, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, AND
          ANY OTHER ENTITY ACQUIRED B KUHLMAN CORPORATION OR ONE OF ITS
          SUBSIDIARIES ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1, 1997 UNLESS THIS PLAN IS
          SPECIFICALLY EXTENDED TO THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ENTITY.

         (X)      Individuals required to be considered Employees under Section
                  414(n) of the Code.

     ( )  Employees who, subject to determination by the Committee that such
          election will not affect the plan's qualification, make a one-time
          irrevocable election not to participate in the Plan for purposes of
          the following:

          [ ]   Employer Discretionary Contributions.

          [ ]   Elective Deferrals/Thrift Contributions/Combined Contributions.

                                       5
<PAGE>


         Note:    The term Employee includes all employees of the Employer and
                  any employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under
                  Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and individuals
                  considered employees of any such employer under Section 414(n)
                  or (o) of the Code.

IV.  AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

     Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date
     coincident with or following completion of the following requirements:

     Age:      ( )   No age requirement.

               (X)   The attainment of age 18 (not to exceed age 21).

     Service:  ( )      No service requirement.

               ( )   For Employer Discretionary Contributions only -- The
                     completion of [....] (not to exceed 1 unless 100% immediate
                     vesting is elected, in which case, may not exceed 2)
                     Eligibility Years of Service. If the Eligibility Years of
                     Service is or includes a fractional year, an Employee shall
                     not be required to complete any specific number of Hours of
                     Service to receive credit for such fractional year.

                     If more than 1 Eligibility Year of Service is required,
                     Participants must be 100% immediately vested.

                     (X) For all other contributions -- The completion of 1/2
                         (not to exceed 1) Eligibility Year of Service.

                                               AND

     Effective Date: ( ) Each Eligible Employee who is employed
                         on the Effective Date shall become a Participant on the
                         Effective Date. Each Eligible Employee employed after
                         the Effective Date shall become a Participant on the
                         Entry Date coincident with or following completion of
                         the age and service requirements specified above.

                     ( ) Each Eligible Employee who is employed on the effective
                         date of this amended plan shall become a Participant as
                         of such date. Each Eligible Employee employed after the
                         effective date shall


                                       6


<PAGE>

                         become a Participant on the entry date coincident with
                         or following completion of the age and service
                         requirements specified above.


V.   ELIGIBILITY YEARS OF SERVICE

     A.   For Employer Discretionary Contributions, in order to be credited with
          an Eligibility Year of Service, an Employee shall complete [....] (not
          to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.

          Note: Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for
          eligibility purposes is elected.

     B.   For all other contributions, in order to be credited with an
          Eligibility Year of Service, an Employee shall complete [....] (not to
          exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.

          Note: Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for
          eligibility purposes is elected.

          Note: In the case of an Employee in the Maritime Industry, for
          purposes of Eligibility Years of Service, refer to Section 1.24 of the
          Plan.


VI.  ENTRY DATE

     The Entry Date shall mean:

     ( )  For the first Plan Year only, the initial Entry Date shall be
          _______________;

         thereafter:

     ( )  Annual Entry. The first day of the Plan Year. [Note: If Annual Entry
          is selected, the age and service requirements cannot exceed 20 1/2 and
          1/2 Eligibility Year of Service.]

     ( )  Dual Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
          seventh month of the Plan Year.

     (X)  Quarterly Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
          the fourth, seventh and tenth months of the Plan Year.

                                       7
<PAGE>


     ( )  Monthly Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
          each following month of the Plan Year.

     ( )  Other:________________________________________________________

          (Note: Eligible Employees must commence participation no later than
          the earlier of: a) the beginning of the Plan Year after meeting the
          age and service requirements, or b) 6 months after the date the
          Employee meets the age and service requirements).

VII. COMPENSATION

     A.   Except for purposes of "annual additions" testing under Section 415 of
          the Code, Compensation shall mean all of each Participant's:

     (X)  Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051, and
          6052 of the Code. (Wages, tips and other compensation box on Form W-2)
          Compensation is defined as wages as defined in Section 3401(a) and all
          other payments of compensation to the Employee by the Employer (in the
          course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is
          required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections
          6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code. Compensation must be determined
          without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the
          remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
          employment or services performed (such as the exception for
          agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). This definition
          of Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the
          Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the
          extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe
          that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under Section 217 of
          the Code.

     ( )  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the
          meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income tax
          withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules
          that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
          location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
          exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

     ( )  Section 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
          wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
          received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in
          gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
          salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a

                                       8
<PAGE>


          percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
          bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense
          allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Section
          1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

          (a)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which
               are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable
               year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a
               simplified employee pension plan described in Section 408(k), or
               any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation regardless
               of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the
               Employee;

          (b)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
               option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
               Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
               subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

          (c)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
               stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          (d)  Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
               premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent
               that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the
               Employee), or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not
               under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
               annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether
               or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross
               income of the Employee).

               which is actually paid to the Participant during the following
               applicable period:

          ( )  the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee is a
               Participant in the Plan.

          (X)  the Plan Year.

          ( )  the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.

     (X)  Compensation shall be reduced by all of the following items (even if
          includible in gross income): reimbursements or other expense
          allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses,
          deferred compensation and welfare benefits.

                                       9
<PAGE>

          Compensation (X) shall; ( ) shall not include Employer contributions
          made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement with an Employee which
          are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of
          Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

          If the Employer's contributions to the Plan are not allocated on an
          integrated basis, the following may be excluded from the definition of
          Compensation selected above for any year in which the Plan is not Top
          Heavy:

              ( )   bonuses

              ( )   overtime

              ( )   commissions

              ( )   amounts in excess of $ [....]

              ( )   [....]

          For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation
          means Earned Income.

          B.   For purposes of "annual additions" testing under Section 415 of
               the Code, Compensation for any Limitation Year shall mean all of
               each Participant's:

          (X)  Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051 and
               6052 of the Code. (Wages, tips and other compensation box on Form
               W-2) Compensation is defined as wages as defined in Section
               3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to the Employee by
               the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business)
               for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a
               written statement under Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the
               Code. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules
               under Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in
               wages based on the nature or location of the employment or
               services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor
               in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). This definition of
               Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the
               Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to
               the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to
               believe that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under
               Section 217 of the Code.

          ( )  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within
               the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income
               tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to
               any rules that limit the remuneration



                                       10
<PAGE>


               included in wages based on the nature or location of the
               employment or the services performed (such as the exception for
               agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

          ( )  Section 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
               wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other
               amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is
               paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the
               course of employment with the Employer to the extent that the
               amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not
               limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services
               on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
               premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or
               other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as
               described in Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

               (a)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation
                    which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for
                    the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer
                    contributions under a simplified employee pension plan
                    described in Section 408(k), or any distributions from a
                    plan of deferred compensation regardless of whether such
                    amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee;

               (b)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
                    option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
                    Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
                    subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

               (c)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                    disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                    option; and

               (d)  Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
                    premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the
                    extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross
                    income of the Employee), or contributions made by the
                    Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement)
                    towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in
                    Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the contributions
                    are actually excludable from the gross income of the
                    Employee).

          which is actually paid or includible in gross income during such
          Limitation Year.

          For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation
          means Earned Income.

                                       11
<PAGE>


VIII. LIMITATION YEAR

         Limitation Year shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive-month period:

          (X)  Identical to the Plan Year.

          ( )  Identical to the Employer's fiscal year ending with or within
               the Plan Year of reference.

          ( )  As fixed by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
               Employer, or the Employer if no Board of Directors exists.

IX.  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

     Normal Retirement Age shall mean:

     (X)  Age 65 (not to exceed 65).

     ( )  Age [....] (not to exceed 65), or the [....] (not to exceed the 5th)
          anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the
          Plan, if later.

X.   EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

     Early Retirement Age shall mean:

     ( )  There shall be no early retirement provision in this Plan.

     (X)  Age 55.

     ( )  Age [....] and [....] Years of Service.


XI.  EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

     A.   Types and allocation of Contributions

          1.   Employer Discretionary Contributions

               (X)  Not permitted.

                                       12
<PAGE>

               ( )  Permitted:

                    ( )  An amount fixed by appropriate action of the Employer.

                    ( )  [....]% of Compensation of Participants for the Plan
                         Year (not to exceed 15%).

                    ( )  [....]% of Compensation of Participants for the Plan
                         Year, plus an additional amount fixed by appropriate
                         action of the Employer (in total not to exceed 15%).

               Employer Discretionary Contributions ( ) shall; ( ) shall not be
               integrated with Social Security.

                    If integrated with Social Security:

                    a.   ( )  The Permitted Disparity Percentage shall be
                         [....]%.

                    b.   ( )  The Permitted Disparity Percentage shall be
                         determined annually by appropriate action of the
                         Employer.

                    c.   ( )  The Integration Level shall be:

                         ( )  the Taxable Wage Base.

                              ( )  $_______ (a dollar amount less than the
                                   Taxable Wage Base).

                              ( )  __% (not to exceed 100% of the Taxable Wage
                                   Base).

                   Note: The Permitted Disparity Percentage cannot exceed the
                         lesser of: (i) the base contribution, or (ii) the
                         greater of 5.7% or the tax rate under Section 3111(a)
                         of the Code attributable to the old age insurance
                         portion of the Old Age, Survivors and Disability Income
                         provisions of the Social Security Act (as in effect on
                         the first day of the Plan Year). If the Integration
                         Level selected above is other than the Taxable Wage
                         Base ("TWB"), the 5.7% factor in the preceding sentence
                         must be replaced by the


                                       13
<PAGE>



                         applicable percentage determined from the following
                         table.

                         If the Integration Level is:

                                                                 The Applicable
                         more than         but not more than         Factor is

                         $0                           X*             5.7%
                         X                    *80% of TWB            4.3%
                         80% of TWB                     Y**          5.4%

                         *X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of TWB

                         **Y = any amount more than 80% of TWB, but less
                         than 100% of TWB


               Allocation of Employer Discretionary Contributions.

                    In order to share in the allocation of Employer
                    Discretionary Contributions (and forfeitures, if forfeitures
                    are reallocated to Participants) an Active Participant:

                    ( ) Need not be employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

                    ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the Plan Year,
                         unless the Participant terminates employment on account
                         of:

                         ( )  Death.

                         ( )  Disability.

                         ( )  Attainment of Early Retirement Age.

                         ( )  Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

                         ( )  Employer approved leave of absence.

                         ( )  Must have ( ) 501 Hours of Service; ( ) [....]
                              Hours of Service (cannot exceed 1,000). (Note: Not
                              applicable if elapsed time method of crediting
                              service is elected.

               2.   Elective Deferrals



                                       14
<PAGE>

                    ( )  Not permitted.

                    (X)  Permitted.

                    A Participant may elect to have his or her Compensation
                    reduced by:

                    (X)  An amount not in excess of 15% of Compensation [cannot
                         exceed the dollar limitation of Section 402(g) of the
                         Code for the calendar year].

                    ( )  An amount not in excess of $[....] of Compensation
                         [cannot exceed the dollar limitation of Section 402(g)
                         of the Code for the calendar year].

                    ( )  An amount not to exceed the dollar limitation of
                         Section 402(g) of the Code for the calendar year.

                    ( )  An amount not in excess of (Note: The percent for the
                         Highly Compensated Employee cannot exceed the percent
                         for the Non- Highly Compensated Employee):

                         ___% of Compensation [cannot exceed the dollar
                         limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code for the
                         calendar year] for each Highly Compensated Employee;
                         and

                         ___% of Compensation [cannot exceed the dollar
                         limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code for the
                         calendar year] for each Non-Highly Compensated
                         Employee.

                    A Participant may elect to commence Elective Deferrals the
                    next pay period following: JANUARY 1, APRIL 1, JULY 1,
                    OCTOBER 1 (enter date or period -- at least once each
                    calendar year).

                    A Participant may modify the amount of Elective Deferrals as
                    of JANUARY 1, APRIL 1, JULY 1, OCTOBER 1 (enter date or
                    period -- at least once each calendar year).

                    A Participant (X) may; ( ) may not base Elective Deferrals
                    on cash bonuses that, at the Participant's election, may be
                    contributed to the CODA or received by the Participant in
                    cash. Such election shall be effective as of the next pay
                    period following such election or as soon as
                    administratively feasible thereafter.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                    Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the
                    preceding calendar year must submit their claims in writing
                    to the plan administrator by MARCH 1 (enter date between
                    March 1 and April 15).

                    A Participant ( ) may; (X) may not elect to recharacterize
                    Excess Contributions as Thrift Contributions. (Note:
                    Available only if Thrift Contributions are permitted.)

                    Participants who elect to recharacterize Excess
                    Contributions for the preceding Plan Year as Thrift
                    Contributions must submit their elections in writing to the
                    Committee by [....] (enter date no later than 2 1/2 months
                    after close of Plan Year).

               3.   Thrift Contributions

                    (X)  Not permitted.

                    ( )  Permitted.

                         Participants shall be permitted to make Thrift
                         Contributions from [....] % (not less than 1) to
                         [....]% (not more than 10) of their total aggregate
                         Compensation.

                         A Participant may elect to commence Thrift
                         Contributions the next pay period following [....]
                         (enter date or period--at least once each calendar
                         year).

                         The Change Date for a Participant to modify the amount
                         of Thrift Contributions shall be as of [....] (enter
                         date or period -- at least once each calendar year).

               4.   Elective Deferrals and Thrift Contributions, combined
                    ("Combined Contributions")

                    (X)  Not Permitted.

                    ( )  Permitted.

                         A Participant may elect to make Combined Contributions
                         which do not exceed [....]% of Compensation. (Note:
                         Elective Deferrals can not exceed the dollar limitation
                         of Section 402(g) of the Code for the calendar year).

                                       16
<PAGE>

                         A Participant may elect to commence contributions the
                         next pay period following: (enter date or period -- at
                         least once each calendar year).

                         A Participant may modify his amount of Combined
                         Contributions as of [....] (enter date or period -- at
                         least once each calendar year).

                         A Participant ( ) may; ( ) may not base Elective
                         Deferrals on cash bonuses that, at the Participant's
                         election, may be contributed to the CODA or received by
                         the Participant in cash. Such election shall be
                         effective as of the next pay period following [....] or
                         as soon as administratively feasible thereafter.

                         Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for
                         the preceding calendar year must submit their claims in
                         writing to the plan administrator by [....] (enter date
                         between March 1 and April 15).

                         A Participant ( ) may; ( ) may not elect to
                         recharacterize Excess Contributions as Thrift
                         Contributions.

                         Participants who elect to recharacterize Excess
                         Contributions for the preceding Plan Year as Thrift
                         Contributions must submit their elections in writing to
                         the Committee by [....] (enter date no later than 2 1/2
                         months after close of the Plan Year).

               5.   Matching Contributions

                    ( )  Not permitted.

                    (X)  Permitted.

                         (X)  The Employer shall or may (in the event that the
                              Matching Contribution amount is within the
                              discretion of the Employer) make Matching
                              Contributions to the Plan with respect to (any one
                              or a combination of the following may be
                              selected):

                              (X)  Elective Deferrals.

                              ( )  Thrift Contributions.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                              ( )  Combined Contributions.

                              Such Matching Contributions will be made on behalf
                              of:

                              (X)  All Participants who make such
                                   contribution(s).

                              ( )  All Participants who are Non-Highly
                                   Compensated Employees who make such
                                   contribution(s).

                              The amount of such Matching Contributions made on
                              behalf of each such Participant shall be:

                              (i)  Elective Deferrals (any one or a combination
                                   of the following may be selected) -

                                   ( )  An amount or percentage fixed by
                                        appropriate action of the Employer.

                                   (X)  20% of the Elective Deferrals.

                                   ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed as an Elective
                                        Deferral, plus

                                        [....]% of the next [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed as an Elective
                                        Deferral, plus

                                        [....]% of the next [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed as an Elective
                                        Deferral.

                                   The Employer shall not match Elective
                                   Deferrals as provided above in excess of
                                   $[....] or in excess of 5% of the
                                   Participant's Compensation.

                                   The Employer shall not match Elective
                                   Deferrals made by the following class(es) of
                                   Employees: [....]

                              (ii) Thrift Contributions (any one or a
                                   combination of the following may be
                                   selected)-

                                   ( )  An amount or percentage fixed by
                                        appropriate action of the Employer.

                                   ( )  $[....] for each dollar of Thrift
                                        Contributions.

                                       18
<PAGE>


                                   ( )  [....]% of the Thrift Contributions.

                                   ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed, plus [....]%
                                        of the next [....]% of Compensation
                                        contributed, plus [....]% of the
                                        remaining Compensation contributed.

                                   The Employer shall not match Thrift
                                   Contributions as provided above in excess of
                                   $[....] or in excess of [....]% of the
                                   Participant's Compensation.

                                   The Employer shall not match Thrift
                                   Contributions made by the following class(es)
                                   of Employees: [...]

                             (iii) Combined Contributions (any one or a
                                   combination of the following may be
                                   selected).

                                   ( )  An amount fixed by appropriate action
                                        of the Employer.

                                   ( )  [....]% of Combined Contributions.

                                   ( )  [....]% of Elective Deferrals, plus
                                        [....]% of Thrift contributions.

                                   ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed, plus [....]%
                                        of the next [....]% of Compensation
                                        contributed, plus [....]% of the
                                        remaining Compensation contributed.

                              The Employer shall not match Combined
                              Contributions as provided above in excess of
                              $[....] or in excess of [....]% of the
                              Participant's Compensation.

                              The Employer shall not match Combined
                              Contributions made by the following class(es) of
                              Employees: [....]

                         Matching Contributions shall be made each:

                              ( )  Payroll period.

                              (X)  Month.

                              ( )  Quarter.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                              ( )  Plan Year.

                         Allocation of Matching Contributions --

                         In order to share in the allocation of Matching
                         Contributions (and forfeitures, if forfeitures are
                         reallocated to participants) a Participant:

                              ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the
                                   payroll period.

                              ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the
                                   Month.

                              ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the
                                   Quarter.

                              ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the Plan
                                   Year.

                              unless the Participant terminates employment on
                              account of:

                                   ( )  Death.

                                   ( )  Disability.

                                   ( )  Attainment of Early Retirement Age.

                                   ( )  Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

                                   ( )  Employer approved leave of absence.

                              ( )  Must have ( ) 501 Hours of Service; ( )
                                   [....] Hours of Service (cannot exceed
                                   1,000). Note: Not applicable if elapsed time
                                   method of crediting service is elected.

                    6.   Qualified Matching Contributions

                              ( )  Not permitted.

                              (X)  Permitted.

                                   (X)  The Employer shall or may (in the
                                        event that the Qualified Matching
                                        Contribution amount is within the
                                        discretion of the Employer) make
                                        Qualified Matching Contributions.

                              Qualified Matching Contributions will be made on
                              behalf of:

                                       20
<PAGE>

                              ( )  All Participants who make Elective Deferrals.

                              (X)  All Participants who are Non-Highly
                                   Compensated Employees and who make Elective
                                   Deferrals.

                              The amount of such Qualified Matching
                              Contributions made on behalf of each Participant
                              shall be (any one or a combination of the
                              following may be selected):

                              (X)  An amount or percentage fixed by appropriate
                                   action by the Employer.

                              ( )  [....]% of the Elective Deferrals.

                         The Employer shall not match Elective Deferrals as
                         provided above in excess of $[....] or in excess of 5%
                         of the Participant's Compensation.

                    7.   Qualified Nonelective Contributions

                         ( )  Not permitted.

                         (X)  The Employer shall have the discretion to
                              contribute Qualified Nonelective Contributions for
                              any Plan Year in an amount to be determined each
                              year by the Employer.

                              Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be made
                              on behalf of (select as appropriate):

                              ( )  All Eligible Employees.

                              ( )  All Participants who make Elective Deferrals.

                              (X)  All Participants who are Non-Highly
                                   Compensated Employees and who make Elective
                                   Deferrals.

                              ( )  All Participants who are Non-Highly
                                   Compensated Employees.

                              ( )  All Non-Key Employees.

                                       21
<PAGE>

          B.   Forfeitures (Do not complete if 100% immediate vesting is
               elected).

               Forfeitures of Employer Discretionary Contributions, Matching
               Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be:

               (X)  Allocated to participants in the manner provided in Sections
                    4.2 and 4.7(d)(2) of the Plan.

               ( )  Used to reduce:

                    ( )  any future Employer contributions.

                    ( )  Plan expenses.

          C.   Contributions Not Limited by Net Profits

               Indicate for each type of Employer contribution allowed under the
               Plan whether such contributions are to be limited to Net Profits
               of the Employer for the taxable year of the Employer ending with
               or within the Plan Year:

                    ( )  Yes     ( )  No   Employer Discretionary Contributions

                    ( )  Yes     (X)  No   Elective Deferrals

                    ( )  Yes     (X)  No   Qualified Nonelective Contributions
  
                    ( )  Yes     (X)  No   Matching Contributions

                    ( )  Yes     (X)  No   Qualified Matching Contributions.


XII. DISTRIBUTIONS AND IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

     A.   Accounts shall be distributable upon a Participant's separation from
          service, death, or Total and Permanent Disability, and, in addition:

          (X)  Termination of the Plan without establishment or maintenance of a
               successor plan.

          (X)  The disposition to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer
               of substantially all of the assets used by the Employer in a
               trade or business, but only if the Employer continues to maintain
               the Plan and


                                       22
<PAGE>



               only with respect to participants who continue employment with
               the acquiring corporation.

          (X)  Upon attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Age.

          (X)  The disposition to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer
               of the Employer's interest in a subsidiary, but only if the
               Employer continues to maintain the Plan and only with respect to
               Participants who continue employment with such subsidiary.

          ( )  Vested portion of Employer Discretionary Contributions on account
               of a Participant's financial hardship to the extent permitted by
               Section 4.9 of the Plan.

          (X)  Vested portion of Employer Matching Contributions on account of a
               Participant's financial hardship to the extent permitted by
               Section 4.9 of the Plan. B. In addition to A above, Elective
               Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified
               Matching Contributions (as applicable) and income allocable to
               such amounts shall be distributable:

          (X)  Upon the Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2.

          (X)  On account of a Participant's financial hardship, to the extent
               permitted by Section 4.9 of the Plan (Elective Deferrals Only).

     C.   In-service withdrawals from a Participant's: ( ) Employer
          Discretionary Contribution Account; (X) Matching Contribution Account;
          ( ) Transfer Account, if any (X) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted
          upon the attainment of age 59 1/2. (Permitted only if the Plan is not
          integrated with Social Security and a Participant's Employer
          Discretionary Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Accounts
          are 100% vested at time of distribution.)

     D.   Distribution of benefits upon separation of service, retirement or
          death of a Participant ( ) shall; (X) shall not be subject to the
          Automatic Annuity rules of Section 8.2 of the Plan.

     E.   (Complete only if the Plan is not subject to the Automatic Annuity
          rules of Section 8.2.) Check the appropriate optional forms of benefit
          that shall be available under the Plan (if left blank, the provisions
          of Section 8.6(a) of this Plan shall apply):

          [ ] Single lump sum payment.

                                       23
<PAGE>

          [ ] Installment payments pursuant to Section 8.6(a) of the Plan.

     F.   The following optional forms of benefit shall be available in addition
          to the optional forms of benefit available under Section 8.6 of the
          Plan (Note: If the Plan is not subject to the Automatic Annuity rules
          of Section 8.2 and the Participant is permitted to select an annuity
          as an optional form of benefit, then the Automatic Annuity rules of
          Section 8.2 shall apply to such participant): DEATH BENEFITS SHALL BE
          PAID IN A LUMP-SUM UNLESS WITHIN THE 90 DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE THE
          COMMITTEE IS NOTIFIED OF THE PARTICIPANT'S DEATH, THE BENEFICIARY
          ELECTS IN WRITING TO RECEIVE THE BENEFITS IN ONE OF THE FORMS LISTED
          IN SECTION 8.6(B)(I), (II), (III) OR (IV), OR IN THE FORM OF A JOINT
          AND 50% SURVIVOR ANNUITY CONTRACT PURCHASED FROM AN INSURANCE COMPANY
          SELECTED BY THE COMMITTEE.

          [Note: If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of an existing
          Plan, optional forms of benefit protected under Section 411(d)(6) of
          the Code may not be eliminated, unless permitted by IRS Regulations
          Sections 1.401(a)-(4) and 1.411(d)-4].


XIII. VESTING SERVICE

     In order to be credited with a year of Service for vesting purposes, a
     Participant shall complete [....] (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.
     (Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for vesting
     purposes is elected).

     Note: In the case of Employees in the Maritime Industry, for purposes of a
     year of Service, refer to Section 1.56 of the Plan.


XIV. VESTING SERVICE - EXCLUSIONS

     All of an Employee's years of Service with the Employer shall be counted to
     determine the vested interest of such Employee except:

     ( )  Years of Service before age 18.

     ( )  Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a
          predecessor plan.

                                       24
<PAGE>

     ( )  Years of Service before the effective date of ERISA if such Service
          would have been disregarded under the Service Break rules of the prior
          plan in effect from time to time before such date. For this purpose,
          Service Break rules are rules which result in the loss of prior
          vesting or benefit accruals, or deny an Employee's eligibility to
          participate by reason of separation or failure to complete a required
          period of Service within a specified period of time.

XV.  VESTING SCHEDULES

     The vested interest of each Employee (who has an Hour of Service on or
     after January 1, 1989) in his Employer-derived account balance shall be
     determined on the basis of the following schedules:

     A.   Employer Discretionary Contributions.

          ( )  100% immediately vested. [Note: Mandatory if more than 1
               Eligibility Year of Service is required.]

          ( )  100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed 5) years of
               Service.

          ( )  [....]% (not less than 20%) vested for each year of Service,
               beginning with the [....] (not more than the 3rd) year of Service
               until 100% vested.

          ( )  Other: [....] (Must be at least as favorable as any one of the
               above 3 options).

               AND

          ( )  Effective Date Vesting. Each Employee who is a Participant on the
               Effective Date shall be 100% immediately vested.

     B.   Matching Contributions.

          ( )  100% immediately vested. [Note: Mandatory if more than 1
               Eligibility Year of Service is required.]

          ( )  100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed 5) years of
               Service.

          (X)  20% (not less than 20%) vested for each year of Service,
               beginning with the 1ST (not more than the 3rd) year of Service
               until 100% vested EXCEPT THAT ANY EMPLOYEE WHO WAS ELIGIBLE AS OF


                                       25
<PAGE>

               JUNE 30, 1995 TO PARTICIPATE IN THE PLAN IS 100% VESTED.

          ( )  Other: [....] (Must be at least as favorable as any one of the
               above 3 options).

               AND

          ( )  Effective Date Vesting. Each Employee who is a Participant on the
               Effective Date shall be 100% immediately vested.

     C.   Top Heavy Minimum Vesting Schedules.

          One of the following schedules will be used for years when the Plan is
          or is deemed to be Top-Heavy.

          ( )  100% immediately vested after (not to exceed 3) years of Service.

          (X)  20% vested after 2 years of Service, plus 20% vested (not less
               than 20%) for each additional year of Service until 100% vested.

          ( )  Other: [....] (Note: must be at least as favorable as either of
               the two schedules in this Section C).

          If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the Minimum
          Schedule above for any Plan Year because of the Plan's Top-Heavy
          status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the
          election in Section 7.3 of the Plan applies.


XVI. LIFE INSURANCE

     Life insurance ( ) shall; (X) shall not be a permissible investment.

XVII. LOANS

     Loans (X) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted.

XVIII.  TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

     A.  Top Heavy Status

                                       26
<PAGE>

          ( )  The provisions of Article XIII of the Plan shall always apply.

          (X)  The provisions of Article XIII of the Plan shall only apply in
               Plan Years after 1983, during which the Plan is or becomes
               Top-Heavy.

     B.   Minimum Allocations

          If a Participant in this Plan who is a Non-Key Employee is covered
          under another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, the minimum
          Top Heavy allocation or benefit required under Section 416 of the Code
          shall be provided to such Non-key Employee under:

          ( )  this Plan.

          ( )  the Employer's other qualified defined contribution plan.

          (X)  the Employer's qualified defined benefit plan.

     C.   Determination of Present Value

          If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition to this
          Plan, and such plan fails to specify the interest rate an mortality
          table to be used for purposes of establishing present value to compute
          the Top-Heavy Ratio, then the following assumptions shall be used:

               Interest Rate: 8%

               Mortality Table: UP - 1984

XIX. LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

     If the adopting Employer maintains or has ever maintained another qualified
     plan in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or
     could possibly become a Participant, the adopting Employer must complete
     this Section. The Employer must also complete this Section if it maintains
     a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, or an
     individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
     under which amounts are treated as Annual Additions with respect to any
     Participant in the Plan.

     (a)  If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
          contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or
          Prototype Plan,


                                       27
<PAGE>


          Annual Additions for any Limitation Year shall be limited to comply
          with Section 415(c) of the Code:

          ( )  in accordance with Sections 6.4(e) - (j) as though the other plan
               were a Master or Prototype Plan.

          ( )  by freezing or reducing Annual Additions in the other qualified
               defined contribution plan.

          ( )  other:


     (b)  If a Participant is or has ever been a Participant in a qualified
          defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the "1.0" aggregate
          limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code shall be satisfied by:

          ( )  freezing or reducing the rate of benefit accrual under the
               qualified defined benefit plan.

          ( )  freezing or reducing the Annual Additions under this Plan (or, if
               the Employer maintains more than one qualified defined
               contribution plan, as indicated in (a) above).

          ( )  other:

XX.  INVESTMENTS

     (X)  Participants (X) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted to direct the
          investment of their Accounts in the investment options selected by the
          Employer or the Committee.

     ( )  Investment of participant Accounts shall be directed consistent with
          rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules shall be
          applied to all Participants in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

XXI. TRANSFERS

     Transfers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan (X) shall; ( ) shall not be
     permitted.

     If permitted, indicate additional prior plan provisions, if applicable:
     [....].

XXII. ROLLOVERS

                                       28
<PAGE>

     Rollovers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan (X) shall; ( ) shall not be
     permitted.

XXIII. EMPLOYER REPRESENTATIONS

     The Employer hereby represents that:

          a.   It is aware of, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of the Plan.

          b.   It understands that the Sponsor will not furnish legal or tax
               advice in connection with the adoption or operation of the Plan
               and has consulted legal and tax counsel to the extent necessary.

          c.   The failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may
               result in disqualification of the Plan.

XXIV. RELIANCE ON PLAN QUALIFICATION

     The adopting Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the
     National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan
     is qualified under Section 401 of the Code. In order to obtain reliance
     with respect to plan qualification, the Employer must apply to the
     appropriate key district office of the Internal Revenue Service for a
     determination letter.


XXV. PROTOTYPE PLAN DOCUMENTS

     This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the Dreyfus
     Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic Plan Document No. 01, and the
     Dreyfus Trust Agreement both as amended from time to time. In the event the
     Sponsor amends the Basic Plan Document or this Adoption Agreement or
     discontinues this type of plan, it will inform the Employer. The Sponsor,
     The Dreyfus Corporation, is available to answer questions regarding the
     intended meaning of any Plan provisions, adoption of the Plan and the
     effect of an Opinion Letter at 144 Glenn Curtiss Boulevard, Uniondale, New
     York 11556-0144 [(516) 338-3418].


                                       29
<PAGE>


                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                             DREYFUS NONSTANDARDIZED
                     PROTOTYPE PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

                                PLAN NUMBER 01002
                           IRS SERIAL NUMBER D362552A

The Employer named in Section I.A. below hereby establishes or restates a Profit
Sharing Plan ("Plan") and Trust, consisting of such sums as shall be paid to the
Trustee(s) under the Plan, the investments thereof and earnings thereon. The
terms of the Plan and Trust are set forth in this Adoption Agreement and the
applicable provisions of the Dreyfus Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic
Plan Document No. 01, and the Dreyfus Trust Agreement, both as amended from time
to time, which are hereby adopted and incorporated herein by reference.


I.   BASIC PROVISIONS

     A. Employer's Name: COLEMAN CABLE SYSTEMS, INC.

        Address: 1378 CHARLESTON DRIVE SANFORD, NORTH CAROLINA 27330

     B. Employer is a (X) corporation; ( ) S Corporation; ( ) partnership; ( )
        sole proprietor; ( ) other: [....]

     C. Employer's Tax ID Number: 36-3091262

     D. Employer's fiscal year: JANUARY 1 - DECEMBER 31

     E. Plan Name: COMMUNICATION CABLE, INC. EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS PLUS PLAN

     F. If this is a new Plan, the Effective Date of the Plan is:

        If this is an amendment and restatement of an existing Plan, enter the
        original Effective Date NOVEMBER 1, 1987. The effective date of this
        amended Plan is FEBRUARY 7, 1997.

     G. The Trustee shall be:

<PAGE>

        (X) The Dreyfus Trust Company

        ( ) Other:        (Name)           [....]
                          (Address)        [....]
                          (Address)        [....]
                          (Phone #)        [....]

     H. The first Plan Year shall be [....] through [....]. Thereafter, the Plan
        Year shall mean the 12-consecutive-month period commencing on JANUARY 1
        and ending on DECEMBER 31.

     I. Service with the following predecessor employer(s): COMMUNICATION CABLE,
        INC.

        shall be credited for purposes of: [X] eligibility; [X] vesting.

        Note: Such Service must be credited if the adopting Employer maintains
        the plan of the predecessor employer.

     J. The following employer(s) aggregated with the Employer under Sections
        414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code") shall be
        Participating Employers in the Plan:

     K. Are all employers aggregated with the Employer under Sections 414(b),
        (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participating in this Plan?

                           ( ) Yes      (X) No

II.  HOURS OF SERVICE

     A. For Eligibility Purposes.

     Hours of Service under the Plan will be determined for all Employees on the
     basis of the method selected below:

     (X)  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled
          to payment.

     ( )  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited with ten
          (10) Hours of Service for any day such Employee would be credited with
          at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day under the Plan.


                                        2

<PAGE>



     ( )  On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with
          forty-five (45) Hours of Service for any week such Employee would be
          credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week under
          the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An Employee will be
          credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service for any semi-monthly
          payroll period such Employee would be credited with at least one (1)
          Hour of Service under the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be credited with one
          hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for any month such Employee
          would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under the
          Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of elapsed time.

     B. For Vesting Purposes.

     Hours of Service under the Plan will be determined for all Employees on the
     basis of the method selected below:

     (X)  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled
          to payment.

     ( )  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited with ten
          (10) Hours of Service for any day such Employee would be credited with
          at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day under the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with
          forty-five (45) Hours of Service for any week such Employee would be
          credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week under
          the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An Employee will be
          credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service for any semi-monthly
          payroll period such Employee would be credited with at least one (1)
          Hour of Service under the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be credited with one
          hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for any month such Employee
          would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under the
          Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of elapsed time.


III. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

     All  Employees shall be Eligible Employees, except:

                                        3

<PAGE>


     (X)  Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective
          bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee
          representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
          bargaining. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives" does
          not include any organization more than half of whose members are
          Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

     ( )  Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income
          from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
          United States.

     (X)  Employees included in the following classification(s): THOSE EMPLOYEES
          COVERED BY THE COLEMAN CABLE SYSTEMS, INC. 401(K) PLAN OR EMPLOYED AT
          A LOCATION WHERE EMPLOYEES ARE ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE IN THE COLEMAN
          CABLE SYSTEMS, INC. 401(K) PLAN.

     (X)  Employees of the following employers aggregated with the Employer
          under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code: KUHLMAN
          CORPORATION, KUHLMAN ELECTRIC CORPORATION AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, EMTEC
          PRODUCTS CORPORATION, SCHWITZER, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, AND ANY
          OTHER ENTITY ACQUIRED BY KUHLMAN CORPORATION OR ONE OF ITS
          SUBSIDIARIES ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1, 1997, UNLESS THIS PLAN IS
          SPECIFICALLY EXTENDED TO THE EMPLOYEES OF THE ENTITY.

     (X)  Individuals required to be considered Employees under Section 414(n)
          of the Code.

     ( )  Employees who, subject to determination by the Committee that such
          election will not affect the plan's qualification, make a one-time
          irrevocable election not to participate in the Plan for purposes of
          the following:

          [ ]  Employer Discretionary Contributions.

          [ ]  Elective Deferrals/Thrift Contributions/Combined Contributions.

    Note: The term Employee includes all employees of the Employer and any
          employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Sections
          414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and individuals considered
          employees of any such employer under Section 414(n) or (o) of the
          Code.

IV.  AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS


                                        4

<PAGE>



          Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date
          coincident with or following completion of the following requirements:

          Age:           ( )  No age requirement.

                         (X)  The attainment of age 18 (not to exceed age 21).

          Service:       ( )  No service requirement.

                         (X)  For Employer Discretionary Contributions only --
                              The completion of 1/2 (not to exceed 1 unless 100%
                              immediate vesting is elected, in which case, may
                              not exceed 2) Eligibility Years of Service. If the
                              Eligibility Years of Service is or includes a
                              fractional year, an Employee shall not be required
                              to complete any specific number of Hours of
                              Service to receive credit for such fractional
                              year.

                         If more than 1 Eligibility Year of Service is required,
                         Participants must be 100% immediately vested.

                         (X)  For all other contributions -- The completion of
                              1/2 (not to exceed 1) Eligibility Year of Service.

                                                     AND

         Effective
         Date:

                         ( )  Each Eligible Employee who is employed on the
                              Effective Date shall become a Participant on the
                              Effective Date. Each Eligible Employee employed
                              after the Effective Date shall become a
                              Participant on the Entry Date coincident with or
                              following completion of the age and service
                              requirements specified above.

                         ( )  Each Eligible Employee who is employed on the
                              effective date of this amended plan shall become a
                              Participant as of such date. Each Eligible
                              Employee employed after the effective date shall
                              become a Participant on the entry date coincident
                              with or following completion of the age and
                              service requirements specified above.

V.   ELIGIBILITY YEARS OF SERVICE

     A.   For Employer Discretionary Contributions, in order to be credited with
          an Eligibility Year of Service, an Employee shall complete 1,000 (not
          to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.


                                        5

<PAGE>

          Note: Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for
          eligibility purposes is elected.

     B.   For all other contributions, in order to be credited with an
          Eligibility Year of Service, an Employee shall complete 1,000 (not to
          exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.

          Note: Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for
          eligibility purposes is elected.

          Note: In the case of an Employee in the Maritime Industry, for
          purposes of Eligibility Years of Service, refer to Section 1.24 of the
          Plan.

VI.  ENTRY DATE

     The Entry Date shall mean:

     ( )  For the first Plan Year only, the initial Entry Date shall be 
          _________;
          
     thereafter:
     ( )  Annual Entry. The first day of the Plan Year. [Note: If Annual Entry
          is selected, the age and service requirements cannot exceed 20 1/2 and
          1/2 Eligibility Year of Service.]

     ( )  Dual Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
          seventh month of the Plan Year.

     (X)  Quarterly Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
          the fourth, seventh and tenth months of the Plan Year.

     ( )  Monthly Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
          each following month of the Plan Year.

     ( )  Other:______________________________________________________________
          (Note: Eligible Employees must commence participation no later than
          the earlier of: a) the beginning of the Plan Year after meeting the
          age and service requirements, or b) 6 months after the date the
          Employee meets the age and service requirements).

VII. COMPENSATION

                                        6

<PAGE>



     A.   Except for purposes of "annual additions" testing under Section 415 of
          the Code, Compensation shall mean all of each Participant's:

     (X)  Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051, and
          6052 of the Code. (Wages, tips and other compensation box on Form W-2)
          Compensation is defined as wages as defined in Section 3401(a) and all
          other payments of compensation to the Employee by the Employer (in the
          course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is
          required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections
          6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code. Compensation must be determined
          without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the
          remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
          employment or services performed (such as the exception for
          agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). This definition
          of Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the
          Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the
          extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe
          that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under Section 217 of
          the Code.

     ( )  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the
          meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income tax
          withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules
          that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
          location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
          exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

     ( )  Section 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
          wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
          received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in
          gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
          salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
          profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
          benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
          nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding
          the following:

          (a)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which
               are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable
               year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a
               simplified employee pension plan described in Section 408(k), or
               any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation regardless
               of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the
               Employee;

                                       7
<PAGE>

          (b)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
               option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
               Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer 
               subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

          (c)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
               stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          (d)  Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
               premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent
               that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the
               Employee), or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not
               under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
               annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether
               or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross
               income of the Employee).

     which is actually paid to the Participant during the following applicable
     period:

          (X)  the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee is a
               Participant in the Plan.

          ( )  the Plan Year.

          ( )  the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.

          (X)  Compensation shall be reduced by all of the following items (even
               if includible in gross income): reimbursements or other expense
               allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses,
               deferred compensation and welfare benefits.

          Compensation (X) shall; ( ) shall not include Employer contributions
          made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement with an Employee which
          are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of
          Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

          If the Employer's contributions to the Plan are not allocated on an
          integrated basis, the following may be excluded from the definition of
          Compensation selected above for any year in which the Plan is not Top
          Heavy:

               ( )  bonuses

               ( )  overtime

               ( )  commissions

               ( )  amounts in excess of $ [....]


                                        8

<PAGE>



               ( )  [....]

          For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation
          means Earned Income.

          B.   For purposes of "annual additions" testing under Section 415 of
               the Code, Compensation for any Limitation Year shall mean all of
               each Participant's:

          (X)  Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051 and
               6052 of the Code. (Wages, tips and other compensation box on Form
               W-2) Compensation is defined as wages as defined in Section
               3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to the Employee by
               the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business)
               for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a
               written statement under Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the
               Code. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules
               under Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in
               wages based on the nature or location of the employment or
               services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor
               in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). This definition of
               Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the
               Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to
               the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to
               believe that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under
               Section 217 of the Code.

          ( )  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within
               the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income
               tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to
               any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on
               the nature or location of the employment or the services
               performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
               Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

          ( )  Section 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
               wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other
               amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is
               paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the
               course of employment with the Employer to the extent that the
               amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not
               limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services
               on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
               premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or
               other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as
               described in Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

               (a)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation
                    which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for
                    the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer
                    contributions under a simplified employee pension plan
                    described in Section 408(k), or any distributions from a
                    plan

                                        9

<PAGE>



                    of deferred compensation regardless of whether such amounts
                    are includible in the gross income of the Employee;

               (b)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
                    option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
                    Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
                    subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

               (c)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                    disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                    option; and

               (d)  Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
                    premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the
                    extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross
                    income of the Employee), or contributions made by the
                    Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement)
                    towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in
                    Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the contributions
                    are actually excludable from the gross income of the
                    Employee).

          which is actually paid or includible in gross income during such
          Limitation Year.

          For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation
          means Earned Income.

VIII. LIMITATION YEAR

     Limitation Year shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive-month period:

     (X)  Identical to the Plan Year.

     ( )  Identical to the Employer's fiscal year ending with or within the Plan
          Year of reference.

     ( )  As fixed by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Employer, or
          the Employer if no Board of Directors exists.

IX.  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

     Normal Retirement Age shall mean:

     (X)  Age 65 (not to exceed 65).


                                       10

<PAGE>



     ( )  Age [....] (not to exceed 65), or the [....] (not to exceed the 5th)
          anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the
          Plan, if later.


X.   EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

     Early Retirement Age shall mean:

     ( )  There shall be no early retirement provision in this Plan.

     ( )  Age [...].

     (X)  Age 55 and 5 Years of Service.

XI.  EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

     A.   Types and allocation of Contributions

          1.   Employer Discretionary Contributions

               ( )  Not permitted.

               (X)  Permitted.

                    (X)  An amount fixed by appropriate action of the Employer.

                    ( )  [....]% of Compensation of Participants for the Plan
                         Year (not to exceed 15%).

                    ( )  [....]% of Compensation of Participants for the Plan
                         Year, plus an additional amount fixed by appropriate
                         action of the Employer (in total not to exceed 15%).

                    Employer Discretionary Contributions ( ) shall; (X) shall
                    not be integrated with Social Security.

                         If integrated with Social Security:

                         a.   ( ) The Permitted Disparity Percentage shall be
                              [....]%.


                                       11

<PAGE>



                         b.   ( ) The Permitted Disparity Percentage shall be
                              determined annually by appropriate action of the
                              Employer.

                         c.   ( ) The Integration Level shall be:

                                  ( )  the Taxable Wage Base.

                                  ( )  $________ (a dollar amount less than the
                                       Taxable Wage Base).

                                  ( )  ___% (not to exceed 100% of the Taxable
                                       Wage Base).

                        Note: The Permitted Disparity Percentage cannot exceed
                              the lesser of: (i) the base contribution, or (ii)
                              the greater of 5.7% or the tax rate under Section
                              3111(a) of the Code attributable to the old age
                              insurance portion of the Old Age, Survivors and
                              Disability Income provisions of the Social
                              Security Act (as in effect on the first day of the
                              Plan Year). If the Integration Level selected
                              above is other than the Taxable Wage Base ("TWB"),
                              the 5.7% factor in the preceding sentence must be
                              replaced by the applicable percentage determined
                              from the following table.

                              If the Integration Level is:
                                                               The Applicable
                              more than    but not more than     Factor is

                              $0                   X*            5.7%
                              X*             80% of TWB          4.3%
                              80% of TWB           Y**           5.4%

                              *X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of TWB

                              **Y = any amount more than 80% of TWB, but less
                              than 100% of TWB

                    Allocation of Employer Discretionary Contributions.

                         In order to share in the allocation of Employer
                         Discretionary Contributions (and forfeitures, if
                         forfeitures are reallocated to Participants) an Active
                         Participant:


                                       12

<PAGE>



                         ( )  Need not be employed on the last day of the Plan
                              Year.

                         (X)  Must be employed on the last day of the Plan Year,
                              unless the Participant terminates employment on
                              account of:

                              ( )  Death.

                              ( )  Disability.

                              ( )  Attainment of Early Retirement Age.

                              ( )  Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

                              ( )  Employer approved leave of absence.

                         (X)  Must have ( ) 501 Hours of Service; (X) 1,000
                              Hours of Service (cannot exceed 1,000). (Note: Not
                              applicable if elapsed time method of crediting
                              service is elected.

                    2.   Elective Deferrals

                         ( )  Not permitted.

                         (X)  Permitted.

                         A Participant may elect to have his or her Compensation
                         reduced by:

                         (X)  An amount not in excess of 15% of Compensation
                              [cannot exceed the dollar limitation of Section
                              402(g) of the Code for the calendar year].

                         ( )  An amount not in excess of $[....] of Compensation
                              [cannot exceed the dollar limitation of Section
                              402(g) of the Code for the calendar year].

                         ( )  An amount not to exceed the dollar limitation of
                              Section 402(g) of the Code for the calendar year.

                         ( )  An amount not in excess of (Note: The percent for
                              the Highly Compensated Employee cannot exceed the
                              percent for the Non- Highly Compensated Employee):


                                       13

<PAGE>


                              ___% of Compensation [cannot exceed the dollar
                              limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code for the
                              calendar year] for each Highly Compensated
                              Employee; and

                              ___% of Compensation [cannot exceed the dollar
                              limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code for the
                              calendar year] for each Non-Highly Compensated
                              Employee.

                         A Participant may elect to commence Elective Deferrals
                         the next pay period following: JANUARY 1 AND JULY 1
                         (enter date or period -- at least once each calendar
                         year).

                         A Participant may modify the amount of Elective
                         Deferrals as of ANY DAY (enter date or period -- at
                         least once each calendar year).

                         A Participant (X) may; ( ) may not base Elective
                         Deferrals on cash bonuses that, at the Participant's
                         election, may be contributed to the CODA or received by
                         the Participant in cash. Such election shall be
                         effective as of the next pay period following such
                         election or as soon as administratively feasible
                         thereafter.

                         Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for
                         the preceding calendar year must submit their claims in
                         writing to the plan administrator by March 1 (enter
                         date between March 1 and April 15).

                         A Participant ( ) may; (X) may not elect to
                         recharacterize Excess Contributions as Thrift
                         Contributions. (Note: Available only if Thrift
                         Contributions are permitted.)

                         Participants who elect to recharacterize Excess
                         Contributions for the preceding Plan Year as Thrift
                         Contributions must submit their elections in writing to
                         the Committee by [....] (enter date no later than 2 1/2
                         months after close of Plan Year).

                    3.   Thrift Contributions

                         (X)  Not permitted.

                         ( )  Permitted.

                              Participants shall be permitted to make Thrift
                              Contributions from [....]% (not less than 1) to
                              [....]% (not more than 10) of their total
                              aggregate Compensation.


                                       14

<PAGE>



                              A Participant may elect to commence Thrift
                              Contributions the next pay period following [....]
                              (enter date or period--at least once each calendar
                              year).

                              The Change Date for a Participant to modify the
                              amount of Thrift Contributions shall be as of
                              [....] (enter date or period -- at least once each
                              calendar year).

                    4.   Elective Deferrals and Thrift Contributions, combined
                         ("Combined Contributions")

                         (X)  Not Permitted.

                         ( )  Permitted.

                              A Participant may elect to make Combined
                              Contributions which do not exceed [....]% of
                              Compensation. (Note: Elective Deferrals can not
                              exceed the dollar limitation of Section 402(g) of
                              the Code for the calendar year).

                              A Participant may elect to commence contributions
                              the next pay period following: (enter date or
                              period -- at least once each calendar year).

                              A Participant may modify his amount of Combined
                              Contributions as of [....] (enter date or period
                              -- at least once each calendar year).

                              A Participant ( ) may; ( ) may not base Elective
                              Deferrals on cash bonuses that, at the
                              Participant's election, may be contributed to the
                              CODA or received by the Participant in cash. Such
                              election shall be effective as of the next pay
                              period following [....] or as soon as
                              administratively feasible thereafter.

                              Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals
                              for the preceding calendar year must submit their
                              claims in writing to the plan administrator by
                              [....] (enter date between March 1 and April 15).

                              A Participant ( ) may; ( ) may not elect to
                              recharacterize Excess Contributions as Thrift
                              Contributions.

                              Participants who elect to recharacterize Excess
                              Contributions for the preceding Plan Year as
                              Thrift Contributions must submit their

                                       15

<PAGE>



                              elections in writing to the Committee by [....]
                              (enter date no later than 2 1/2 months after close
                              of the Plan Year).

                    5.   Matching Contributions

                         ( )  Not permitted.

                         (X)  Permitted.

                              (X)  The Employer shall or may (in the event that
                                   the Matching Contribution amount is within
                                   the discretion of the Employer) make Matching
                                   Contributions to the Plan with respect to
                                   (any one or a combination of the following
                                   may be selected):

                                   (X)  Elective Deferrals.

                                   ( )  Thrift Contributions.

                                   ( )  Combined Contributions.

                              Such Matching Contributions will be made on behalf
                              of:

                                   (X)  All Participants who make such
                                        contribution(s).

                                   ( )  All Participants who are Non-Highly
                                        Compensated Employees who make such
                                        contribution(s).

                              The amount of such Matching Contributions made on
                              behalf of each such Participant shall be:

                              (i)  Elective Deferrals (any one or a combination
                                   of the following may be selected) -

                                   ( )  An amount or percentage fixed by
                                        appropriate action of the Employer.

                                   (X)  25% of the Elective Deferrals.

                                   ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed as an Elective
                                        Deferral, plus

                                        [....]% of the next [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed as an Elective
                                        Deferral, plus


                                       16

<PAGE>


                                        [....]% of the next [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed as an Elective
                                        Deferral.

                                   The Employer shall not match Elective
                                   Deferrals as provided above in excess of
                                   $[....] or in excess of 4% of the
                                   Participant's Compensation.

                                   The Employer shall not match Elective
                                   Deferrals made by the following class(es) of
                                   Employees: [....]

                              (ii) Thrift Contributions (any one or a
                                   combination of the following may be
                                   selected)-

                                   ( )  An amount or percentage fixed by
                                        appropriate action of the Employer.

                                   ( )  $[....] for each dollar of Thrift
                                        Contributions.

                                   ( )  [....]% of the Thrift Contributions.

                                   ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed, plus [....]%
                                        of the next [....]% of Compensation
                                        contributed, plus [....]% of the
                                        remaining Compensation contributed.

                                   The Employer shall not match Thrift
                                   Contributions as provided above in excess of
                                   $[....] or in excess of [....]% of the
                                   Participant's Compensation.

                                   The Employer shall not match Thrift
                                   Contributions made by the following class(es)
                                   of Employees: [...]

                             (iii) Combined Contributions (any one or a
                                   combination of the following may be
                                   selected).

                                   ( )  An amount fixed by appropriate action
                                        of the Employer.

                                   ( )  [....]% of Combined Contributions.

                                   ( )  [....]% of Elective Deferrals, plus
                                        [....]% of Thrift contributions.


                                       17

<PAGE>



                                   ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of
                                        Compensation contributed, plus [....]%
                                        of the next [....]% of Compensation
                                        contributed, plus [....]% of the
                                        remaining Compensation contributed.

                              The Employer shall not match Combined
                              Contributions as provided above in excess of
                              $[....] or in excess of [....]% of the
                              Participant's Compensation.

                              The Employer shall not match Combined
                              Contributions made by the following class(es) of
                              Employees: [....]

                         Matching Contributions shall be made each:

                              ( )  Payroll period.

                              (X)  Month.

                              ( )  Quarter.

                              ( )  Plan Year.

                         Allocation of Matching Contributions --

                         In order to share in the allocation of Matching
                         Contributions (and forfeitures, if forfeitures are
                         reallocated to participants) a Participant:

                              ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the
                                   payroll period.

                              ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the
                                   Month.

                              ( )   Must be employed on the last day of the
                                   Quarter.

                              ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the Plan
                                   Year.

                              unless the Participant terminates employment on
                              account of:

                                   ( )  Death.

                                   ( )  Disability.

                                   ( )  Attainment of Early Retirement Age.


                                       18

<PAGE>
                                   ( )  Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

                                   ( )  Employer approved leave of absence.

                              ( )  Must have ( ) 501 Hours of Service; ( )
                                   [....] Hours of Service (cannot exceed
                                   1,000). Note: Not applicable if elapsed time
                                   method of crediting service is elected.

                    6.   Qualified Matching Contributions

                              ( )  Not permitted.

                              (X)  Permitted.

                                   (X)  The Employer shall or may (in the event
                                        that the Qualified Matching Contribution
                                        amount is within the discretion of the
                                        Employer) make Qualified Matching
                                        Contributions.

                              Qualified Matching Contributions will be made on
                              behalf of:

                              ( )  All Participants who make Elective Deferrals.

                              (X)  All Participants who are Non-Highly
                                   Compensated Employees and who make Elective
                                   Deferrals.

                              The amount of such Qualified Matching
                              Contributions made on behalf of each Participant
                              shall be (any one or a combination of the
                              following may be selected):

                              (X)  An amount or percentage fixed by appropriate
                                   action by the Employer.

                              ( )  [....]% of the Elective Deferrals.

                         The Employer shall not match Elective Deferrals as
                         provided above in excess of $[....] or in excess of 4%
                         of the Participant's Compensation.

                    7.   Qualified Nonelective Contributions

                         ( )  Not permitted.


                                       19
<PAGE>

                    (X)  The Employer shall have the discretion to contribute
                         Qualified Nonelective Contributions for any Plan Year
                         in an amount to be determined each year by the
                         Employer.

                         Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be made on
                         behalf of (select as appropriate):

                         ( )  All Eligible Employees.

                         ( )  All Participants who make Elective Deferrals.

                         (X)  All Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
                              Employees and who make Elective Deferrals.

                         ( )  All Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
                              Employees.

                         ( )  All Non-Key Employees.

     B.   Forfeitures (Do not complete if 100% immediate vesting is elected).

          Forfeitures of Employer Discretionary Contributions, Matching
          Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be:

          ( )  Allocated to participants in the manner provided in Sections 4.2
               and 4.7(d)(2) of the Plan.

          (X)  Used to reduce:

               (X)  any future Employer contributions.

               ( )  Plan expenses.

     C.   Contributions Not Limited by Net Profits

          Indicate for each type of Employer contribution allowed under the Plan
          whether such contributions are to be limited to Net Profits of the
          Employer for the taxable year of the Employer ending with or within
          the Plan Year:

              ( )   Yes     (X)   No       Employer Discretionary Contributions

              ( )   Yes     (X)   No       Elective Deferrals

                                       20
<PAGE>

              ( )   Yes     (X)   No       Qualified Nonelective Contributions

              ( )   Yes     (X)   No       Matching Contributions

              ( )   Yes     (X)   No       Qualified Matching Contributions.

XII. DISTRIBUTIONS AND IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

     A.   Accounts shall be distributable upon a Participant's separation from
          service, death, or Total and Permanent Disability, and, in addition:

          (X)  Termination of the Plan without establishment or maintenance of a
               successor plan.

          (X)  The disposition to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer
               of substantially all of the assets used by the Employer in a
               trade or business, but only if the Employer continues to maintain
               the Plan and only with respect to participants who continue
               employment with the acquiring corporation.

          (X)  Upon attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Age.

          (X)  The disposition to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer
               of the Employer's interest in a subsidiary, but only if the
               Employer continues to maintain the Plan and only with respect to
               Participants who continue employment with such subsidiary.

          ( )  Vested portion of Employer Discretionary Contributions on
               account of a Participant's financial hardship to the extent
               permitted by Section 4.9 of the Plan.

          (X)  Vested portion of Employer Matching Contributions on account of a
               Participant's financial hardship to the extent permitted by
               Section 4.9 of the Plan.

     B.   In addition to A above, Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
          Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (as applicable) and
          income allocable to such amounts shall be distributable:

          (X)  Upon the Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2.



                                       21
<PAGE>

          (X)  On account of a Participant's financial hardship, to the extent
               permitted by Section 4.9 of the Plan (Elective Deferrals Only).

     C.   In-service withdrawals from a Participant's: (X) Employer
          Discretionary Contribution Account; (X) Matching Contribution Account;
          (X) Transfer Account, if any (X) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted
          upon the attainment of age 59 1/2. (Permitted only if the Plan is not
          integrated with Social Security and a Participant's Employer
          Discretionary Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Accounts
          are 100% vested at time of distribution.)

     D.   Distribution of benefits upon separation of service, retirement or
          death of a Participant ( ) shall; (X) shall not be subject to the
          Automatic Annuity rules of Section 8.2 of the Plan.

     E.   (Complete only if the Plan is not subject to the Automatic Annuity
          rules of Section 8.2.) Check the appropriate optional forms of benefit
          that shall be available under the Plan (if left blank, the provisions
          of Section 8.6(a) of this Plan shall apply):

           [ ]      Single lump sum payment.

           [ ]      Installment payments pursuant to Section 8.6(a) of the Plan.

     F.   The following optional forms of benefit shall be available in addition
          to the optional forms of benefit available under Section 8.6 of the
          Plan (Note: If the Plan is not subject to the Automatic Annuity rules
          of Section 8.2 and the Participant is permitted to select an annuity
          as an optional form of benefit, then the Automatic Annuity rules of
          Section 8.2 shall apply to such participant): ANY TERM CERTAIN
          NONTRANSFERABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT OFFERED BY AN INSURANCE CARRIER, WITH
          THE TERM NOT TO EXCEED THE LIFE EXPECTANCY OF THE PARTICIPANT, OR OF
          THE PARTICIPANT AND HIS BENEFICIARY.

          [Note: If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of an existing
          Plan, optional forms of benefit protected under Section 411(d)(6) of
          the Code may not be eliminated, unless permitted by IRS Regulations
          Sections 1.401(a)-(4) and 1.411(d)-4].


XIII. VESTING SERVICE

     In order to be credited with a year of Service for vesting purposes, a
     Participant shall complete 1,000 (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.
     (Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for vesting
     purposes is elected).

                                       22
<PAGE>

     Note: In the case of Employees in the Maritime Industry, for purposes of a
     year of Service, refer to Section 1.56 of the Plan.

XIV. VESTING SERVICE - EXCLUSIONS

     All of an Employee's years of Service with the Employer shall be counted to
     determine the vested interest of such Employee except:

     ( )  Years of Service before age 18.

     ( )  Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a
          predecessor plan.

     ( )  Years of Service before the effective date of ERISA if such Service
          would have been disregarded under the Service Break rules of the prior
          plan in effect from time to time before such date. For this purpose,
          Service Break rules are rules which result in the loss of prior
          vesting or benefit accruals, or deny an Employee's eligibility to
          participate by reason of separation or failure to complete a required
          period of Service within a specified period of time.

XV.  VESTING SCHEDULES

     The vested interest of each Employee (who has an Hour of Service on or
     after January 1, 1989) in his Employer-derived account balance shall be
     determined on the basis of the following schedules:

     A.   Employer Discretionary Contributions.

          ( )  100% immediately vested. [Note: Mandatory if more than 1
               Eligibility Year of Service is required.]

          ( )  100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed 5) years of
               Service.

          (X)  20% (not less than 20%) vested for each year of Service,
               beginning with the 1ST (not more than the 3rd) year of Service
               until 100% vested.

          ( )  Other: [....] (Must be at least as favorable as any one of the
               above 3 options).

                           AND

          ( )  Effective Date Vesting. Each Employee who is a Participant on the
               Effective Date shall be 100% immediately vested.

                                       23
<PAGE>

     B.   Matching Contributions.

          ( )  100% immediately vested. [Note: Mandatory if more than 1
               Eligibility Year of Service is required.]

          ( )  100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed 5) years of
               Service.

          (X)  20% (not less than 20%) vested for each year of Service,
               beginning with the 1ST (not more than the 3rd) year of Service
               until 100% vested.

          ( )  Other: [....] (Must be at least as favorable as any one of the
               above 3 options).

               AND

          ( )  Effective Date Vesting. Each Employee who is a Participant on the
               Effective Date shall be 100% immediately vested.

     C.   Top Heavy Minimum Vesting Schedules.

          One of the following schedules will be used for years when the Plan is
          or is deemed to be Top-Heavy.

          ( )  100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed 3) years of
               Service.

          (X)  20% vested after 2 years of Service, plus 20% vested (not less
               than 20%) for each additional year of Service until 100% vested.

          ( )  Other: [....] (Note: must be at least as favorable as either of
               the two schedules in this Section C).

          If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the Minimum
          Schedule above for any Plan Year because of the Plan's Top-Heavy
          status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the
          election in Section 7.3 of the Plan applies.

XVI. LIFE INSURANCE

     Life insurance ( ) shall; (X) shall not be a permissible investment.


XVII. LOANS

                                       24
<PAGE>

         Loans (X) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted.

XVIII. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

     A.   Top Heavy Status

          ( )  The provisions of Article XIII of the Plan shall always apply.

          (X)  The provisions of Article XIII of the Plan shall only apply in
               Plan Years after 1983, during which the Plan is or becomes
               Top-Heavy.

     B.   Minimum Allocations

          If a Participant in this Plan who is a Non-Key Employee is covered
          under another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, the minimum
          Top Heavy allocation or benefit required under Section 416 of the Code
          shall be provided to such Non-key Employee under:

               ( )  this Plan.

               ( )  the Employer's other qualified defined contribution plan.

               (X)  the Employer's qualified defined benefit plan.

     C.   Determination of Present Value

          If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition to this
          Plan, and such plan fails to specify the interest rate an mortality
          table to be used for purposes of establishing present value to compute
          the Top-Heavy Ratio, then the following assumptions shall be used:

                Interest Rate: 8%
                Mortality Table: UP-1984

XIX. LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

     If the adopting Employer maintains or has ever maintained another qualified
     plan in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or
     could possibly become a Participant, the adopting Employer must complete
     this Section. The Employer must also complete this Section if it maintains
     a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, or an
     individual medical account, as defined


                                       25
<PAGE>



     in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are treated as Annual
     Additions with respect to any Participant in the Plan.

     (a)  If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
          contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or
          Prototype Plan, Annual Additions for any Limitation Year shall be
          limited to comply with Section 415(c) of the Code:

          ( )  in accordance with Sections 6.4(e) - (j) as though the other
               plan were a Master or Prototype Plan.

          ( )  by freezing or reducing Annual Additions in the other qualified
               defined contribution plan.

          ( )  other:

     (b)  If a Participant is or has ever been a Participant in a qualified
          defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the "1.0" aggregate
          limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code shall be satisfied by:

          ( )  freezing or reducing the rate of benefit accrual under the
               qualified defined benefit plan.

          ( )  freezing or reducing the Annual Additions under this Plan (or,
               if the Employer maintains more than one qualified defined
               contribution plan, as indicated in (a) above).

          ( )  other:

XX.  INVESTMENTS

     (X)  Participants (X) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted to direct the
          investment of their Accounts in the investment options selected by the
          Employer or the Committee.

     ( )  Investment of participant Accounts shall be directed consistent with
          rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules shall be
          applied to all Participants in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

XXI. TRANSFERS

                                       26
<PAGE>

     Transfers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan (X) shall; ( ) shall not be
     permitted.

     If permitted, indicate additional prior plan provisions, if applicable:
     [....].

XXII. ROLLOVERS

     Rollovers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan (X) shall; ( ) shall not be
     permitted.


XXIII. EMPLOYER REPRESENTATIONS

     The Employer hereby represents that:

          a.   It is aware of, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of the Plan.

          b.   It understands that the Sponsor will not furnish legal or tax
               advice in connection with the adoption or operation of the Plan
               and has consulted legal and tax counsel to the extent necessary.

          c.   The failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may
               result in disqualification of the Plan.

XXIV. RELIANCE ON PLAN QUALIFICATION

     The adopting Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the
     National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan
     is qualified under Section 401 of the Code. In order to obtain reliance
     with respect to plan qualification, the Employer must apply to the
     appropriate key district office of the Internal Revenue Service for a
     determination letter.


XXV. PROTOTYPE PLAN DOCUMENTS

     This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the Dreyfus
     Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic Plan Document No. 01, and the
     Dreyfus Trust Agreement both as amended from time to time. In the event the
     Sponsor amends the Basic Plan Document or this Adoption Agreement or
     discontinues this type of plan, it will inform the Employer. The Sponsor,
     The Dreyfus Corporation, is available to answer questions regarding the
     intended meaning of any Plan provisions, adoption of the Plan and the
     effect of an Opinion Letter at 144 Glenn Curtiss Boulevard, Uniondale, New
     York 11556-0144 [(516) 338-3418].


                                       27

<PAGE>



                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                             DREYFUS NONSTANDARDIZED
                     PROTOTYPE PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

                                PLAN NUMBER 01002
                           IRS SERIAL NUMBER D362552A

The Employer named in Section I.A. below hereby establishes or restates a Profit
Sharing Plan ("Plan") and Trust, consisting of such sums as shall be paid to the
Trustee(s) under the Plan, the investments thereof and earnings thereon. The
terms of the Plan and Trust are set forth in this Adoption Agreement and the
applicable provisions of the Dreyfus Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic
Plan Document No. 01, and the Dreyfus Trust Agreement, both as amended from time
to time, which are hereby adopted and incorporated herein by reference.


I.   BASIC PROVISIONS

     A.   Employer's Name: SCHWITZER U.S., INC.

          Address: 6040 WEST 62ND STREET INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46278

     B.   Employer is a (X) corporation; ( ) S Corporation; ( ) partnership; ( )
          sole proprietor; ( ) other: [....]

     C.   Employer's Tax ID Number: 35-1764399

     D.   Employer's fiscal year: JANUARY 1 - DECEMBER 31

     E.   Plan Name: SCHWITZER TAX REDUCTION INVESTMENT PLAN FOR CERTAIN
          SALARIED AND EXEMPT EMPLOYEES

     F.   If this is a new Plan, the Effective Date of the Plan is:

          If this is an amendment and restatement of an existing Plan, enter the
          original Effective Date APRIL 1, 1989. The effective date of this
          amended Plan is JANUARY 1, 1997.

     G.   The Trustee shall be:

          (X)  The Dreyfus Trust Company



<PAGE>

          ( ) Other:        (Name)           [....]
                            (Address)        [....]
                            (Address)        [....]
                            (Phone #)        [....]

     H.   The first Plan Year shall be [....] through [....]. Thereafter, the
          Plan Year shall mean the 12-consecutive-month period commencing on
          JANUARY 1 and ending on DECEMBER 31.

     I.   Service with the following predecessor employer(s):

          shall be credited for purposes of: [ ] eligibility; [ ] vesting.

          Note: Such Service must be credited if the adopting Employer maintains
          the plan of the predecessor employer.

     J.   The following employer(s) aggregated with the Employer under Sections
          414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code") shall be
          Participating Employers in the Plan:

     K.   Are all employers aggregated with the Employer under Sections 414(b),
          (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participating in this Plan?

                      ( ) Yes      (X) No

II.  HOURS OF SERVICE

     A.   For Eligibility Purposes.

          Hours of Service under the Plan will be determined for all Employees
          on the basis of the method selected below:

          ( )  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or
               entitled to payment.

          ( )  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited with
               ten (10) Hours of Service for any day such Employee would be
               credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day
               under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with
               forty-five (45) Hours of Service for any week such Employee would
               be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week
               under the Plan.


                                        2

<PAGE>



          ( )  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An Employee will
               be credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service for any
               semi-monthly payroll period such Employee would be credited with
               at least one (1) Hour of Service under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be credited
               with one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for any month such
               Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
               under the Plan.

          (X)  On the basis of elapsed time.

          B.   For Vesting Purposes.

          Hours of Service under the Plan will be determined for all Employees
          on the basis of the method selected below:

          ( )  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or
               entitled to payment.

          ( )  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited with
               ten (10) Hours of Service for any day such Employee would be
               credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day
               under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with
               forty-five (45) Hours of Service for any week such Employee would
               be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week
               under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An Employee will
               be credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service for any
               semi-monthly payroll period such Employee would be credited with
               at least one (1) Hour of Service under the Plan.

          ( )  On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be credited
               with one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for any month such
               Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
               under the Plan.

          (X)  On the basis of elapsed time.

III. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

     All Employees shall be Eligible Employees, except:


                                        3

<PAGE>



     (X)  Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective
          bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee
          representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
          bargaining. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives" does
          not include any organization more than half of whose members are
          Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

     (X)  Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income
          from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
          United States.

     (X)  Employees included in the following classification(s): ANY INDIVIDUAL
          WHO IS NOT A SALARIED EMPLOYEE REGULARLY EMPLOYED AT INDIANAPOLIS, IN
          AND ASHEVILLE, NC OR AN EXEMPT EMPLOYEE AT GAINESVILLE, GA

     (X)  Employees of the following employers aggregated with the Employer
          under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code: KUHLMAN
          CORPORATION, COLEMAN CABLE SYSTEMS, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, KUHLMAN
          ELECTRIC CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, COMMUNICATION CABLE, INC. AND
          EMTEC PRODUCTS CORP.

     (X)  Individuals required to be considered Employees under Section 414(n)
          of the Code.

     ( )  Employees who, subject to determination by the Committee that such
          election will not affect the plan's qualification, make a one-time
          irrevocable election not to participate in the Plan for purposes of
          the following:

          [ ]  Employer Discretionary Contributions.

          [ ]  Elective Deferrals/Thrift Contributions/Combined Contributions.

    Note: The term Employee includes all employees of the Employer and any
          employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Sections
          414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and individuals considered
          employees of any such employer under Section 414(n) or (o) of the
          Code.

IV.  AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

     Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date
     coincident with or following completion of the following requirements:


                                       4
<PAGE>


     Age:           ( )  No age requirement.

                    (X)  The attainment of age 21 (not to exceed age 21).

     Service:       ( )  No service requirement.

                    ( )  For Employer Discretionary Contributions only -- The
                         completion of [....] (not to exceed 1 unless 100%
                         immediate vesting is elected, in which case, may not
                         exceed 2) Eligibility Years of Service. If the
                         Eligibility Years of Service is or includes a
                         fractional year, an Employee shall not be required to
                         complete any specific number of Hours of Service to
                         receive credit for such fractional year.

                    If more than 1 Eligibility Year of Service is required,
                    Participants must be 100% immediately vested.

                    (X)  For all other contributions -- The completion of 1/4
                         (not to exceed 1) Eligibility Year of Service.

                                     AND

     Effective
     Date:          ( )  Each Eligible Employee who is employed on the
                         Effective Date shall become a Participant on the
                         Effective Date. Each Eligible Employee employed after
                         the Effective Date shall become a Participant on the
                         Entry Date coincident with or following completion of
                         the age and service requirements specified above.

                    ( )  Each Eligible Employee who is employed on the
                         effective date of this amended plan shall become a
                         Participant as of such date. Each Eligible Employee
                         employed after the effective date shall become a
                         Participant on the entry date coincident with or
                         following completion of the age and service
                         requirements specified above.

V.   ELIGIBILITY YEARS OF SERVICE

     A.   For Employer Discretionary Contributions, in order to be credited with
          an Eligibility Year of Service, an Employee shall complete [....] (not
          to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.

                                       5
<PAGE>

          Note: Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for
          eligibility purposes is elected.

     B.   For all other contributions, in order to be credited with an
          Eligibility Year of Service, an Employee shall complete [....] (not to
          exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.

          Note: Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for
          eligibility purposes is elected.

          Note: In the case of an Employee in the Maritime Industry, for
          purposes of Eligibility Years of Service, refer to Section 1.24 of the
          Plan.

VI.  ENTRY DATE

     The Entry Date shall mean:

     ( )  For the first Plan Year only, the initial Entry Date shall be
          ___________;

     thereafter:

     ( )  Annual Entry. The first day of the Plan Year. [Note: If Annual Entry
          is selected, the age and service requirements cannot exceed 20 1/2 and
          1/2 Eligibility Year of Service.]

     ( )  Dual Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
          seventh month of the Plan Year.

     (X)  Quarterly Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
          the fourth, seventh and tenth months of the Plan Year.

     ( )  Monthly Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
          each following month of the Plan Year.

     ( )  Other: (Note: Eligible Employees must commence participation no
          later than the earlier of: a) the beginning of the Plan Year after
          meeting the age and service requirements, or b) 6 months after the
          date the Employee meets the age and service requirements).

VII. COMPENSATION

                                       6
<PAGE>

     A.   Except for purposes of "annual additions" testing under Section 415 of
          the Code, Compensation shall mean all of each Participant's:

     (X)  Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051, and
          6052 of the Code. (Wages, tips and other compensation box on Form W-2)
          Compensation is defined as wages as defined in Section 3401(a) and all
          other payments of compensation to the Employee by the Employer (in the
          course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is
          required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections
          6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code. Compensation must be determined
          without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the
          remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
          employment or services performed (such as the exception for
          agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). This definition
          of Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the
          Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the
          extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe
          that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under Section 217 of
          the Code.

     ( )  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the
          meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income tax
          withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules
          that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
          location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
          exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

     ( )  Section 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
          wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
          received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in
          gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
          salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
          profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
          benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
          nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding
          the following:

          (a)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which
               are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable
               year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a
               simplified employee pension plan described in Section 408(k), or
               any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation regardless
               of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the
               Employee;

                                       7
<PAGE>

          (b)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
               option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
               Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
               subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

          (c)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
               stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          (d)  Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
               premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent
               that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the
               Employee), or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not
               under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
               annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether
               or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross
               income of the Employee).

     which is actually paid to the Participant during the following applicable
     period:

          ( )  the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee is a
               Participant in the Plan.

          (X)  the Plan Year.

          ( )  the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.

     (X)  Compensation shall be reduced by all of the following items (even if
          includible in gross income): reimbursements or other expense
          allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses,
          deferred compensation and welfare benefits.

     Compensation (X) shall; ( ) shall not include Employer contributions made
     pursuant to a salary reduction agreement with an Employee which are not
     includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Sections 125,
     402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

     If the Employer's contributions to the Plan are not allocated on an
     integrated basis, the following may be excluded from the definition of
     Compensation selected above for any year in which the Plan is not Top
     Heavy:

          ( )  bonuses

          ( )  overtime

                                       8
<PAGE>



          ( )  commissions

          ( )  amounts in excess of $ [....]

          (X)  AMOUNTS REALIZED FROM THE SALE, EXCHANGE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF
               STOCK ACQUIRED UNDER A QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

     For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation means
     Earned Income.

     B.   For purposes of "annual additions" testing under Section 415 of the
          Code, Compensation for any Limitation Year shall mean all of each
          Participant's:

     (X)  Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051 and 6052
          of the Code. (Wages, tips and other compensation box on Form W-2)
          Compensation is defined as wages as defined in Section 3401(a) and all
          other payments of compensation to the Employee by the Employer (in the
          course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is
          required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections
          6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code. Compensation must be determined
          without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the
          remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
          employment or services performed (such as the exception for
          agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). This definition
          of Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the
          Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the
          extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe
          that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under Section 217 of
          the Code.

     ( )  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the
          meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income tax
          withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules
          that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
          location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
          exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

     ( )  Section 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
          wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
          received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in
          gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
          salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
          profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe


                                       9
<PAGE>


          benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
          nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding
          the following:

          (a)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which
               are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable
               year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a
               simplified employee pension plan described in Section 408(k), or
               any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation regardless
               of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the
               Employee;

          (b)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
               option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
               Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
               subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

          (c)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
               stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          (d)  Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
               premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent
               that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the
               Employee), or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not
               under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
               annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether
               or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross
               income of the Employee).

     which is actually paid or includible in gross income during such Limitation
     Year.

     For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation means
     Earned Income.


VIII. LIMITATION YEAR

     Limitation Year shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive-month period:

     (X)  Identical to the Plan Year.

     ( )  Identical to the Employer's fiscal year ending with or within the
          Plan Year of reference.



                                       10
<PAGE>

     ( )  As fixed by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Employer,
          or the Employer if no Board of Directors exists.

IX.  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

     Normal Retirement Age shall mean:

     (X)  Age 65 (not to exceed 65).

     ( )  Age [....] (not to exceed 65), or the [....] (not to exceed the 5th)
          anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the
          Plan, if later.

X.   EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

     Early Retirement Age shall mean:

     (X)  There shall be no early retirement provision in this Plan.

     ( )  Age [....].

     ( )  Age [....] and [....] Years of Service.

XI.  EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

     A.   Types and allocation of Contributions

          1.   Employer Discretionary Contributions

               (X)  Not permitted.

               ( )  Permitted.

                    ( )  An amount fixed by appropriate action of the
                         Employer.

                    ( )  [....]% of Compensation of Participants for the Plan
                         Year (not to exceed 15%).

                    ( )  [....]% of Compensation of Participants for the Plan
                         Year, plus an additional amount fixed by appropriate
                         action of the Employer (in total not to exceed 15%).

                                       11
<PAGE>

               Employer Discretionary Contributions ( ) shall; ( ) shall not be
               integrated with Social Security.

                    If integrated with Social Security:

                    a.   ( ) The Permitted Disparity Percentage shall be
                         [....]%.

                    b.   ( ) The Permitted Disparity Percentage shall be
                         determined annually by appropriate action of the
                         Employer.

                    c.   ( ) The Integration Level shall be:

                              ( )  the Taxable Wage Base.

                              ( )  $______ (a dollar amount less than the
                                   Taxable Wage Base).

                              ( )  __% (not to exceed 100% of the Taxable
                                   Wage Base).

                   Note: The Permitted Disparity Percentage cannot exceed the
                         lesser of: (i) the base contribution, or (ii) the
                         greater of 5.7% or the tax rate under Section 3111(a)
                         of the Code attributable to the old age insurance
                         portion of the Old Age, Survivors and Disability Income
                         provisions of the Social Security Act (as in effect on
                         the first day of the Plan Year). If the Integration
                         Level selected above is other than the Taxable Wage
                         Base ("TWB"), the 5.7% factor in the preceding sentence
                         must be replaced by the applicable percentage
                         determined from the following table.

                         If the Integration Level is:
                                                                 The Applicable
                         more than         but not more than     Factor is

                         $0                         X*           5.7%
                         X*                80% of TWB            4.3%
                         80% of TWB                 Y**          5.4%

                         *X = the greater of $10,000 or 20% of TWB

                                       12
<PAGE>

                         **Y = any amount more than 80% of TWB, but less
                         than 100% of TWB

     Allocation of Employer Discretionary Contributions.

          In order to share in the allocation of Employer Discretionary
          Contributions (and forfeitures, if forfeitures are reallocated to
          Participants) an Active Participant:

               ( )  Need not be employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

               ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the Plan Year, unless
                    the Participant terminates employment on account of:

                    ( )  Death.

                    ( )  Disability.

                    ( )  Attainment of Early Retirement Age.

                    ( )  Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

                    ( )  Employer approved leave of absence.

               ( )  Must have ( ) 501 Hours of Service; ( ) [....] Hours of
                    Service (cannot exceed 1,000). (Note: Not applicable if
                    elapsed time method of crediting service is elected.

          2.   Elective Deferrals

               (X)  Not permitted.

               ( )  Permitted.

               A Participant may elect to have his or her Compensation reduced
               by:

               ( )  An amount not in excess of [....] of Compensation [cannot
                    exceed the dollar limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code
                    for the calendar year].

               ( )  An amount not in excess of $[....] of Compensation [cannot
                    exceed the dollar limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code
                    for the calendar year].


                                       13
<PAGE>

               ( )  An amount not in excess of (Note: The percent for the
                    Highly Compensated Employee cannot exceed the percent for
                    the Non- Highly Compensated Employee):

               ( )  An amount not to exceed the dollar limitation of Section
                    402(g) of the Code for the calendar year.

                    ___% of Compensation [cannot exceed the dollar limitation of
                    Section 402(g) of the Code for the calendar year] for each
                    Highly Compensated Employee; and

                    ___% of Compensation [cannot exceed the dollar limitation
                    of Section 402(g) of the Code for the calendar year] for
                    each Non-Highly Compensated Employee.

               A Participant may elect to commence Elective Deferrals the next
               pay period following: [....] (enter date or period -- at least
               once each calendar year).

               A Participant may modify the amount of Elective Deferrals as of
               [....] (enter date or period -- at least once each calendar
               year).

               A Participant ( ) may; ( ) may not base Elective Deferrals on
               cash bonuses that, at the Participant's election, may be
               contributed to the CODA or received by the Participant in cash.
               Such election shall be effective as of the next pay period
               following [....] or as soon as administratively feasible
               thereafter.

               Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the
               preceding calendar year must submit their claims in writing to
               the plan administrator by [....] (enter date between March 1 and
               April 15).

               A Participant ( ) may; ( ) may not elect to recharacterize Excess
               Contributions as Thrift Contributions. (Note: Available only if
               Thrift Contributions are permitted.)

               Participants who elect to recharacterize Excess Contributions for
               the preceding Plan Year as Thrift Contributions must submit their
               elections in writing to the Committee by [....] (enter date no
               later than 2 1/2 months after close of Plan Year).

          3.   Thrift Contributions

                                       14
<PAGE>

               (X)  Not permitted.

               ( )  Permitted.

                    Participants shall be permitted to make Thrift Contributions
                    from [....] % (not less than 1) to [....]% (not more than
                    10) of their total aggregate Compensation.

                    A Participant may elect to commence Thrift Contributions the
                    next pay period following [....] (enter date or period--at
                    least once each calendar year).

                    The Change Date for a Participant to modify the amount of
                    Thrift Contributions shall be as of [....] (enter date or
                    period -- at least once each calendar year).

          4.   Elective Deferrals and Thrift Contributions, combined ("Combined
               Contributions")

               ( )  Not Permitted.

               (X)  Permitted.

                    A Participant may elect to make Combined Contributions which
                    do not exceed 15% of Compensation. (Note: Elective Deferrals
                    can not exceed the dollar limitation of Section 402(g) of
                    the Code for the calendar year).

                    A Participant may elect to commence contributions the next
                    pay period following: JANUARY 1, APRIL 1, JULY 1, OCTOBER 1
                    (enter date or period -- at least once each calendar year).

                    A Participant may modify his amount of Combined
                    Contributions as of JANUARY 1, APRIL 1, JULY 1, OCTOBER 1
                    (enter date or period -- at least once each calendar year).

                    A Participant ( ) may; (X) may not base Elective Deferrals
                    on cash bonuses that, at the Participant's election, may be
                    contributed to the CODA or received by the Participant in
                    cash. Such election shall be effective as of the next pay
                    period following [....] or as soon as administratively
                    feasible thereafter.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                    Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for the
                    preceding calendar year must submit their claims in writing
                    to the plan administrator by MARCH 1 (enter date between
                    March 1 and April 15).

                    A Participant (X) may; ( ) may not elect to recharacterize
                    Excess Contributions as Thrift Contributions.

                    Participants who elect to recharacterize Excess
                    Contributions for the preceding Plan Year as Thrift
                    Contributions must submit their elections in writing to the
                    Committee by MARCH 1 (enter date no later than 2 1/2 months
                    after close of the Plan Year).

          5.   Matching Contributions

               ( )  Not permitted.

               (X)  Permitted.

                    (X)  The Employer shall or may (in the event that the
                         Matching Contribution amount is within the discretion
                         of the Employer) make Matching Contributions to the
                         Plan with respect to (any one or a combination of the
                         following may be selected):

                         (X)  Elective Deferrals.

                         ( )  Thrift Contributions.

                         ( )  Combined Contributions.

                    Such Matching Contributions will be made on behalf of:

                         (X)  All Participants who make such contribution(s).

                         ( )  All Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
                              Employees who make such contribution(s).

                    The amount of such Matching Contributions made on behalf of
                    each such Participant shall be:

                    (i)  Elective Deferrals (any one or a combination of the
                         following may be selected) -

                                       16
<PAGE>

                    ( )  An amount or percentage fixed by appropriate action
                         of the Employer.

                    (X)  50% of the Elective Deferrals.

                    ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of Compensation
                         contributed as an Elective Deferral, plus

                         [....]% of the next [....]% of Compensation contributed
                         as an Elective Deferral, plus

                         [....]% of the next [....]% of Compensation contributed
                         as an Elective Deferral.

                    The Employer shall not match Elective Deferrals as provided
                    above in excess of $[....] or in excess of 6% of the
                    Participant's Compensation.

                    The Employer shall not match Elective Deferrals made by the
                    following class(es) of Employees: [....]

               (ii) Thrift Contributions (any one or a combination of the
                    following may be selected)-

                    ( )  An amount or percentage fixed by appropriate action
                         of the Employer.

                    ( )  $[....] for each dollar of Thrift Contributions.

                    ( )  [....]% of the Thrift Contributions.

                    ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of Compensation
                         contributed, plus [....]% of the next [....]% of
                         Compensation contributed, plus [....]% of the remaining
                         Compensation contributed.

                    The Employer shall not match Thrift Contributions as
                    provided above in excess of $[....] or in excess of [....]%
                    of the Participant's Compensation.

                    The Employer shall not match Thrift Contributions made by
                    the following class(es) of Employees: [...]

                                       17
<PAGE>

              (iii) Combined Contributions (any one or a combination of the
                    following may be selected).

                    ( )  An amount fixed by appropriate action of the
                         Employer.

                    ( )  [....]% of Combined Contributions.

                    ( )  [....]% of Elective Deferrals, plus [....]% of Thrift
                         contributions.

                    ( )  [....]% of the first [....]% of Compensation
                         contributed, plus [....]% of the next [....]% of
                         Compensation contributed, plus [....]% of the remaining
                         Compensation contributed.

               The Employer shall not match Combined Contributions as provided
               above in excess of $[....] or in excess of [....]% of the
               Participant's Compensation.

               The Employer shall not match Combined Contributions made by the
               following class(es) of Employees: [....]

          Matching Contributions shall be made each:

               ( )  Payroll period.

               (X)  Month.

               ( )  Quarter.

               ( )  Plan Year.

          Allocation of Matching Contributions --

          In order to share in the allocation of Matching Contributions (and
          forfeitures, if forfeitures are reallocated to participants) a
          Participant:

               ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the payroll period.

               ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the Month.

               ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the Quarter.

                                       18
<PAGE>

               ( )  Must be employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

               unless the Participant terminates employment on account of:

                    ( )  Death.

                    ( )  Disability.

                    ( )  Attainment of Early Retirement Age.

                    ( )  Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

                    ( )  Employer approved leave of absence.

               ( )  Must have ( ) 501 Hours of Service; ( ) [....] Hours of
                    Service (cannot exceed 1,000). Note: Not applicable if
                    elapsed time method of crediting service is elected.

     6.   Qualified Matching Contributions

               ( )  Not permitted.

               (X)  Permitted.

                    (X)  The Employer shall or may (in the event that the
                         Qualified Matching Contribution amount is within the
                         discretion of the Employer) make Qualified Matching
                         Contributions.

               Qualified Matching Contributions will be made on behalf of:

               ( )  All Participants who make Elective Deferrals.

               (X)  All Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
                    and who make Elective Deferrals.

               The amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made on
               behalf of each Participant shall be (any one or a combination of
               the following may be selected):

               (X)  An amount or percentage fixed by appropriate action by the
                    Employer.

               ( )  [....]% of the Elective Deferrals.

                                       19
<PAGE>

          The Employer shall not match Elective Deferrals as provided above in
          excess of $[....] or in excess of 6% of the Participant's
          Compensation.

     7.   Qualified Nonelective Contributions

          ( )  Not permitted.

          (X)  The Employer shall have the discretion to contribute Qualified
               Nonelective Contributions for any Plan Year in an amount to be
               determined each year by the Employer.

               Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be made on behalf of
               (select as appropriate):

               ( )  All Eligible Employees.

               ( )  All Participants who make Elective Deferrals.

               (X)  All Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
                    and who make Elective Deferrals.

               ( )  All Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

               ( )  All Non-Key Employees.

     B.   Forfeitures (Do not complete if 100% immediate vesting is elected).

          Forfeitures of Employer Discretionary Contributions, Matching
          Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be:

          ( )  Allocated to participants in the manner provided in Sections
               4.2 and 4.7(d)(2) of the Plan.

          (X)  Used to reduce:

               (X)  any future Employer contributions.

               ( )  Plan expenses.
 
     C.   Contributions Not Limited by Net Profits

                                       20
<PAGE>

          Indicate for each type of Employer contribution allowed under the Plan
          whether such contributions are to be limited to Net Profits of the
          Employer for the taxable year of the Employer ending with or within
          the Plan Year:

             ( )  Yes     ( )  No       Employer Discretionary Contributions

             ( )  Yes     (X)  No       Elective Deferrals

             ( )  Yes     (X)  No       Qualified Nonelective Contributions

             ( )  Yes     (X)  No       Matching Contributions

             ( )  Yes     (X)  No       Qualified Matching Contributions.

XII. DISTRIBUTIONS AND IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

     A.   Accounts shall be distributable upon a Participant's separation from
          service, death, or Total and Permanent Disability, and, in addition:

          (X)  Termination of the Plan without establishment or maintenance of a
               successor plan.

          (X)  The disposition to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer
               of substantially all of the assets used by the Employer in a
               trade or business, but only if the Employer continues to maintain
               the Plan and only with respect to participants who continue
               employment with the acquiring corporation.

          (X)  Upon attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Age.

          (X)  The disposition to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer
               of the Employer's interest in a subsidiary, but only if the
               Employer continues to maintain the Plan and only with respect to
               Participants who continue employment with such subsidiary.

          ( )  Vested portion of Employer Discretionary Contributions on
               account of a Participant's financial hardship to the extent
               permitted by Section 4.9 of the Plan.

          ( )  Vested portion of Employer Matching Contributions on account of
               a Participant's financial hardship to the extent permitted by
               Section 4.9 of the Plan.

                                       21
<PAGE>

     B.   In addition to A above, Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
          Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (as applicable) and
          income allocable to such amounts shall be distributable:

          (X)  Upon the Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2.

          (X)  On account of a Participant's financial hardship, to the extent
               permitted by Section 4.9 of the Plan (Elective Deferrals Only).

     C.   In-service withdrawals from a Participant's: ( ) Employer
          Discretionary Contribution Account; (X) Matching Contribution Account;
          ( ) Transfer Account, if any ( ) shall; (X) shall not be permitted
          upon the attainment of age 59 1/2. (Permitted only if the Plan is not
          integrated with Social Security and a Participant's Employer
          Discretionary Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Accounts
          are 100% vested at time of distribution.)

     D.   Distribution of benefits upon separation of service, retirement or
          death of a Participant ( ) shall; (X) shall not be subject to the
          Automatic Annuity rules of Section 8.2 of the Plan.

     E.   (Complete only if the Plan is not subject to the Automatic Annuity
          rules of Section 8.2.) Check the appropriate optional forms of benefit
          that shall be available under the Plan (if left blank, the provisions
          of Section 8.6(a) of this Plan shall apply):

          [X]  Single lump sum payment.

          [ ]  Installment payments pursuant to Section 8.6(a) of the Plan.

     F.   The following optional forms of benefit shall be available in addition
          to the optional forms of benefit available under Section 8.6 of the
          Plan (Note: If the Plan is not subject to the Automatic Annuity rules
          of Section 8.2 and the Participant is permitted to select an annuity
          as an optional form of benefit, then the Automatic Annuity rules of
          Section 8.2 shall apply to such participant): (A) ONCE EACH PLAN YEAR,
          A PARTICIPANT MAY MAKE A NON-HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL OF ALL OR PART
          (MINIMUM $1,000 AND NOT INCLUDING ANY PORTION OF ACCOUNT USED AS
          SECURITY FOR A LOAN) OF THE PARTICIPANT'S THRIFT CONTRIBUTIONS,
          ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS OR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS, AND EARNINGS, IF
          ANY. IN NO EVENT SHALL WITHDRAWALS FROM MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS OR
          EARNINGS THEREON BE PERMITTED UNTIL SUCH PARTICIPANT HAS COMPLETED AT
          LEAST FIVE YEARS OF PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN.

                                       22
<PAGE>

          (B) AN EMPLOYEE WHO WAS PARTICIPATING IN THIS PLAN PRIOR TO JULY 1,
          1989 MAY ELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FORMS OF AN IMMEDIATE ANNUITY IN
          LIEU OF A LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTION: (I) QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR
          ANNUITY PROVIDING AN ANNUITY FOR THE LIFE OF THE PARTICIPANT WITH A
          SURVIVOR ANNUITY FOR THE LIFE OF SUCH PARTICIPANT'S SPOUSE WHICH IS
          NOT LESS THAN ONE-HALF, OR GREATER THAN, THE AMOUNT OF THE ANNUITY
          PAYABLE DURING THE JOINT LIVES OF THE PARTICIPANT AND SUCH
          PARTICIPANT'S SPOUSE. (II) ANNUITY CERTAIN AND LIFE PROVIDING AN
          ANNUITY TO THE PARTICIPANT FOR A SPECIFIED NUMBER OF MONTHLY PAYMENTS,
          AND THEREAFTER, PAYMENTS WILL CONTINUE FOR AS LONG AS THE PARTICIPANT
          LIVES.

          [Note: If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of an existing
          Plan, optional forms of benefit protected under Section 411(d)(6) of
          the Code may not be eliminated, unless permitted by IRS Regulations
          Sections 1.401(a)-(4) and 1.411(d)-4].

XIII. VESTING SERVICE

     In order to be credited with a year of Service for vesting purposes, a
     Participant shall complete [....] (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.
     (Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for vesting
     purposes is elected).

     Note: In the case of Employees in the Maritime Industry, for purposes of a
     year of Service, refer to Section 1.56 of the Plan.

XIV. VESTING SERVICE - EXCLUSIONS

     All of an Employee's years of Service with the Employer shall be counted to
     determine the vested interest of such Employee except:

     ( )  Years of Service before age 18.

     ( )  Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a
          predecessor plan.

     ( )  Years of Service before the effective date of ERISA if such Service
          would have been disregarded under the Service Break rules of the prior
          plan in effect from time to time before such date. For this purpose,
          Service Break rules are rules which result in the loss of prior
          vesting or benefit accruals, or deny an


                                       23
<PAGE>



          Employee's eligibility to participate by reason of separation or
          failure to complete a required period of Service within a specified
          period of time.

XV.  VESTING SCHEDULES

     The vested interest of each Employee (who has an Hour of Service on or
     after January 1, 1989) in his Employer-derived account balance shall be
     determined on the basis of the following schedules:

     A.   Employer Discretionary Contributions.

          ( )  100% immediately vested. [Note: Mandatory if more than 1
               Eligibility Year of Service is required.]

          ( )  100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed 5) years of
               Service.

          ( )  [....]% (not less than 20%) vested for each year of Service,
               beginning with the [....] (not more than the 3rd) year of Service
               until 100% vested.

          ( )  Other: [....] (Must be at least as favorable as any one of the
               above 3 options).

                         AND

          ( )  Effective Date Vesting. Each Employee who is a Participant on
               the Effective Date shall be 100% immediately vested.

     B.   Matching Contributions.

          ( )  100% immediately vested. [Note: Mandatory if more than 1
               Eligibility Year of Service is required.]

          ( )  100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed 5) years of
               Service.

          ( )  [....]% (not less than 20%) vested for each year of Service,
               beginning with the [....] (not more than the 3rd) year of Service
               until 100% vested.

          (X)  Other: YEARS OF SERVICE                VESTED %

                             2                          40%
                             3                          60%
                             4                          80%


                                       24
<PAGE>

                             5                          100%

               (Must be at least as favorable as any one of the above 3
               options).

               AND

          ( )  Effective Date Vesting. Each Employee who is a Participant
               on the Effective Date shall be 100% immediately vested.

     C.   Top Heavy Minimum Vesting Schedules.

          One of the following schedules will be used for years when the Plan is
          or is deemed to be Top-Heavy.

          ( )  100% immediately vested after (not to exceed 3) years of
               Service.

          ( )  20% vested after 2 years of Service, plus [....] vested (not
               less than 20%) for each additional year of Service until 100%
               vested.

          (X)  Other: YEARS OF SERVICE               VESTED %

                             2                          40%
                             3                          60%
                             4                          80%
                             5                          100%

               (Note: must be at least as favorable as either of the two
               schedules in this Section C).

          If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the Minimum
          Schedule above for any Plan Year because of the Plan's Top-Heavy
          status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the
          election in Section 7.3 of the Plan applies.

XVI. LIFE INSURANCE

     Life insurance ( ) shall; (X) shall not be a permissible investment.

XVII. LOANS

     Loans (X) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted.

XVIII. TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

                                       25
<PAGE>

     A. Top Heavy Status

          ( )  The provisions of Article XIII of the Plan shall always apply.

          (X)  The provisions of Article XIII of the Plan shall only apply in
               Plan Years after 1983, during which the Plan is or becomes
               Top-Heavy.

     B.   Minimum Allocations

          If a Participant in this Plan who is a Non-Key Employee is covered
          under another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, the minimum
          Top Heavy allocation or benefit required under Section 416 of the Code
          shall be provided to such Non-key Employee under:

               (X)  this Plan.

               ( )  the Employer's other qualified defined contribution plan.

               ( )  the Employer's qualified defined benefit plan.

     C.   Determination of Present Value

          If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition to this
          Plan, and such plan fails to specify the interest rate an mortality
          table to be used for purposes of establishing present value to compute
          the Top-Heavy Ratio, then the following assumptions shall be used: N/A

               Interest Rate: [....]%

               Mortality Table: [....]

XIX. LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

          If the adopting Employer maintains or has ever maintained another
          qualified plan in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a
          Participant or could possibly become a Participant, the adopting
          Employer must complete this Section. The Employer must also complete
          this Section if it maintains a welfare benefit fund, as defined in
          Section 419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account, as
          defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are
          treated as Annual Additions with respect to any Participant in the
          Plan.

                                       26
<PAGE>

          (a)  If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
               contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master
               or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions for any Limitation Year shall
               be limited to comply with Section 415(c) of the Code:

               ( )  in accordance with Sections 6.4(e) - (j) as though the
                    other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan.

               ( )  by freezing or reducing Annual Additions in the other
                    qualified defined contribution plan.

               ( )  other:


          (b)  If a Participant is or has ever been a Participant in a qualified
               defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the "1.0"
               aggregate limitation of Section 415(e) of the Code shall be
               satisfied by:

               (X)  freezing or reducing the rate of benefit accrual under the
                    qualified defined benefit plan.

               ( )  freezing or reducing the Annual Additions under this Plan
                    (or, if the Employer maintains more than one qualified
                    defined contribution plan, as indicated in (a) above).

               ( )  other:

XX.  INVESTMENTS

     ( )  Participants ( ) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted to direct the
          investment of their Accounts in the investment options selected by the
          Employer or the Committee.

     (X)  Investment of participant Accounts shall be directed consistent with
          rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules shall be
          applied to all Participants in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

XXI. TRANSFERS

     Transfers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan (X) shall; ( ) shall not be
     permitted.

     If permitted, indicate additional prior plan provisions, if applicable:
     [....].



                                       27
<PAGE>

XXII. ROLLOVERS

     Rollovers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan (X) shall; ( ) shall not be
     permitted.

XXIII. EMPLOYER REPRESENTATIONS

     The Employer hereby represents that:

          a.   It is aware of, and agrees to be bound by, the terms of the Plan.

          b.   It understands that the Sponsor will not furnish legal or tax
               advice in connection with the adoption or operation of the Plan
               and has consulted legal and tax counsel to the extent necessary.

          c.   The failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may
               result in disqualification of the Plan.

XXIV. RELIANCE ON PLAN QUALIFICATION

     The adopting Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the
     National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan
     is qualified under Section 401 of the Code. In order to obtain reliance
     with respect to plan qualification, the Employer must apply to the
     appropriate key district office of the Internal Revenue Service for a
     determination letter.


XXV. PROTOTYPE PLAN DOCUMENTS

     This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the Dreyfus
     Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic Plan Document No. 01, and the
     Dreyfus Trust Agreement both as amended from time to time. In the event the
     Sponsor amends the Basic Plan Document or this Adoption Agreement or
     discontinues this type of plan, it will inform the Employer. The Sponsor,
     The Dreyfus Corporation, is available to answer questions regarding the
     intended meaning of any Plan provisions, adoption of the Plan and the
     effect of an Opinion Letter at 144 Glenn Curtiss Boulevard, Uniondale, New
     York 11556-0144 [(516) 338-3418].


                                       28

<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.5


                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                             DREYFUS NONSTANDARDIZED
                     PROTOTYPE PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

                                PLAN NUMBER 01002
                           IRS SERIAL NUMBER D362552A

The Employer named in Section I.A. below hereby establishes or restates a Profit
Sharing Plan ("Plan") and Trust, consisting of such sums as shall be paid to the
Trustee(s) under the Plan, the investments thereof and earnings thereon. The
terms of the Plan and Trust are set forth in this Adoption Agreement and the
applicable provisions of the Dreyfus Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic
Plan Document No. 01, and the Dreyfus Trust Agreement, both as amended from time
to time, which are hereby adopted and incorporated herein by reference.

I.   BASIC PROVISIONS

     A.   Employer's Name: SCHWITZER U.S., INC.

          Address: 6040 WEST 62ND STREET INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46278

     B.   Employer is a (X) corporation; ( ) S Corporation; ( ) partnership; ( )
          sole proprietor; ( ) other: [....]

     C.   Employer's Tax ID Number: 35-1764399

     D.   Employer's fiscal year: JANUARY 1 - DECEMBER 31

     E.   Plan Name: SCHWITZER TAX REDUCTION INVESTMENT PLAN FOR ASHEVILLE
          HOURLY AND CERTAIN NONEXEMPT EMPLOYEES

     F.   If this is a new Plan, the Effective Date of the Plan is:

          If this is an amendment and restatement of an existing Plan, enter the
          original Effective Date JANUARY 1, 1992. The effective date of this
          amended Plan is JANUARY 1, 1997.

     G.   The Trustee shall be:

<PAGE>

          (X)  The Dreyfus Trust Company

          ( )  Other:        (Name)           [....]
                             (Address)        [....]
                             (Address)        [....]
                             (Phone #)        [....]

     H.   The first Plan Year shall be [....] through [....]. Thereafter, the
          Plan Year shall mean the 12-consecutive-month period commencing on
          JANUARY 1 and ending on DECEMBER 31.

     I.   Service with the following predecessor employer(s):

          shall be credited for purposes of: [ ] eligibility; [ ] vesting.

          Note: Such Service must be credited if the adopting Employer maintains
          the plan of the predecessor employer.

     J.   The following employer(s) aggregated with the Employer under Sections
          414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code") shall be
          Participating Employers in the Plan:

     K.   Are all employers aggregated with the Employer under Sections 414(b),
          (c), (m) or (o) of the Code participating in this Plan?

                      ( ) Yes      (X) No

II.  HOURS OF SERVICE

     A.   For Eligibility Purposes.

     Hours of Service under the Plan will be determined for all Employees on the
     basis of the method selected below:

     ( )  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or
          entitled to payment.

     ( )  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited with ten
          (10) Hours of Service for any day such Employee would be credited with
          at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day under the Plan.


                                        2

<PAGE>


     ( )  On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with
          forty-five (45) Hours of Service for any week such Employee would be
          credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week under
          the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An Employee will be
          credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service for any semi-monthly
          payroll period such Employee would be credited with at least one (1)
          Hour of Service under the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be credited with one
          hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for any month such Employee
          would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under the
          Plan.

     (X)  On the basis of elapsed time.

     B.   For Vesting Purposes.

     Hours of Service under the Plan will be determined for all Employees on the
     basis of the method selected below:

     ( )  On the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or
          entitled to payment.

     ( )  On the basis of days worked. An Employee will be credited with ten
          (10) Hours of Service for any day such Employee would be credited with
          at least one (1) Hour of Service during the day under the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with
          forty-five (45) Hours of Service for any week such Employee would be
          credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service during the week under
          the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of semi-monthly payroll periods. An Employee will be
          credited with ninety-five (95) Hours of Service for any semi-monthly
          payroll period such Employee would be credited with at least one (1)
          Hour of Service under the Plan.

     ( )  On the basis of months worked. An Employee will be credited with one
          hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service for any month such Employee
          would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under the
          Plan.

     (X)  On the basis of elapsed time.



                                       3
<PAGE>

III. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

     All Employees shall be Eligible Employees, except:

     (X)  Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective
          bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee
          representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
          bargaining. For this purpose, the term "employee representatives" does
          not include any organization more than half of whose members are
          Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

     (X)  Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income
          from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
          United States.

     (X)  Employees included in the following classification(s): ANY INDIVIDUAL
          WHO IS NOT AN HOURLY PAID EMPLOYEE REGULARLY EMPLOYED AT THE
          ASHEVILLE, NC AND ANY NONEXEMPT EMPLOYEE AT THE GAINESVILLE, GA
          FACILITY

     (X)  Employees of the following employers aggregated with the Employer
          under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code: KUHLMAN
          CORPORATION, COLEMAN CABLE SYSTEMS, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, KUHLMAN
          ELECTRIC CORPORATION AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES, COMMUNICATION CABLE, INC.
          AND EMTEC PRODUCTS CORPORATION.

     (X)  Individuals required to be considered Employees under Section 414(n)
          of the Code.

     ( )  Employees who, subject to determination by the Committee that such
          election will not affect the plan's qualification, make a one-time
          irrevocable election not to participate in the Plan for purposes of
          the following:

          [ ]  Employer Discretionary Contributions.

          [ ]  Elective Deferrals/Thrift Contributions/Combined Contributions.

    Note: The term Employee includes all employees of the Employer and any
          employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Sections
          414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and individuals considered
          employees of any such employer under Section 414(n) or (o) of the
          Code.

                                        4

<PAGE>

IV.  AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

     Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date
     coincident with or following completion of the following requirements:

     Age:           ( )  No age requirement.

                    (X)  The attainment of age 21 (not to exceed age 21).

     Service:       ( )  No service requirement.

                    ( )  For Employer Discretionary Contributions only -- The
                         completion of [....] (not to exceed 1 unless 100%
                         immediate vesting is elected, in which case, may not
                         exceed 2) Eligibility Years of Service. If the
                         Eligibility Years of Service is or includes a
                         fractional year, an Employee shall not be required to
                         complete any specific number of Hours of Service to
                         receive credit for such fractional year.

                    If more than 1 Eligibility Year of Service is required,
                    Participants must be 100% immediately vested.

                    (X)  For all other contributions -- The completion of 1/4
                         (not to exceed 1) Eligibility Year of Service.

                                 AND

     Effective
     Date:          ( )  Each Eligible Employee who is employed on the
                         Effective Date shall become a Participant on the
                         Effective Date. Each Eligible Employee employed after
                         the Effective Date shall become a Participant on the
                         Entry Date coincident with or following completion of
                         the age and service requirements specified above.

                    ( )  Each Eligible Employee who is employed on the
                         effective date of this amended plan shall become a
                         Participant as of such date. Each Eligible Employee
                         employed after the effective date shall become a
                         Participant on the entry date coincident with or
                         following completion of the age and service
                         requirements specified above.


                                        5

<PAGE>


V.   ELIGIBILITY YEARS OF SERVICE

     A.   For Employer Discretionary Contributions, in order to be credited with
          an Eligibility Year of Service, an Employee shall complete [....] (not
          to exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.

          Note: Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for
          eligibility purposes is elected.

     B.   For all other contributions, in order to be credited with an
          Eligibility Year of Service, an Employee shall complete [....] (not to
          exceed 1,000) Hours of Service.

          Note: Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service for
          eligibility purposes is elected.

          Note: In the case of an Employee in the Maritime Industry, for
          purposes of Eligibility Years of Service, refer to Section 1.24 of the
          Plan.

VI.  ENTRY DATE

     The Entry Date shall mean:

     ( )  For the first Plan Year only, the initial Entry Date shall be
          ____________;
       
     thereafter:

     ( )  Annual Entry. The first day of the Plan Year. [Note: If Annual Entry
          is selected, the age and service requirements cannot exceed 20 1/2 and
          1/2 Eligibility Year of Service.]

     ( )  Dual Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
          seventh month of the Plan Year.

     (X)  Quarterly Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
          the fourth, seventh and tenth months of the Plan Year.

     ( )  Monthly Entry. The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of
          each following month of the Plan Year.

     ( )  Other:_____________________________________________________________
          (Note: Eligible Employees must commence participation no later than
          the earlier


                                       6
<PAGE>

          of: a) the beginning of the Plan Year after meeting the age and
          service requirements, or b) 6 months after the date the Employee meets
          the age and service requirements).

VII. COMPENSATION

     A.   Except for purposes of "annual additions" testing under Section 415 of
          the Code, Compensation shall mean all of each Participant's:

     (X)  Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051, and
          6052 of the Code. (Wages, tips and other compensation box on Form W-2)
          Compensation is defined as wages as defined in Section 3401(a) and all
          other payments of compensation to the Employee by the Employer (in the
          course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is
          required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections
          6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code. Compensation must be determined
          without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the
          remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
          employment or services performed (such as the exception for
          agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). This definition
          of Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the
          Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the
          extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe
          that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under Section 217 of
          the Code.

     ( )  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the
          meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income tax
          withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules
          that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
          location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
          exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

     ( )  Section 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
          wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
          received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in
          gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
          salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
          profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
          benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
          nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding
          the following:



                                       7
<PAGE>

          (a)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which
               are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable
               year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a
               simplified employee pension plan described in Section 408(k), or
               any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation regardless
               of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the
               Employee;

          (b)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
               option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
               Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
               subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

          (c)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
               stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

          (d)  Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
               premiums for group-term life insurance (but only to the extent
               that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the
               Employee), or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not
               under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
               annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether
               or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross
               income of the Employee).

     which is actually paid to the Participant during the following applicable
     period:

          ( )  the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee is a
               Participant in the Plan.

          (X)  the Plan Year.

          ( )  the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.

     (X)  Compensation shall be reduced by all of the following items (even if
          includible in gross income): reimbursements or other expense
          allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses,
          deferred compensation and welfare benefits.

     Compensation (X) shall; ( ) shall not include Employer contributions made
     pursuant to a salary reduction agreement with an Employee which are not
     includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Sections 125,
     402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     If the Employer's contributions to the Plan are not allocated on an
     integrated basis, the following may be excluded from the definition of
     Compensation selected above for any year in which the Plan is not Top
     Heavy:

          ( ) bonuses

          ( ) overtime

          ( ) commissions

          ( ) amounts in excess of $ [....]

          (X) AMOUNTS REALIZED FROM THE SALE, EXCHANGE OR
              OTHER DISPOSITION OF STOCK ACQUIRED UNDER A
              QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

     For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation means
     Earned Income.

     B.   For purposes of "annual additions" testing under Section 415 of the
          Code, Compensation for any Limitation Year shall mean all of each
          Participant's:

     (X)  Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051 and 6052
          of the Code. (Wages, tips and other compensation box on Form W-2)
          Compensation is defined as wages as defined in Section 3401(a) and all
          other payments of compensation to the Employee by the Employer (in the
          course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is
          required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections
          6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code. Compensation must be determined
          without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) that limit the
          remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
          employment or services performed (such as the exception for
          agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). This definition
          of Compensation shall exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by the
          Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the
          extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe
          that these amounts are deductible by the Employee under Section 217 of
          the Code.

     ( )  Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is defined as wages within the
          meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of income tax
          withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules
          that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or
          location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
          exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

                                       9
<PAGE>


     ( )  Section 415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation is defined as
          wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
          received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the Employer to the extent that the amounts are includible in
          gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
          salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
          profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe
          benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
          nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(c)), and excluding
          the following:

                  (a)      Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
                           compensation which are not includible in the
                           Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which
                           contributed, or Employer contributions under a
                           simplified employee pension plan described in Section
                           408(k), or any distributions from a plan of deferred
                           compensation regardless of whether such amounts are
                           includible in the gross income of the Employee;

                  (b)      Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified
                           stock option, or when restricted stock (or property)
                           held by the Employee either becomes freely
                           transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
                           risk of forfeiture;

                  (c)      Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                           disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                           option; and

                  (d)      Other amounts which receive special tax benefits,
                           such as premiums for group-term life insurance (but
                           only to the extent that the premiums are not
                           includible in the gross income of the Employee), or
                           contributions made by the Employer (whether or not
                           under a salary reduction agreement) towards the
                           purchase of an annuity contract described in Section
                           403(b) of the Code (whether or not the contributions
                           are actually excludable from the gross income of the
                           Employee).

         which is actually paid or includible in gross income during such
Limitation Year.

         For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation
         means Earned Income.



                                       10
<PAGE>


VIII.    LIMITATION YEAR

         Limitation Year shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive-month period:

         (X)      Identical to the Plan Year.

         ( )      Identical to the Employer's fiscal year ending with or
                  within the Plan Year of reference.

         ( )      As fixed by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
                  Employer, or the Employer if no Board of Directors exists.


IX.      NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

         Normal Retirement Age shall mean:

         (X)      Age 65 (not to exceed 65).

         ( )      Age [....] (not to exceed 65), or the [....] (not to exceed
                  the 5th) anniversary of the date the Participant commenced
                  participation in the Plan, if later.


X.       EARLY RETIREMENT AGE

         Early Retirement Age shall mean:

         (X) There shall be no early retirement provision in this Plan.

         ( )      Age [....].

         ( )      Age [....] and [....] Years of Service.


XI.      EMPLOYER AND EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

         A.       Types and allocation of Contributions

                  1.       Employer Discretionary Contributions

                           (X)      Not permitted.

                           ( )      Permitted.



                                       11
<PAGE>


                                    ( )     An amount fixed by appropriate
                                            action of the Employer.

                                    ( )     [....]% of Compensation of
                                            Participants for the Plan Year (not
                                            to exceed 15%).

                                    ( )     [....]% of Compensation of
                                            Participants for the Plan Year, plus
                                            an additional amount fixed by
                                            appropriate action of the Employer
                                            (in total not to exceed 15%).


                           Employer Discretionary Contributions ( ) shall; ( )
                           shall not be integrated with Social Security.

                                    If integrated with Social Security:

                                    a.   ( )   The Permitted Disparity
                                               Percentage shall be
                                               [....]%.

                                    b.   ( )   The Permitted Disparity
                                               Percentage shall be
                                               determined annually by
                                               appropriate action of the
                                               Employer.

                                    c.         ( ) The Integration Level
                                               shall be:

                                               ( )      the Taxable Wage 
                                               Base.

                                               ( )      $______ (a dollar amount
                                                        less than the 
                                                        Taxable Wage Base).

                                               ( )     ____% (not to exceed 100%
                                                        of the Taxable Wage
                                                        Base).

                                    Note:   The Permitted Disparity Percentage
                                            cannot exceed the lesser of: (i) the
                                            base contribution, or (ii) the
                                            greater of 5.7% or the tax rate
                                            under Section 3111(a) of the Code
                                            attributable to the old age
                                            insurance portion of the Old Age,
                                            Survivors and Disability Income
                                            provisions of the Social Security
                                            Act (as in effect on the first day
                                            of the Plan Year). If the
                                            Integration Level selected above is
                                            other than the Taxable Wage Base
                                            ("TWB"), the 5.7% factor in the
                                            preceding sentence must be replaced
                                            by the applicable percentage
                                            determined from the following table.



                                       12
<PAGE>

                                            If the Integration Level is:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        The Applicable
                                            more than         but not more than         Factor is

<S>                                         <C>                                         <C> 
                                            $0                         X*               5.7%
                                            X*                80% of TWB                4.3%
                                            80% of TWB                 Y**              5.4%

                                            *X = the greater of $10,000 or 
                                            20% of TWB

                                            **Y = any amount more than 80% of
                                            TWB, but less than 100% of TWB
</TABLE>

                  Allocation of Employer Discretionary Contributions.

                           In order to share in the allocation of Employer
                           Discretionary Contributions (and forfeitures, if
                           forfeitures are reallocated to Participants) an
                           Active Participant:

                           (  )     Need not be employed on the last day of
                                    the Plan Year.

                           (  )     Must be employed on the last day of the
                                    Plan Year, unless the Participant terminates
                                    employment on account of:

                                    ( )     Death.

                                    ( )     Disability.

                                    ( )     Attainment of Early Retirement Age.

                                    ( )     Attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

                                    ( )     Employer approved leave of absence.

                           ( )      Must have ( ) 501 Hours of Service; ( )
                                    [....] Hours of Service (cannot exceed
                                    1,000). (Note: Not applicable if elapsed
                                    time method of crediting service is elected.

                  2.       Elective Deferrals

                           (X)      Not permitted.

                           ( )      Permitted.



                                       13
<PAGE>


                           A Participant may elect to have his or her
Compensation reduced by:

                           ( )      An amount not in excess of [....] of
                                    Compensation [cannot exceed the dollar
                                    limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code for
                                    the calendar year].

                           ( )      An amount not in excess of $[....] of
                                    Compensation [cannot exceed the dollar
                                    limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code for
                                    the calendar year].

                           ( )      An amount not to exceed the dollar
                                    limitation of Section 402(g) of the Code for
                                    the calendar year.

                           ( )      An amount not in excess of (Note: The
                                    percent for the Highly Compensated Employee
                                    cannot exceed the percent for the Non-
                                    Highly Compensated Employee):

                                                   % of Compensation [cannot
                                            exceed the dollar limitation of
                                            Section 402(g) of the Code for the
                                            calendar year] for each Highly
                                            Compensated Employee; and

                                                   % of Compensation [cannot
                                            exceed the dollar limitation of
                                            Section 402(g) of the Code for the
                                            calendar year] for each Non-Highly
                                            Compensated Employee.

                           A Participant may elect to commence Elective
                           Deferrals the next pay period following: [....]
                           (enter date or period -- at least once each calendar
                           year).

                           A Participant may modify the amount of Elective
                           Deferrals as of [....] (enter date or period -- at
                           least once each calendar year).

                           A Participant ( ) may; ( ) may not base Elective
                           Deferrals on cash bonuses that, at the Participant's
                           election, may be contributed to the CODA or received
                           by the Participant in cash. Such election shall be
                           effective as of the next pay period following [....]
                           or as soon as administratively feasible thereafter.

                           Participants who claim Excess Elective Deferrals for
                           the preceding calendar year must submit their claims
                           in writing to the plan administrator by [....] (enter
                           date between March 1 and April 15).



                                       14
<PAGE>


                           A Participant ( ) may; ( ) may not elect to
                           recharacterize Excess Contributions as Thrift
                           Contributions. (Note: Available only if Thrift
                           Contributions are permitted.)

                           Participants who elect to recharacterize Excess
                           Contributions for the preceding Plan Year as Thrift
                           Contributions must submit their elections in writing
                           to the Committee by [....] (enter date no later than
                           2 1/2 months after close of Plan Year).

                  3.       Thrift Contributions

                           (X)      Not permitted.

                           (  )     Permitted.

                                    Participants shall be permitted to make
                                    Thrift Contributions from [....] % (not less
                                    than 1) to [....]% (not more than 10) of
                                    their total aggregate Compensation.

                                    A Participant may elect to commence Thrift
                                    Contributions the next pay period following
                                    [....] (enter date or period--at least once
                                    each calendar year).

                                    The Change Date for a Participant to modify
                                    the amount of Thrift Contributions shall be
                                    as of [....] (enter date or period -- at
                                    least once each calendar year).

                  4.       Elective Deferrals and Thrift Contributions, combined
                           ("Combined Contributions")

                           ( )      Not Permitted.

                           (X)      Permitted.

                                    A Participant may elect to make Combined
                                    Contributions which do not exceed 15% of
                                    Compensation. (Note: Elective Deferrals can
                                    not exceed the dollar limitation of Section
                                    402(g) of the Code for the calendar year).

                                    A Participant may elect to commence
                                    contributions the next pay period following:
                                    JANUARY 1, APRIL 1, JULY 1, OCTOBER 1 (enter
                                    date or period -- at least once each
                                    calendar year).

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                    A Participant may modify his amount of
                                    Combined Contributions as of JANUARY 1,
                                    APRIL 1, JULY 1, OCTOBER 1 (enter date or
                                    period -- at least once each calendar year).


                                    A Participant ( ) may; (X) may not base
                                    Elective Deferrals on cash bonuses that, at
                                    the Participant's election, may be
                                    contributed to the CODA or received by the
                                    Participant in cash. Such election shall be
                                    effective as of the next pay period
                                    following [....] or as soon as
                                    administratively feasible thereafter.

                                    Participants who claim Excess Elective
                                    Deferrals for the preceding calendar year
                                    must submit their claims in writing to
                                    the plan administrator by MARCH 1 (enter
                                    date between March 1 and April 15).

                                    A Participant (X) may; ( ) may not elect to
                                    recharacterize Excess Contributions as
                                    Thrift Contributions.

                                    Participants who elect to recharacterize
                                    Excess Contributions for the preceding Plan
                                    Year as Thrift Contributions must submit
                                    their elections in writing to the Committee
                                    by MARCH 1 (enter date no later than 2 1/2
                                    months after close of the Plan Year).

                  5.       Matching Contributions

                           ( )      Not permitted.

                           (X)      Permitted.

                                    (X)     The Employer shall or may (in the
                                            event that the Matching Contribution
                                            amount is within the discretion of
                                            the Employer) make Matching
                                            Contributions to the Plan with
                                            respect to (any one or a combination
                                            of the following may be selected):

                                            (X)      Elective Deferrals.

                                            ( )      Thrift Contributions.

                                            ( )      Combined Contributions.

                                    Such Matching Contributions will be made on
                                    behalf of:

                                       16
<PAGE>


                                            (X)      All Participants who make
                                                     such contribution(s).

                                            ( )      All Participants who are
                                                     Non-Highly Compensated
                                                     Employees who make such
                                                     contribution(s).

                                    The amount of such Matching Contributions
                                    made on behalf of each such Participant
                                    shall be:

                                    (i)     Elective Deferrals (any one or a
                                            combination of the following may be
                                            selected) -

                                 
                                            ( )      An amount or percentage
                                                     fixed by appropriate action
                                                     of the Employer.

                                            (X)      50% of the Elective
                                                     Deferrals.

                                            ( )      [....]% of the first
                                                     [....]% of Compensation
                                                     contributed as an Elective
                                                     Deferral, plus

                                                     [....]% of the next [....]%
                                                     of Compensation contributed
                                                     as an Elective Deferral,
                                                     plus

                                                     [....]% of the next [....]%
                                                     of Compensation contributed
                                                     as an Elective Deferral.

                                            The Employer shall not match
                                            Elective Deferrals as provided above
                                            in excess of $[....] or in excess of
                                            6% of the Participant's
                                            Compensation.

                                            The Employer shall not match
                                            Elective Deferrals made by the
                                            following class(es) of Employees:
                                            [....]

                                    (ii)    Thrift Contributions (any one or a
                                            combination of the following may be
                                            selected)-

                                            ( )      An amount or percentage
                                                     fixed by appropriate action
                                                     of the Employer.

                                            ( )      $[....] for each dollar
                                                     of Thrift Contributions.

                                            ( )      [....]% of the Thrift
                                                     Contributions.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                            ( )      [....]% of the first
                                                     [....]% of Compensation
                                                     contributed, plus [....]%
                                                     of the next [....]% of
                                                     Compensation contributed,
                                                     plus [....]% of the
                                                     remaining Compensation
                                                     contributed.

                                            The Employer shall not match Thrift
                                            Contributions as provided above in
                                            excess of $[....] or in excess of
                                            [....]% of the Participant's
                                            Compensation.

                                            The Employer shall not match Thrift
                                            Contributions made by the following
                                            class(es) of Employees: [...]

                                    (iii)   Combined Contributions (any one or a
                                            combination of the following may be
                                            selected).

                                            ( )      An amount fixed by
                                                     appropriate action of the
                                                     Employer.

                                            ( )      [....]% of Combined
                                                     Contributions.

                                            ( )      [....]% of Elective
                                                     Deferrals, plus [....]% of
                                                     Thrift contributions.

                                            ( )      [....]% of the first
                                                     [....]% of Compensation
                                                     contributed, plus [....]%
                                                     of the next [....]% of
                                                     Compensation contributed,
                                                     plus [....]% of the
                                                     remaining Compensation
                                                     contributed.

                                    The Employer shall not match Combined
                                    Contributions as provided above in excess of
                                    $[....] or in excess of [....]% of the
                                    Participant's Compensation.

                                    The Employer shall not match Combined
                                    Contributions made by the following
                                    class(es) of Employees: [....]

                           Matching Contributions shall be made each:

                                    (  )    Payroll period.

                                    (X)     Month.

                                    ( )     Quarter.

                                       18
<PAGE>


                                    ( )     Plan Year.

                           Allocation of Matching Contributions --

                           In order to share in the allocation of Matching
                           Contributions (and forfeitures, if forfeitures are
                           reallocated to participants) a Participant:

                                    ( )     Must be employed on the last day
                                            of the payroll period.

                                    ( )     Must be employed on the last day
                                            of the Month.

                                    ( )     Must be employed on the last day
                                            of the Quarter.

                                    ( )     Must be employed on the last day
                                            of the Plan Year.

                                    unless the Participant terminates employment
                                    on account of:

                                            ( )      Death.

                                            ( )      Disability.

                                            ( )      Attainment of Early
                                                     Retirement Age.

                                            ( )      Attainment of Normal
                                                     Retirement Age.

                                            ( )      Employer approved leave
                                                     of absence.

                                    ( )     Must have ( ) 501 Hours of
                                            Service; ( ) [....] Hours of Service
                                            (cannot exceed 1,000). Note: Not
                                            applicable if elapsed time method of
                                            crediting service is elected.

                  6.       Qualified Matching Contributions

                                    ( )     Not permitted.

                                    (X)     Permitted.

                                            (X)      The Employer shall or
                                                     may (in the event that the
                                                     Qualified Matching
                                                     Contribution amount is
                                                     within the discretion of
                                                     the Employer) make
                                                     Qualified Matching
                                                     Contributions.

                                    Qualified Matching Contributions will be
                                    made on behalf of:

                                       19
<PAGE>


                                    ( )     All Participants who make Elective
                                            Deferrals.

                                    (X)     All Participants who are Non-Highly
                                            Compensated Employees and who make
                                            Elective Deferrals.

                                    The amount of such Qualified Matching
                                    Contributions made on behalf of each
                                    Participant shall be (any one or a
                                    combination of the following may be
                                    selected):

                                    (X)     An amount or percentage fixed by
                                            appropriate action by the Employer.

                                    ( )     [....]% of the Elective Deferrals.
                                  
                           The Employer shall not match Elective Deferrals as
                           provided above in excess of $[....] or in excess of
                           6% of the Participant's Compensation.

                  7.       Qualified Nonelective Contributions

                           ( )      Not permitted.

                           (X)      The Employer shall have the discretion to
                                    contribute Qualified Nonelective
                                    Contributions for any Plan Year in an amount
                                    to be determined each year by the Employer.

                                    Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be
                                    made on behalf of (select as appropriate):

                                    ( )     All Eligible Employees.

                                    ( )     All Participants who make Elective
                                            Deferrals.

                                    (X)     All Participants who are Non-Highly
                                            Compensated Employees and who make
                                            Elective Deferrals.

                                    ( )     All Participants who are
                                            Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

                                    ( )     All Non-Key Employees.

         B.       Forfeitures (Do not complete if 100% immediate vesting is
                  elected).

                                       20
<PAGE>

                  Forfeitures of Employer Discretionary Contributions, Matching
                  Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be:

                  ( )      Allocated to participants in the manner provided in
                           Sections 4.2 and 4.7(d)(2) of the Plan.

                  (X)      Used to reduce:

                           (X)      any future Employer contributions.

                           ( )      Plan expenses.

         C.       Contributions Not Limited by Net Profits

                  Indicate for each type of Employer contribution allowed under
                  the Plan whether such contributions are to be limited to Net
                  Profits of the Employer for the taxable year of the Employer
                  ending with or within the Plan Year:

                           ( )      Yes     ( )      No       Employer
                                                              Discretionary
                                                              Contributions

                           ( )      Yes     (X)      No       Elective Deferrals

                           ( )      Yes     (X)      No       Qualified
                                                              Nonelective
                                                              Contributions

                           ( )      Yes     (X)      No       Matching
                                                              Contributions

                           ( )      Yes     (X)      No       Qualified Matching
                                                              Contributions.


XII.     DISTRIBUTIONS AND IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

         A.       Accounts shall be distributable upon a Participant's
                  separation from service, death, or Total and Permanent
                  Disability, and, in addition:

                  (X)      Termination of the Plan without establishment or
                           maintenance of a successor plan.

                  (X)      The disposition to an entity that is not an
                           Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the
                           assets used by the Employer in a trade or business,
                           but only if the Employer continues to maintain the
                           Plan and only with respect to participants who
                           continue employment with the acquiring corporation.

                                       21
<PAGE>

                  (X)      Upon attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Age.

                  (X)      The disposition to an entity that is not an
                           Affiliated Employer of the Employer's interest in a
                           subsidiary, but only if the Employer continues to
                           maintain the Plan and only with respect to
                           Participants who continue employment with such
                           subsidiary.

                  ( )      Vested portion of Employer Discretionary
                           Contributions on account of a Participant's financial
                           hardship to the extent permitted by Section 4.9 of
                           the Plan.

                  ( )      Vested portion of Employer Matching Contributions
                           on account of a Participant's financial hardship to
                           the extent permitted by Section 4.9 of the Plan.

         B.       In addition to A above, Elective Deferrals, Qualified
                  Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions
                  (as applicable) and income allocable to such amounts shall be
                  distributable:

                  (X)      Upon the Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2.

                  (X)      On account of a Participant's financial hardship, to
                           the extent permitted by Section 4.9 of the Plan
                           (Elective Deferrals Only).

         C.       In-service withdrawals from a Participant's: ( ) Employer
                  Discretionary Contribution Account; (X) Matching Contribution
                  Account; ( ) Transfer Account, if any ( ) shall; (X) shall not
                  be permitted upon the attainment of age 59 1/2. (Permitted
                  only if the Plan is not integrated with Social Security and a
                  Participant's Employer Discretionary Contribution Account and
                  Matching Contribution Accounts are 100% vested at time of
                  distribution.)

         D.       Distribution of benefits upon separation of service,
                  retirement or death of a Participant ( ) shall; (X) shall not
                  be subject to the Automatic Annuity rules of Section 8.2 of
                  the Plan.

         E.       (Complete only if the Plan is not subject to the Automatic
                  Annuity rules of Section 8.2.) Check the appropriate optional
                  forms of benefit that shall be available under the Plan (if
                  left blank, the provisions of Section 8.6(a) of this Plan
                  shall apply):

                           [X]      Single lump sum payment.

                           [ ]      Installment payments pursuant to Section
                                    8.6(a) of the Plan.

                                       22
<PAGE>

         F.       The following optional forms of benefit shall be available in
                  addition to the optional forms of benefit available under
                  Section 8.6 of the Plan (Note: If the Plan is not subject to
                  the Automatic Annuity rules of Section 8.2 and the Participant
                  is permitted to select an annuity as an optional form of
                  benefit, then the Automatic Annuity rules of Section 8.2 shall
                  apply to such participant): ONCE EACH PLAN YEAR, A PARTICIPANT
                  MAY MAKE A NON-HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL OF ALL OR PART (MINIMUM
                  $1,000 AND NOT INCLUDING ANY PORTION OF ACCOUNT USED AS
                  SECURITY FOR A LOAN) OF THE PARTICIPANT'S THRIFT
                  CONTRIBUTIONS, ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS OR MATCHING
                  CONTRIBUTIONS, AND EARNINGS, IF ANY. IN NO EVENT SHALL
                  WITHDRAWALS FROM MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS OR EARNINGS THEREON BE
                  PERMITTED UNTIL SUCH PARTICIPANT HAS COMPLETED AT LEAST FIVE
                  YEARS OF PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN.

                  [Note: If the Plan is an amendment and restatement of an
                  existing Plan, optional forms of benefit protected under
                  Section 411(d)(6) of the Code may not be eliminated, unless
                  permitted by IRS Regulations Sections 1.401(a)-(4) and
                  1.411(d)-4].

XIII.    VESTING SERVICE

         In order to be credited with a year of Service for vesting purposes, a
         Participant shall complete [....] (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of
         Service. (Not applicable if elapsed time method of crediting service
         for vesting purposes is elected).

         Note: In the case of Employees in the Maritime Industry, for purposes
         of a year of Service, refer to Section 1.56 of the Plan.

XIV.     VESTING SERVICE - EXCLUSIONS

         All of an Employee's years of Service with the Employer shall be
         counted to determine the vested interest of such Employee except:

         ( )      Years of Service before age 18.

         ( )      Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or
                  a predecessor plan.

         ( )      Years of Service before the effective date of ERISA if such
                  Service would have been disregarded under the Service Break
                  rules of the prior plan in effect from time to time before
                  such date. For this purpose, Service Break rules are rules
                  which result in the loss of prior vesting or benefit accruals,
                  or deny an


                                       23
<PAGE>

                  Employee's eligibility to participate by reason of separation
                  or failure to complete a required period of Service within a
                  specified period of time.

XV.      VESTING SCHEDULES

         The vested interest of each Employee (who has an Hour of Service on or
         after January 1, 1989) in his Employer-derived account balance shall be
         determined on the basis of the following schedules:

         A.  Employer Discretionary Contributions.

                  ( )      100% immediately vested. [Note: Mandatory if more
                           than 1 Eligibility Year of Service is required.]

                  ( )      100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed
                           5) years of Service.

                  ( )      [....]% (not less than 20%) vested for each year of
                           Service, beginning with the [....] (not more than the
                           3rd) year of Service until 100% vested.

                  ( )      Other: [....] (Must be at least as favorable as any
                           one of the above 3 options).

                           AND

                  ( )      Effective Date Vesting. Each Employee who is a
                           Participant on the Effective Date shall be 100%
                           immediately vested.

         B.       Matching Contributions.

                  ( )      100% immediately vested. [Note: Mandatory if more
                           than 1 Eligibility Year of Service is required.]

                  ( )      100% immediately vested after [....] (not to exceed
                           5) years of Service.

                  ( )      [....]% (not less than 20%) vested for each year of
                           Service, beginning with the [....] (not more than the
                           3rd) year of Service until 100% vested.




                  (X)      Other:  YEARS OF SERVICE                  VESTED %

                                          2                          40%


                                       24
<PAGE>

                                          3                          60%
                                          4                          80%
                                          5                          100%

                           (Must be at least as favorable as any one of the
                           above 3 options).

                           AND

                  ( )      Effective Date Vesting. Each Employee who is a
                           Participant on the Effective Date shall be 100%
                           immediately vested.

         C.       Top Heavy Minimum Vesting Schedules.

                  One of the following schedules will be used for years when the
                  Plan is or is deemed to be Top-Heavy.
                          
                  ( )      100% immediately vested after (not to exceed 3)
                           years of Service.

                  ( )      20% vested after 2 years of Service, plus [....]
                           vested (not less than 20%) for each additional year
                           of Service until 100% vested.

                  (X)      Other: YEARS OF SERVICE                   VESTED %

                                          2                          40%
                                          3                          60%
                                          4                          80%
                                          5                          100%

                           (Note: must be at least as favorable as either of the
                           two schedules ithis Section C).

                  If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the
                  Minimum Schedule above for any Plan Year because of the Plan's
                  Top-Heavy status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting
                  schedule and the election in Section 7.3 of the Plan applies.



XVI.     LIFE INSURANCE

         Life insurance ( ) shall; (X) shall not be a permissible investment.

XVII.    LOANS

                                       25
<PAGE>

         Loans (X) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted.

XVIII.  TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

         A.  Top Heavy Status

                  ( )      The provisions of Article XIII of the Plan shall
                           always apply.

                  (X)      The provisions of Article XIII of the Plan shall only
                           apply in Plan Years after 1983, during which the Plan
                           is or becomes Top-Heavy.

         B.  Minimum Allocations

                  If a Participant in this Plan who is a Non-Key Employee is
                  covered under another qualified plan maintained by the
                  Employer, the minimum Top Heavy allocation or benefit required
                  under Section 416 of the Code shall be provided to such
                  Non-key Employee under:

                           (X)      this Plan.

                           ( )      the Employer's other qualified defined
                                    contribution plan.

                           ( )      the Employer's qualified defined benefit
                                    plan.

         C.  Determination of Present Value

                  If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition
                  to this Plan, and such plan fails to specify the interest rate
                  an mortality table to be used for purposes of establishing
                  present value to compute the Top-Heavy Ratio, then the
                  following assumptions shall be used: N/A

                           Interest Rate: [....]%

                           Mortality Table: [....]



XIX.     LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

                  If the adopting Employer maintains or has ever maintained
                  another qualified plan in which any Participant in this Plan
                  is (or was) a Participant or could possibly become a
                  Participant, the adopting Employer must complete this Section.
                  The Employer must also complete this Section if it maintains a
                  welfare

                                       26
<PAGE>

                  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, or an
                  individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of
                  the Code, under which amounts are treated as Annual Additions
                  with respect to any Participant in the Plan.

                  (a)      If the Participant is covered under another qualified
                           defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer,
                           other than a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual
                           Additions for any Limitation Year shall be limited to
                           comply with Section 415(c) of the Code:

                           ( )      in accordance with Sections 6.4(e) - (j)
                                    as though the other plan were a Master or
                                    Prototype Plan.

                           ( )      by freezing or reducing Annual Additions
                                    in the other qualified defined contribution
                                    plan.

                           ( )      other:


                  (b)      If a Participant is or has ever been a Participant in
                           a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the
                           Employer, the "1.0" aggregate limitation of Section
                           415(e) of the Code shall be satisfied by:

                           (X)      freezing or reducing the rate of benefit
                                    accrual under the qualified defined benefit
                                    plan.

                           ( )      freezing or reducing the Annual Additions
                                    under this Plan (or, if the Employer
                                    maintains more than one qualified defined
                                    contribution plan, as indicated in (a)
                                    above).

                           ( )      other:




XX.      INVESTMENTS

         ( )      Participants ( ) shall; ( ) shall not be permitted to direct
                  the investment of their Accounts in the investment options
                  selected by the Employer or the Committee.

         (X)      Investment of participant Accounts shall be directed
                  consistent with rules and procedures established by the
                  Committee. Such rules shall be applied to all Participants in
                  a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

                                       27
<PAGE>


XXI.     TRANSFERS

         Transfers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan (X) shall; ( ) shall not
         be permitted.

         If permitted, indicate additional prior plan provisions, if applicable:
         [....].


XXII.    ROLLOVERS

         Rollovers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan (X) shall; ( ) shall not
         be permitted.


XXIII.   EMPLOYER REPRESENTATIONS

         The Employer hereby represents that:

                  a.       It is aware of, and agrees to be bound by, the terms
                           of the Plan.

                  b.       It understands that the Sponsor will not furnish
                           legal or tax advice in connection with the adoption
                           or operation of the Plan and has consulted legal and
                           tax counsel to the extent necessary.

                  c.       The failure to properly fill out this Adoption
                           Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.




XXIV.    RELIANCE ON PLAN QUALIFICATION

         The adopting Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the
         National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the
         Plan is qualified under Section 401 of the Code. In order to obtain
         reliance with respect to plan qualification, the Employer must apply to
         the appropriate key district office of the Internal Revenue Service for
         a determination letter.


XXV.     PROTOTYPE PLAN DOCUMENTS

         This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the
         Dreyfus Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic Plan Document No.
         01, and the Dreyfus Trust Agreement both as amended from time to time.
         In the event the Sponsor amends the Basic Plan Document or this
         Adoption Agreement or discontinues this type of plan, it


                                       28
<PAGE>

         will inform the Employer. The Sponsor, The Dreyfus Corporation, is
         available to answer questions regarding the intended meaning of any
         Plan provisions, adoption of the Plan and the effect of an Opinion
         Letter at 144 Glenn Curtiss Boulevard, Uniondale, New York 11556-0144
         [(516) 338-3418].




                                       29


<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.6


                                DREYFUS PROTOTYPE



                           BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT NO. 01

                   DREYFUS PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN




<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

<S>                                                                                                               <C>
         DEFINITIONS............................................................................................  1
                  1.1      "Account"............................................................................  1
                  1.2      "Act"................................................................................  1
                  1.3      "Actual Deferral Percentage".........................................................  1
                  1.4      "Adoption Agreement".................................................................  1
                  1.5      "Affiliated Employer"................................................................  1
                  1.6      "Anniversary Date"...................................................................  1
                  1.7      "Annuity Starting Date"..............................................................  1
                  1.8      "Average Actual Deferral Percentage".................................................  1
                  1.9      "Average Contribution Percentage"....................................................  1
                  1.10     "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries".....................................................  2
                  1.11     "Board of Directors" ................................................................  2
                  1.12     "CODA"...............................................................................  2
                  1.13     "Code"...............................................................................  2
                  1.14     "Committee"..........................................................................  2
                  1.15     "Compensation".......................................................................  2
                  1.16     "Contribution Percentage"............................................................  3
                  1.17     "Contribution Percentage Amounts"....................................................  4
                  1.18     "Early Retirement Age"...............................................................  4
                  1.19     "Earned Income"......................................................................  4
                  1.20     "Easy Retirement Plan"...............................................................  4
                  1.21     "Effective Date".....................................................................  4
                  1.22     "Elective Deferrals".................................................................  4
                  1.23     "Eligible Employee"..................................................................  5
                  1.24     "Eligibility Year(s) of Service".....................................................  5
                  1.25     "Employee"...........................................................................  6
                  1.26     "Employer"...........................................................................  6
                  1.27     "Employment Commencement Date".......................................................  6
                  1.28     "Entry Date".........................................................................  6
                  1.29     "Excess Aggregate Contributions".....................................................  7
                  1.30     "Excess Contributions"...............................................................  7
                  1.31     "Excess Elective Deferrals"..........................................................  7
                  1.32     "Family Member"......................................................................  7
                  1.33     "Fund"...............................................................................  7
                  1.34     "Highly Compensated Employee"........................................................  7
                  1.35     "Hour of Service"....................................................................  9
                  1.36     "Integration Level".................................................................. 10
                  1.37     "Matching Contribution".............................................................. 10
                  1.38     "Net Profits"........................................................................ 10
                  1.39     "Non-Highly Compensated Employee".................................................... 10


                                       i
<PAGE>

                  1.40     "Normal Retirement Age".............................................................. 10
                  1.41     "Owner-Employee"..................................................................... 11
                  1.42     "Participant"........................................................................ 11
                  1.43     "Participating Employer"............................................................. 11
                  1.44     "Period of Severance"................................................................ 11
                  1.45     "Plan"............................................................................... 11
                  1.46     "Plan Year".......................................................................... 12
                  1.47     "Prototype Plan"..................................................................... 12
                  1.48     "Qualified Matching Contributions"................................................... 12
                  1.49     "Qualified Nonelective Contributions"................................................ 12
                  1.50     "ReEmployment Commencement Date"..................................................... 12
                  1.51     "Regular Account" ................................................................... 12
                  1.52     "S-Corporation"...................................................................... 12
                  1.53     "Self-Employed Individual"........................................................... 12
                  1.54     "Service"............................................................................ 13
                  1.55     "Service Break"...................................................................... 13
                  1.56     "Severance from Service Date"........................................................ 14
                  1.57     Shareholder-Employee"................................................................ 14
                  1.58     "Sponsor"............................................................................ 14
                  1.59     "Taxable Wage Base".................................................................. 14
                  1.60     "Thrift Contributions"............................................................... 14
                  1.61     "Total and Permanent Disability"..................................................... 14
                  1.62     "Trustee" or "Custodian"............................................................. 14
                  1.63     "Trust Agreement" or "Custodial Agreement"........................................... 15
                  1.64     "Valuation Date"..................................................................... 15
                  1.65     "Voluntary Contributions"............................................................ 15
         PARTICIPATION.......................................................................................... 15
                  2.1      Membership........................................................................... 15
                  2.2      Excluded Employees................................................................... 15
                  2.3      Reemployment......................................................................... 16
                  2.4      Change in Employment Status.......................................................... 16
                  2.5      Limitations on Participation of Owner-Employees...................................... 16
         CONTRIBUTIONS AND CREDITS TO MONEY PURCHASE PLANS...................................................... 17
                  3.1      Employer Contributions............................................................... 18
                  3.2      Forfeitures.......................................................................... 18
                  3.3      Credit to Participants............................................................... 18
         CONTRIBUTIONS AND CREDITS TO PROFIT SHARING PLANS...................................................... 21
                  4.1      Limits on Employer Contributions..................................................... 21
                  4.2      Forfeitures.......................................................................... 21
                  4.3      Employer Discretionary Contributions................................................. 21
                  4.4      401(k) Cash or Deferred Arrangements ("CODA")/Thrift
                           Contributions........................................................................ 24
                  4.5      Maximum Amount of Elective Deferrals................................................. 28


                                       ii
<PAGE>

                  4.6      Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests............................................. 28
                  4.7      Average Contribution Percentage Tests................................................ 33
                  4.8      Non-Hardship Withdrawals............................................................. 37
                  4.9      Distribution on Account of Financial Hardship........................................ 38
                  4.10     Special Distribution Rules........................................................... 40
         CONTRIBUTIONS AND CREDITS TO TARGET BENEFIT PLANS...................................................... 41
         CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION LIMITS..................................................................... 41
                  6.1      Timing of Contributions.............................................................. 41
                  6.2      Deductibility of Contributions....................................................... 41
                  6.3      Return of Employer Contributions..................................................... 41
                  6.4      Limitation on Allocations............................................................ 42
                  6.5      Separate Accounts.................................................................... 51
                  6.6      Valuation............................................................................ 51
                  6.7      Segregation of Former Participant's Account.......................................... 52
         VESTING  .............................................................................................. 52
                  7.1      Vested Interest...................................................................... 52
                  7.2      Vesting of a Participant............................................................. 53
                  7.3      Amendment of Vesting Provisions...................................................... 53
                  7.4      Forfeitures.......................................................................... 54
         BENEFITS ON RETIREMENT AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE..................................................... 55
                  8.1      Commencement of Benefits............................................................. 55
                  8.2      Automatic Annuity Requirements....................................................... 57
                  8.3      Profit Sharing Plans: Exception from Automatic Annuity
                           Requirements......................................................................... 61
                  8.4      Transitional Rules Applicable to Joint and Survivor Annuities........................ 62
                  8.5      Required Payment of Benefits......................................................... 64
                  8.6      Available Forms of Distribution...................................................... 70
                  8.7      Certain Distributions................................................................ 71
                  8.8      Forfeitures.......................................................................... 71
         DEATH BENEFITS......................................................................................... 71
                  9.1      Payment to Beneficiary............................................................... 71
                  9.2      Method of Payment.................................................................... 72
         PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS; ROLLOVERS................................................................... 72
                  10.1     Voluntary Contributions.............................................................. 72
                  10.2     Voluntary Tax-Deductible Contributions............................................... 73
                  10.3     Transfers From Other Trusts.......................................................... 73
         INSURANCE POLICIES..................................................................................... 74
                  11.1     Policy Procurement................................................................... 74
                  11.2     Rules and Regulations................................................................ 74
                  11.3     Transfer of Policies................................................................. 75
                  11.4     Payment Upon Death................................................................... 76
                  11.5     Plan Provisions Control.............................................................. 76
         LOANS    .............................................................................................. 76


                                       iii
<PAGE>

                  12.1     Loans to Participants................................................................ 76
                  12.2     Provisions to be Applied in a Uniform and Nondiscriminatory
                           Manner............................................................................... 78
                  12.3     Satisfaction of Loan................................................................. 78
                  12.4     Loans to Owner-Employees or Shareholder-Employees.................................... 78
         TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS................................................................................... 79
                  13.1     Definitions.......................................................................... 79
                  13.2     Vesting Schedules.................................................................... 82
                  13.3     Minimum Allocation................................................................... 83
                  13.4     Adjustment to Defined Benefit Fraction and Defined Contribution
                           Fraction under section 6.4........................................................... 84
         THE COMMITTEE.......................................................................................... 84
                  14.1     Creation of a Committee.............................................................. 84
                  14.2     Committee Action..................................................................... 84
                  14.3     Authorized Signatory................................................................. 84
                  14.4     Powers and Duties.................................................................... 85
                  14.5     Nondiscrimination.................................................................... 85
                  14.6     Records and Reports.................................................................. 85
                  14.7     Reliance on Professional Advice...................................................... 85
                  14.8     Payment of Expenses.................................................................. 85
                  14.9     Limitation of Liability.............................................................. 85
                  14.10    Payment Certification to Trustee..................................................... 86
                  14.11    Claims Procedure..................................................................... 86
         GENERAL PROVISIONS..................................................................................... 87
                  15.1     No Right of Continued Employment..................................................... 87
                  15.2     Nonalienation of Interest............................................................ 87
                  15.3     Incompetence of Participants and Beneficiaries....................................... 87
                  15.4     Unclaimed Benefits................................................................... 87
                  15.5     Separate Employer Trusts Maintained.................................................. 88
                  15.6     Governing Law........................................................................ 88
                  15.7     Severability......................................................................... 88
                  15.8     Gender and Number.................................................................... 88
                  15.9     Titles and Headings.................................................................. 88
                  15.10    Failure of Employer's Plan to Qualify................................................ 88
                  15.11    Exclusive Benefit.................................................................... 89
                  15.12    Action by Employer................................................................... 89
         AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.............................................................................. 89
                  16.1     Amendment............................................................................ 89
                  16.2     Termination and Partial Termination.................................................. 90
                  16.3     Plan Merger and Consolidation or Transfer of Plan Assets............................. 90
                  16.4     Amended and Restated Plans........................................................... 91
                  16.5     Participating Employers.............................................................. 91
         PAIRED PLAN PROVISIONS................................................................................. 92


                                       iv
<PAGE>

                  17.1     Compliance With Section 415(e) of the Code........................................... 92
                  17.2     Adjustment of Combined Plan Fractions Under Section 415 of the
                           Code for Top-Heavy Ratio in Excess of Ninety Percent (90%)........................... 92
                  17.3     Top-Heavy Minimum Benefits and Contributions......................................... 93
                  17.4     Integration of Paired Plans.......................................................... 93

</TABLE>

                                       v

<PAGE>



                   DREYFUS PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
                           BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT NO. 01


                                   ARTICLE I.
                                   DEFINITIONS

1.1      "Account" shall mean any one of the accounts maintained by the
         Committee for each Participant in accordance with Section 6.5.

1.2      "Act" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
         as amended.

1.3      "Actual Deferral Percentage" shall mean the ratio (expressed as a
         percentage) of Elective Deferrals (including Excess Elective
         Deferrals), Qualified Matching Contributions, and Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions paid over to the Fund on behalf of an Eligible
         Participant for the Plan Year to the Eligible Participant's
         Compensation for the Plan Year. The Actual Deferral Percentage of an
         Eligible Participant who does not make an Elective Deferral, and who
         does not receive an allocation of a Qualified Matching Contribution or
         a Qualified Nonelective Contribution, is zero.

1.4      "Adoption Agreement" shall mean the document executed by the adopting
         Employer which contains all the options which may be selected and which
         incorporates this Prototype Plan by reference.

1.5      "Affiliated Employer" shall mean any corporation which is a member of a
         controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b) of the
         Code) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or
         not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in section
         414(c) of the Code) with the Employer; any organization (whether or not
         incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as
         defined in section 414(m) of the Code) which includes the Employer; and
         any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant
         to regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.

1.6      "Anniversary Date" unless otherwise defined in the Adoption Agreement,
         shall mean the first day of the Plan Year. If the initial Plan Year is
         less than a 12 month period, the Anniversary Date shall mean the first
         day of the 12 consecutive month period designated as the Plan Year in
         the Adoption Agreement.

1.7      "Annuity Starting Date" shall mean the first day of the first period
         for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

1.8      "Average Actual Deferral Percentage" shall mean the average (expressed
         as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of the Eligible
         Participants in a group.

1.9      "Average Contribution Percentage" shall mean the average (expressed as
         a percentage) of the Contribution Percentages of the Eligible
         Participants in a group.

                                       
<PAGE>

1.10     "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" shall mean one or more persons
         designated as such by a Participant to receive his interest in the Fund
         in the event of the death of the Participant.

1.11     "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Employer
         if the Employer is an incorporated business entity.

1.12     "CODA" shall mean a cash or deferred arrangement qualified under
         section 401(k) of the Code.

1.13     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.14     "Committee" shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Employer
         to administer the Plan in accordance with Article XIV. If the Plan is
         an Easy Retirement Plan or if no such Committee is appointed by the
         Employer, the Employer shall act as the Committee.

1.15     "Compensation", unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement,
         shall mean, in the case of an Employee other than a Self-Employed
         Individual, his wages as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code and all
         other payments of compensation to the Employee by the Employer (in the
         course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is
         required to furnish the Employee a written statement under sections
         6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the Code, determined without regard to any
         rules under section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration
         included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or
         the services performed, which are actually paid during the applicable
         period. In the case of a Self-Employed Individual, Compensation shall
         mean his Earned Income. Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption
         Agreement, the applicable period shall be the Plan Year. If elected by
         the employer in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall also include
         Employer contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
         with an Employee which are not currently includible in the gross income
         of the Employee by reason of the application of sections 125,
         402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code. Compensation shall
         include Excess Contributions which are recharacterized in accordance
         with Section 4.6(d) to the extent that Elective Deferrals are included
         in Compensation.

         Solely for purposes of determining Actual Deferral Percentages and
         Contribution Percentages, Compensation, if the Plan is a
         non-standardized plan, shall be determined without regard to any
         exclusions which may be elected in the Adoption Agreement. Solely for
         purposes of determining Actual Deferral Percentages and Contribution
         Percentages, the applicable period for determining the amount of an
         Employee's Compensation shall be limited to the period during which the
         Employee was an Eligible Participant.

         For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, annual
         Compensation shall not include amounts in excess of $200,000, as
         adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury at the same time and in the
         same manner as under section 415(d) of the Code except that the


                                       2
<PAGE>

         dollar increases in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is
         effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year and the first
         adjustment to the $200,000 limitation is effective on January 1, 1990.

         For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual
         Compensation of each Participant taken into account for determining all
         benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed
         $150,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance
         with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment
         in effect for a calendar year applies to the applicable period
         beginning in such calendar year.

         If an applicable period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual
         Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable
         annual Compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
         which is the number of months in the short applicable period, and the
         denominator of which is 12.

         In determining Compensation for purposes of the annual Compensation
         limit, the family member rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall
         apply except that in applying such rules, the term "family" shall
         include only the Employee's spouse and any lineal descendants who have
         not attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year. If, as a result
         of the application of such family member rule the annual compensation
         limit is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the portion
         of Compensation up to the Integration Level if this Plan is integrated
         with Social Security), the annual compensation limit shall be prorated
         among the affected individuals in proportion to each such individual's
         Compensation as determined under this Section prior to the application
         of such limitation.

         If Compensation for any prior applicable period is taken into account
         in determining a Participant's allocations for the current Plan Year,
         the Compensation for such prior applicable period is subject to the
         applicable annual Compensation limit in effect for that prior period.
         For this purpose, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on
         or after January 1, 1989, the annual Compensation limit in effect for
         applicable periods beginning before that date is $200,000. In addition,
         in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January
         1, 1994, the annual Compensation limit in effect for applicable periods
         beginning before that date is $150,000.

1.16     "Contribution Percentage" shall mean the ratio (expressed as a
         percentage) of an Eligible Participant's Contribution Percentage
         Amounts to the Eligible Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.

1.17     "Contribution Percentage Amounts" shall mean the sum of the Thrift
         Contributions (including amounts recharacterized in accordance with
         Section 4.6(d)), Voluntary Contributions and Matching Contributions
         under the Plan on behalf of an Eligible Participant for the Plan Year.
         Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include Matching
         Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate
         Contributions


                                        3
<PAGE>

         or because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective
         Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions.
         Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall include forfeitures of
         Excess Aggregate Contributions or Matching Contributions allocated to
         the Eligible Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account,
         which shall be taken into account in the year in which such forfeiture
         is allocated.

1.18     "Early Retirement Age" shall mean the date a Participant satisfies the
         age and service requirements for early retirement, if any, specified in
         the Adoption Agreement. Upon reaching his Early Retirement Age, a
         Participant's right to his account balance shall be nonforfeitable,
         notwithstanding the Plan's vesting schedule. If a Participant separates
         from service before satisfying the age requirement for early
         retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement, the Participant
         will be entitled to elect to receive an early retirement benefit upon
         satisfaction of such age requirement.

1.19     "Earned Income" shall mean the annual net earnings from self-employment
         in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established,
         provided that personal services of the individual are a material
         income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard
         to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to
         such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer
         to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under section 404 of the
         Code. Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction
         allowed to the Employer by section 164(f) of the Code for taxable years
         beginning after December 31, 1989.

1.20     "Easy Retirement Plan" shall mean a Plan established under Dreyfus Easy
         Standardized/Paired Prototype Money Purchase Retirement Plan No. 01005,
         Dreyfus Easy Standardized/Paired Prototype Profit Sharing Retirement
         Plan No. 01006, or Dreyfus Standardized/Paired Prototype Defined
         Benefit Plan No. 02001.

1.21     "Effective Date" shall mean the date specified in the Adoption
         Agreement.

1.22     "Elective Deferrals" shall mean any Employer contributions made to the
         Plan at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation,
         and shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
         agreement or other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable
         year, a Participant's Elective Deferrals are the sum of all Employer
         contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an
         election to defer under any CODA, any simplified employee pension cash
         or deferred arrangement as described in section 402(h)(1)(B), any
         eligible deferred compensation plan under section 457, any plan as
         described under section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions made
         on behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract
         under section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Elective
         Deferrals shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as an
         Excess Amount pursuant to Section 6.4(d).

                                       4
<PAGE>

1.23     "Eligible Employee" shall mean each Employee who is not excluded from
         eligibility to participate in the Plan under the Adoption Agreement. If
         the Plan is an Easy Retirement Plan, Eligible Employee shall mean each
         Employee who is not (i) included in a unit of Employees covered by a
         collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee
         representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
         bargaining, or (ii) a nonresident alien who received no income from the
         Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United
         States. For purposes of the preceding sentence, "employee
         representatives" does not include any organization more than half of
         whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of
         the Employer.

1.24     "Eligibility Year(s) of Service" shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive
         month period commencing on an Employee's Employment Commencement Date
         and anniversaries thereof, during which the Employee worked at least
         one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours
         of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement).

         In the case of an Employee in the maritime industry whose compensation
         is determined based on days of service, 125 days of service shall be
         treated as 1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of
         Service as specified in the Adoption Agreement). For purposes of the
         preceding sentence "maritime industry" shall mean that industry in
         which Employees perform duties on board commercial, exploratory,
         service or other vessels moving on the high seas, inland waterways,
         Great Lakes, coastal zones, harbors and noncontiguous areas, or on
         offshore ports, platforms or other similar sites.

         In the case of a Participant, who does not have any nonforfeitable
         right to the account balance derived from Employer contributions,
         Eligibility Year(s) of Service before a period of consecutive one (1)
         year Service Breaks will not be taken into account in computing
         Eligibility Years of Service, if the number of consecutive one (1) year
         Service Breaks in such period equals or exceeds the greater of five (5)
         or the aggregate number of Eligibility Years of Service before such
         break. Such aggregate number of Eligibility Years of Service will not
         include any Eligibility Year of Service disregarded under the preceding
         sentence by reason of prior Service Breaks.

         Notwithstanding the above, if the Adoption Agreement provides for full
         and immediate vesting upon completion of the eligibility requirements
         and an Employee has incurred a one (1) year Service Break before
         satisfying the Plan's eligibility requirements, all Eligibility Year(s)
         of Service before such Service Break will not be taken into account.

         If the elapsed time method of crediting service is specified in the
         Adoption Agreement, an Employee shall receive credit for Service,
         except for credit which may be disregarded under this Section or
         Section 2.3, for the aggregate of all time periods commencing on his
         Employment Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date and
         ending on his Severance from Service Date. An Employee shall also
         receive credit for any Period


                                       5
<PAGE>


         of Severance of less than twelve (12) months. Fractional periods of a
         year shall be expressed in terms of days.

1.25     "Employee" shall mean an Owner-Employee, a Self-Employed Individual, a
         Shareholder-Employee and any other person employed by the Employer or
         any Affiliated Employer.

         A "leased employee" shall also be treated as an Employee. The term
         "leased employee" means any person (other than an employee of the
         recipient employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient
         employer and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed
         services for the recipient employer (or for the recipient employer and
         related persons determined in accordance with section 414(n)(6) of the
         Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one
         year, and such services are of a type historically performed by
         employees in the business field of the recipient employer.
         Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the leasing
         organization which are attributable to services performed for the
         recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient
         employer.

         Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, a leased employee shall not be
         considered an employee of the recipient employer if: (i) such employee
         is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (1) a
         nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%)
         of compensation, as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but
         including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
         which are excludable from the employee's gross income under section
         125, section 402(a)(8), section 402(h) or section 403(b) of the Code,
         (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and
         (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%)
         of the recipient employer's non-highly compensated workforce.

1.26     "Employer" shall mean the corporation, partnership, proprietorship or
         other business entity which shall adopt the Plan or any successor
         thereof.

1.27     "Employment Commencement Date" shall mean the first date with respect
         to which an Employee performs an Hour of Service.

1.28     "Entry Date", unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement,
         shall mean the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the
         seventh month of the Plan Year. The initial Entry Date shall not
         precede the original effective date of the Plan.

1.29     "Excess Aggregate Contributions" shall mean, with respect to any Plan
         Year, the excess of the aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken
         into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage,
         actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan
         Year, over the maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the
         Average Contribution Percentage tests of Section 4.7 (determined by


                                       6
<PAGE>



         reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees
         in order of their Contribution Percentages, beginning with the highest
         of such percentages).

1.30     "Excess Contributions" shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the
         excess of the aggregate amount of Elective Deferrals, Qualified
         Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions
         actually taken into account in computing the Actual Deferral Percentage
         of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over the maximum
         amount of such contributions permitted under the Average Actual
         Deferral Percentage tests of Section 4.6 (determined by reducing
         contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order
         of their Actual Deferral Percentages, beginning with the highest of
         such percentages).

1.31     "Excess Elective Deferrals" shall mean a Participant's Elective
         Deferrals for a taxable year in excess of the adjusted dollar
         limitation of section 402(g) of the Code.

1.32     "Family Member" shall, with respect to a five percent (5%) owner or top
         ten Highly Compensated Employee described in section 414(q)(6)(A) of
         the Code, include the spouse and lineal ascendants and descendants of
         an Employee or former Employee and the spouses of such lineal
         ascendants and descendants. The determination of who is a Family Member
         will be made in accordance with section 414(q) of the Code.

1.33     "Fund" shall mean all property received by the Trustee or Custodian for
         purposes of the Plan, investments thereof and earnings thereon, less
         payments made by the Trustee to carry out the Plan.

1.34     "Highly Compensated Employee" shall include highly compensated active
         employees and highly compensated former employees.

         A highly compensated active employee includes any Employee who performs
         services for the Employer or any Affiliated Employer during the
         determination year and who, during the look-back year: (i) received
         Compensation from the Employer or any Affiliated Employer in excess of
         $75,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code); (ii)
         received Compensation from the Employer or any Affiliated Employer in
         excess of $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code)
         and was a member of the top-paid group for such year; or (iii) was an
         officer of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer and received
         Compensation during such year that is greater than fifty percent (50%)
         of the dollar limitation in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
         Code. The term Highly Compensated Employee also includes: (i) an
         Employee who is described in the preceding sentence if the term
         "determination year" is substituted for the term "look-back year" and
         the Employee is one of the 100 most highly compensated Employees of the
         Employer or any Affiliated Employer during the Plan Year; and (ii) an
         Employee who is a five percent (5%) owner of the Employer or any
         Affiliated Employer at any time during the look-back year or
         determination year.

                                       7
<PAGE>

         If no officer has satisfied the compensation requirement of (iii) above
         during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest paid
         officer for such year shall be treated as a Highly Compensated
         Employee.

         For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year, and
         the look-back year shall be the twelve (12) month period immediately
         preceding the determination year unless the Employer has elected to use
         the calendar year ending with or within the determination year as the
         look-back year for purposes of its employee benefit plans. If the
         Employer has so elected to use such calendar year as the look-back year
         for its employee benefit plans, the determination year shall be the
         "lag period," if any, by which the applicable determination year
         extends beyond such calendar year.

         A highly compensated former employee includes any Employee who
         terminated employment (or was deemed to have terminated) prior to the
         determination year, performs no service for the Employer or any
         Affiliated Employer during the determination year, and was a highly
         compensated active employee for either the separation year or any
         determination year ending on or after the Employee's 55th birthday.

         If an Employee is, during a determination year or look-back year, a
         Family Member of either a five percent (5%) owner who is an active or
         former Employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the 10
         most Highly Compensated Employees of the Employer or any Affiliated
         Employer during such year, then the Family Member and the five percent
         (5%) owner or top-10 Highly Compensated Employee shall be aggregated.
         The Family Member and five percent (5%) owner or top-10 Highly
         Compensated Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving
         Compensation and Plan contributions equal to the sum of Compensation
         and contributions of the Family Member and five percent (5%) owner or
         top-10 Highly Compensated Employee.

         The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including
         the determinations of the number and identify of employees in top-paid
         group, the top 100 employees, the number of employees treated as
         officers and the compensation that is considered, will be made in
         accordance with section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations
         thereunder.

1.35     "Hour of Service" shall mean:

         (a)      Each hour for which an Employee is compensated by the
                  Employer, or is entitled to be so compensated, for services
                  rendered by him to the Employer. These hours will be credited
                  to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties
                  are performed; and

         (b)      Each hour for which an Employee is compensated by the
                  Employer, or is entitled to be so compensated, on account of a
                  period of time during which no services are


                                       8
<PAGE>

                  rendered by him to the Employer (regardless of whether the
                  Employee shall have ceased to be an Employee) due to vacation,
                  holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff,
                  jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than
                  five hundred and one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited
                  pursuant to this subparagraph (b) on account of any single
                  continuous period during which an Employee renders no services
                  to the Employer (whether or not such period occurs in a single
                  computation period). Hours under this paragraph will be
                  calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the
                  Department of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein
                  by this reference; and

         (c)      Each hour for which back pay, without regard to mitigation of
                  damages, has been awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The
                  same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under
                  subparagraph (a) or subparagraph (b), whichever shall be
                  applicable, and also under this subparagraph (c). The hours
                  will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or
                  periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than
                  the computation period in which the award, agreement or
                  payment is made.

                  Hours of Service will be credited for employment with an
                  Affiliated Employer. Hours of Service will also be credited
                  for employment with a predecessor employer if the Employer
                  maintains the plan of such predecessor or the Employer so
                  elects in the Adoption Agreement.

                  Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
                  considered an Employee under sections 414(n) or 414(o) of the
                  Code or the regulations thereunder.

                  Solely for purposes of determining whether a Service Break, as
                  defined in Section 1.54, for participation and vesting
                  purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual
                  who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons
                  shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would
                  otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such
                  absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be
                  determined, eight (8) Hours of Service per day of such
                  absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work
                  for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by
                  reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a
                  birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the
                  placement of the child with the individual in connection with
                  the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for
                  purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning
                  immediately following such birth or placement. The Hours of
                  Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in
                  the computation period in which the absence begins if the
                  crediting is necessary to prevent a Service Break in that
                  period, (2) in all other cases, in the following computation
                  period.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  Hours of Service shall be credited on the basis of actual
                  hours worked unless another method has been specified in the
                  Adoption Agreement. Hours of Service shall not be counted if
                  the elapsed time method is specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement, except to determine an Employee's Employment
                  Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date.

1.36     "Integration Level" shall mean the Taxable Wage Base or such lesser
         amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

1.37     "Matching Contribution" shall mean Employer contributions made to this
         Plan or any other defined contribution plan by reason of Thrift
         Contributions or Elective Deferrals under this Plan.

1.38     "Net Profits" shall mean current and accumulated earnings of the
         Employer before Federal and State taxes and contributions to this and
         any other qualified plan.

1.39     "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean an Employee of the
         Employer who is neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family
         Member.

1.40     "Normal Retirement Age" shall mean the age specified in the Adoption
         Agreement. Upon reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant's
         right to his retirement benefit shall be nonforfeitable,
         notwithstanding the Plan's vesting schedule. In the event the Employer
         imposes a mandatory normal retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age
         may not exceed such mandatory normal retirement age.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Employer, in
         accordance with the provisions of the Age Discrimination in Employment
         Act, shall have no right to compel a Participant to retire, except as
         otherwise provided herein, if in the calendar year or the preceding
         calendar year, the Employer has twenty (20) or more employees for each
         work day in each of twenty (20) or more calendar weeks. The Employer
         may retire a Participant who for the two (2) year period prior to
         retirement is employed in a bona fide executive or high policy-making
         position if (1) he has attained age sixty-five (65); (2) he has
         attained his Normal Retirement Date; and (3) his annual retirement
         benefit from the pension, profit sharing, savings or deferred
         compensation plans maintained by the Employer equals, in the aggregate,
         at least forty-four thousand dollars ($44,000). This Section shall be
         deemed to be automatically amended to reflect any subsequent Federal
         legislation or regulations.

1.41     "Owner-Employee" shall mean a sole proprietor or a partner who owns
         more than ten percent (10%) of either the capital interest or profits
         interest of a partnership.

1.42     "Participant" shall mean an Eligible Employee who enters the Plan
         pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Plan.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         (a)      "Active Participant" shall mean a Participant who is credited
                  with one thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service (or such
                  lesser number of Hours of Service specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement) in the Plan Year. Unless otherwise specified in the
                  Adoption Agreement, it is not necessary that the Participant
                  be employed on the last day of the Plan Year in order to be
                  deemed an Active Participant and share in the Employer
                  contribution, if any. If the elapsed time method of crediting
                  service is specified in the Adoption Agreement, Active
                  Participant shall include all Participants, unless otherwise
                  specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, if the Plan is a
                  standardized plan, "Active Participant" shall mean, for each
                  Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1990, each
                  Participant other than a Participant who is not employed on
                  the last day of the Plan Year and is credited with more than
                  500 Hours of Service in the Plan Year. If the elapsed time
                  method of crediting service is specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement, "Active Participant" shall mean all Participants.

                  If the elapsed time method of crediting Hours of Service is
                  specified in the Adoption Agreement, Active Participant shall
                  mean a Participant who is credited with three (3) consecutive
                  calendar months of service.

         (b)      "Eligible Participant" shall mean an Employee who is eligible
                  under the terms of the Plan to make Thrift Contributions,
                  Elective Deferrals or Elective Deferrals and Thrift
                  Contributions, combined ("Combined Contributions") made on his
                  behalf.

1.43     "Participating Employer" shall mean any Affiliated Employer which has
         adopted the Plan in accordance with Section 16.5.

1.44     "Period of Severance" shall mean a continuous period of time during
         which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins
         on the Employee's Severance from Service Date and ends on the
         Employee's Re-Employment Commencement Date.

1.45     "Plan" shall mean this Prototype Plan, the Trust Agreement or Custodial
         Agreement and the Adoption Agreement of the adopting Employer, as from
         time to time amended.

1.46     "Plan Year" shall mean the calendar year, unless another twelve (12)
         consecutive month period is specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.47     "Prototype Plan" shall mean the basic plan document described herein.

1.48     "Qualified Matching Contributions" shall mean Employer contributions to
         the Plan which are allocated to Participants' accounts by reason of
         Elective Deferrals, which are at all times subject to the distribution
         and nonforfeitability requirements of section 401(k) of the Code.

                                       11
<PAGE>

1.49     "Qualified Nonelective Contributions" shall mean Employer contributions
         (other than Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions)
         which are allocated to Eligible Participants' accounts, which such
         Participants may not elect to receive in cash until distributed from
         the Plan and, which are at all times subject to the distribution and
         nonforfeitability requirements of section 401(k) of the Code.

1.50     "ReEmployment Commencement Date" shall mean the first day on which the
         Employee is credited with an Hour of Service for the performance of
         duties after the first eligibility computation period in which the
         Employee incurs a one (1) year Service Break.

         In the case of any Participant who has a one (1) year Service Break,
         Eligibility Year(s) of Service before such break will not be taken into
         account until the Employee has completed one (1) Eligibility Year of
         Service after returning to employment. Such Eligibility Year of Service
         shall be measured by the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning
         on the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date and, if necessary,
         subsequent twelve (12) consecutive month periods beginning on
         anniversaries of the Re-Employment Commencement Date.

         If a former Participant completes an Eligibility Year of Service in
         accordance with this provision, such Participant's participation will
         be reinstated as of the Re-Employment Commencement Date.

1.51     "Regular Account" shall mean the account to which Employer
         contributions are credited with respect to the Dreyfus prototype money
         purchase and target benefit plans (Plan Numbers 01001, 01004, and
         01005).

1.52     "S-Corporation" shall mean an Employer who has made an election for its
         taxable year of reference under section 1362(a) of the Code, or any
         other applicable section pertaining thereto.

1.53     "Self-Employed Individual" shall mean an individual who has Earned
         Income for the taxable year from the unincorporated trade, or business
         or partnership with respect to which the Plan is established; also, an
         individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact such
         trade, business or partnership had no net profits for the taxable year.

1.54     "Service" shall mean any twelve (12) consecutive month period identical
         to the Plan Year during which the Employee completes at least one
         thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service (or such lesser number of
         Hours of Service specified in the Adoption Agreement). Periods of time
         to be excluded, if any, shall be stipulated in the Adoption Agreement.

         In the case of Employees in the Maritime Industry, 125 days of service
         shall be treated as 1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser number of
         hours of Service as specified in the Adoption Agreement).

                                       12
<PAGE>

         Service will be credited in accordance with the rules set forth above
         for any employment, for any period of time, for any Affiliated
         Employer. Service will also be credited for any individual required to
         be considered an Employee, for purposes of this Plan under section
         414(n) or (o) of the Code, of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer.

         If the elapsed time method of crediting service is specified in the
         Adoption Agreement, an Employee shall receive credit for Service,
         except for Service which may be disregarded under Sections 7.2(b), for
         the aggregate of all time periods commencing on his Employment
         Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date and ending on his
         Severance from Service Date. An Employee shall also receive credit, for
         vesting purposes, for any Period of Severance of less than twelve (12)
         consecutive months. An Employee will receive a year of Service for
         vesting purposes for each twelve (12) months of Service. Fractional
         periods of a year shall be expressed in terms of days.

1.55     "Service Break" shall mean:

         (a)      For purposes of calculating Eligibility Years of Service, any
                  twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing on an
                  Employee's Employment Commencement Date or anniversaries
                  thereof during which the Employee is credited with five
                  hundred (500) Hours of Service or less. In the case of
                  Employees in the Maritime Industry, 62 days of service or
                  less.

         (b)      For purposes of calculating years of Service, any Plan Year
                  during which the Employee is credited with five hundred (500)
                  Hours of Service or less, where such Service Break shall be
                  measured from the first day of such Plan Year. In the case of
                  Employees in the Maritime Industry, 62 days of service or
                  less.

         (c)      If the elapsed time method of crediting service is specified
                  in the Adoption Agreement, a Service Break shall mean a Period
                  of Severance of at least twelve (12) consecutive months;
                  provided, however, that in the case of an Employee absent for
                  maternity or paternity reasons (as defined in Section 1.35),
                  the Period of Severance shall not commence for this purpose
                  until the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the first date
                  of such absence.

         (d)      A Service Break shall not be deemed to have occurred as a
                  result of absence due to service in the armed forces of the
                  United States, provided the Employee makes application for
                  resumption of work with the Employer following discharge,
                  within the time specified by then applicable laws.

1.56     "Severance from Service Date" shall mean the earlier of

         (a)      the date on which an Employee quits, retires, is discharged or
                  dies; or

                                       13
<PAGE>

         (b)      the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date an Employee is
                  first absent (with or without pay) for reason other than quit,
                  retirement, discharge or death (such as vacation, holiday,
                  sickness, disability, leave of absence or layoff).

1.57     Shareholder-Employee" shall mean a Participant who owns (or is
         considered as owning) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding
         stock of an S-Corporation on any day during the taxable year of
         reference of such S-Corporation. In determining the percent of a
         Participant's ownership of the outstanding stock, the family
         attribution rules of section 318(a)(1) of the Code, or any other
         applicable section of the Code pertaining thereto shall apply.

1.58     "Sponsor" shall mean The Dreyfus Corporation.

1.59     "Taxable Wage Base" shall mean, except for purposes of Article V, the
         contribution and benefit base in effect under Section 230 of the Social
         Security Act at the beginning of the Plan Year.

1.60     "Thrift Contributions" shall mean contributions made by a Participant
         which are included in the Participant's gross income in the year in
         which made.

1.61     "Total and Permanent Disability" shall mean the inability to engage in
         any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically
         determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to
         result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a
         continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. The permanence
         and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence
         satisfactory to the Committee.

1.62     "Trustee" or "Custodian" shall mean the individual or individuals, or
         institution appointed in the Adoption Agreement by the Employer to act
         in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement or Custodial
         Agreement.

         If the contributions will be made to a Custodian, references herein to
         the "Trustee" shall be deemed to refer to the "Custodian" and the term
         "Trust Fund" shall be deemed to refer to the "Custodial Account."

1.63     "Trust Agreement" or "Custodial Agreement" shall mean:

         (a)      for "Trust Agreement" shall mean the agreement between the
                  Employer and the Trustee if the Plan is established under
                  Dreyfus Standardized/Paired Prototype Money Purchase Plan No.
                  01001, Dreyfus Nonstandardized Prototype Profit Sharing Plan
                  No. 01002, Dreyfus Standardized/Paired Prototype Profit
                  Sharing Plan No. 01003, or Dreyfus Standardized/Paired
                  Prototype Target Benefit Pension Plan No. 01004.

                                       14
<PAGE>

         (b)      for "Custodial Agreement" shall mean the agreement between the
                  Employer and the Custodian under which the Plan is funded if
                  the Plan is established under Dreyfus Easy Standardized/Paired
                  Prototype Money Purchase Retirement Plan No. 01005 or Dreyfus
                  Easy Standardized/Paired Prototype Profit Sharing Retirement
                  Plan No. 01006. Such Plans are hereinafter referred to as
                  "Easy Retirement Plans."

1.64     "Valuation Date" shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and such
         other dates as may be determined by the Committee.

1.65     "Voluntary Contributions" shall mean contributions previously made by a
         Participant which were included in the Participant's gross income in
         the year in which made.



                                   ARTICLE II.
                                  PARTICIPATION

2.1      Membership

         Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Effective Date
         or the Entry Date coincident with or next following the completion of
         the age and service requirements set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

2.2      Excluded Employees

         The Adoption Agreement may exclude Employees from participation in the
         Plan based upon minimum age and service requirements or the inclusion
         of such Employees in certain ineligible classifications.

         In the event an Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of
         Employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee will
         participate immediately if such Employee has satisfied the minimum age
         and service requirements and would otherwise have previously become a
         Participant.

         In the event a Participant is no longer a member of an eligible class
         of Employees and becomes ineligible to participate, but has not
         incurred a Service Break, such Employee will participate immediately
         upon returning to an eligible class of Employees. If such Participant
         incurs a Service Break, eligibility to participate will be determined
         under the rules of Section 1.24 of the Plan.

2.3      Reemployment

                                       15
<PAGE>

         (a)      A former Participant will become a Participant immediately
                  upon returning to the employ of the Employer if such former
                  Participant had a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of
                  the account balance derived from Employer contributions at the
                  time of termination from service.

         (b)      A former Participant who did not have a nonforfeitable right
                  to any portion of the account balance derived from Employer
                  contributions at the time of termination from service will be
                  considered a new Employee, for eligibility purposes, if the
                  number of consecutive one (1) year Service Breaks equal or
                  exceed the greater of five (5) or the aggregate number of
                  years of Service before such Service Breaks. If such former
                  Participant's years of Service before termination from service
                  may not be disregarded pursuant to the preceding sentence,
                  such former Participant shall participate immediately upon
                  reemployment.

         (c)      Any former Employee who was never a Participant and is
                  reemployed as an Employee will be eligible to participate
                  subject to the provisions of Section 2.1.

2.4      Change in Employment Status

         In the event that a Participant who was credited with a year of Service
         for the preceding Plan Year, at the request of the Employer, enters
         directly into the employ of any other business entity, such Participant
         shall be deemed to be an Active Participant. If such Participant
         returns to the employ of the Employer or becomes eligible for benefits
         pursuant to Articles VIII or IX, without interruption of employment
         with the Employer or other business entity, he shall be deemed not to
         have had a Service Break for such period. However, if such Participant
         does not immediately return to the employ of the Employer upon his
         termination of employment with such other business entity or upon
         recall by the Employer, he shall be deemed to have terminated his
         employment for all purposes of the Plan as of the Anniversary Date
         following the date of transfer.

2.5      Limitations on Participation of Owner-Employees

         Notwithstanding the above, Plans which allow Owner-Employees to
         participate must satisfy the following additional requirements:

         (a)      If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or
                  more Owner-Employees who control both the business for which
                  this Plan is established and one or more other trades or
                  businesses, this Plan and the plan established for other
                  trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single plan,
                  satisfy sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the Employees
                  of this and all other trades or businesses.

         (b)      If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
                  Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or
                  businesses the employees of the other


                                       16
<PAGE>

                  trades or businesses must be included in a plan which
                  satisfies sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code and which
                  provides contributions and benefits not less favorable than
                  provided for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

         (c)      If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the
                  plans of two or more trades or businesses which are not
                  controlled and the individual controls a trade or business,
                  then the contributions or benefits of the employees under the
                  plan of the trades or businesses which are controlled must be
                  as favorable as those provided for him under the most
                  favorable plan of the trade or business which is not
                  controlled.

                  For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee,
                  or two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control
                  a trade or business if the Owner-Employee, or two or more
                  Owner-Employees together:

                  (1)      own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or
                           business, or

                  (2)      in the case of a partnership, own more than fifty
                           percent (50%) of either the capital interest or the
                           profits interest in the partnership.

                  For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or
                  two or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any
                  interest in a partnership which is owned, directly or
                  indirectly, by a partnership which such Owner-Employee, or
                  such two or more Owner-Employees, are considered to control
                  within the meaning of the preceding sentence.



                                  ARTICLE III.
                CONTRIBUTIONS AND CREDITS TO MONEY PURCHASE PLANS

                   (The provisions of this Article shall apply
                   only with respect to Money Purchase Plans)

3.1      Employer Contributions

         For each Plan Year the Employer's contribution to the Fund shall be
         determined in accordance with the Adoption Agreement. Such contribution
         shall not exceed an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of each
         Participant's Compensation.

3.2      Forfeitures

                                       17
<PAGE>

         Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, any forfeitures
         which occur will reduce Employer contributions for the next Plan Year.
         If the Adoption Agreement specifies that forfeitures are to be
         allocated to the Accounts of other Participants, the Plan shall
         continue to be designed to qualify as a money purchase pension plan for
         purposes of sections 401(a), 402, 412 and 417 of the Code.



3.3      Credit to Participants

         (a)      If the Plan is not integrated with Social Security, the
                  Employer's contribution (as specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement) for any Plan Year (and any forfeitures, if
                  forfeitures are allocated to Active Participants in accordance
                  with Section 3.2) shall be allocated to the Regular Account of
                  each Active Participant in the ratio in which each Active
                  Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to that of
                  all Active Participants for such Plan Year.

         (b)      If the Plan is integrated with Social Security:

                  (i)      Subject to the overall permitted disparity limits, if
                           under Article XIII, the Plan is Top-Heavy for the
                           Plan Year and the minimum Top-Heavy contribution is
                           made under the Plan, then Employer Discretionary
                           Contributions plus forfeitures shall be allocated to
                           the Account of each Participant who either completes
                           more than 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year
                           or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year as
                           follows:

                           Step One:        Contributions and forfeitures
                                            will be allocated to each
                                            Participant's Account in the ratio
                                            that each Participant's total
                                            Compensation bears to all
                                            Participants' total Compensation,
                                            but not in excess of 3% of each
                                            Participant's Compensation.

                           Step Two:        Any contributions and
                                            forfeitures remaining after the
                                            allocation in Step One will be
                                            allocated to each Participant's
                                            Account in the ratio that each
                                            Participant's Compensation for the
                                            Plan Year in excess of the
                                            integration level bears to the
                                            excess compensation of all
                                            Participants, but not in excess of
                                            3% of each Participant's
                                            Compensation. For purposes of this
                                            Step Two, in the case of any
                                            Participant who has exceeded the
                                            Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit
                                            described below, such Participant's
                                            total Compensation for the Plan Year
                                            will be taken into account.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                           Step Three:      Any contributions and
                                            forfeitures remaining after the
                                            allocation in Step Two will be
                                            allocated to each Participant's
                                            Account in the ratio that the sum of
                                            each Participant's total
                                            Compensation and Compensation in
                                            excess of the Integration Level
                                            bears to the sum of all
                                            Participants' total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            Integration Level; however, the
                                            allocation cannot exceed the product
                                            of (a) the Permitted Disparity
                                            Percentage specified in the Adoption
                                            Agreement multiplied by (b) each
                                            Participant's total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            Integration Level. For purposes of
                                            this Step Three, in the case of any
                                            Participant who has exceeded the
                                            Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit
                                            described below, two times such
                                            Participant's total Compensation for
                                            the Plan Year will be taken into
                                            account.

                           Step Four:       Any remaining Employer
                                            contributions or forfeitures will be
                                            allocated to each Participant's
                                            Account in the ratio that each
                                            Participants's total Compensation
                                            for the Plan Year bears to all
                                            Participants' total Compensation for
                                            that year.

                  The Integration Level shall be equal to the Taxable Wage Base
                  or such lesser amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement.

                  (ii)     Subject to the overall permitted disparity limits, if
                           the Plan is not Top Heavy for the Plan Year, Employer
                           Discretionary Contributions plus forfeitures shall be
                           allocated to the Account of each Participant who
                           either completes more than 500 Hours of Service
                           during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day
                           of the Plan Year as follows:

                           Step One:        Contributions and forfeitures
                                            will be allocated to each
                                            Participant's Account in the ratio
                                            that the sum of each Participant's
                                            total Compensation and Compensation
                                            in excess of the Integration Level
                                            bears to the sum of all
                                            Participants' total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            Integration Level; however, the
                                            allocation cannot exceed the product
                                            of (a) the Permitted Disparity
                                            Percentage specified in the Adoption
                                            Agreement multiplied by (b) each
                                            Participant's total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            Integration Level. For purposes of
                                            this Step One, in the case of any
                                            Participant who has exceeded the
                                            Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit


                                       19
<PAGE>

                                            described below, two times such
                                            Participant's total Compensation for
                                            the Plan Year will be taken into
                                            account.

                           Step Two:        Any remaining Employer
                                            contributions or forfeitures will be
                                            allocated to each Participant's
                                            Account in the ratio that each
                                            Participants' total Compensation for
                                            the Plan Year bears to all
                                            Participants' total Compensation for
                                            that year.

                  The Integration Level shall be equal to the Taxable Wage Base
                  or such lesser amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement.

         Overall Permitted Disparity Limit

                  Annual Overall Permitted Disparity Limit: Notwithstanding
                  section 4.3(b)(i) and (ii) above, for any Play Year this Plan
                  benefits any Participant who benefits under another qualified
                  plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in section
                  408(k) of the Code, maintained by the Employer that provides
                  for permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), Employer
                  contributions and forfeitures will be allocated to the Account
                  of each Participant who either completes more than 500 Hours
                  of Service during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day
                  of the Plan Year in the ratio that such Participant's total
                  Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all
                  Participants.

                  Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit: Effective for Plan Years
                  beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the Cumulative
                  Permitted Disparity Limit for a Participant is 35 total
                  cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative
                  permitted years means the number of years credited to the
                  Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this
                  Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employer pension
                  plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the
                  Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant's
                  cumulative permitted disparity limit, all years ending in the
                  same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the
                  Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or
                  target benefit plan for any year beginning on or after January
                  1, 1994, the Participant has no cumulative disparity limit.

   
                                   ARTICLE IV.
                CONTRIBUTIONS AND CREDITS TO PROFIT SHARING PLANS

                   (The provisions of this Article shall apply only
                     with respect to Profit Sharing Plans)

                                       20
<PAGE>

4.1      Limits on Employer Contributions

         Employer contributions for each Plan Year (including, if applicable,
         Elective Deferrals) shall be determined in accordance with the Adoption
         Agreement, but shall not exceed the maximum amount which shall
         constitute an allowable deduction under section 404(a) of the Code.
         Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, Employer
         contributions may only be made out of Net Profits. If the Adoption
         Agreement provides that one or more Employer contributions may be made
         without regard to Net Profits, the Plan shall continue to be designed
         to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of the Code.

4.2      Forfeitures

         Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, forfeitures, if
         any, will be allocated to Participants' Accounts in the following
         manner: Forfeitures of Employer Discretionary Contributions will be
         allocated in the same manner as are such contributions. Forfeitures of
         Matching Contributions will be allocated to the Matching Contribution
         Account in the same manner as are such contributions. Forfeitures of
         Matching Contributions that are forfeited to the extent they relate to
         Excess Elective Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate
         Contributions will be allocated to the Matching Contribution Account in
         the same manner as are such Matching Contributions, except no such
         forfeitures shall be allocated to any Highly Compensated Employee.

4.3      Employer Discretionary Contributions

         The following provisions shall apply if the Employer has elected in the
         Adoption Agreement to make Employer Discretionary Contributions.

         (a)      If the Plan is not integrated with Social Security, the
                  Employer Discretionary Contribution for any Plan Year (and any
                  forfeitures, if forfeitures are reallocated to Active
                  Participants in accordance with Section 4.2) shall be
                  allocated to the Employer Discretionary Contribution Account
                  established for each Active Participant in the ratio in which
                  each Active Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears
                  to that of all Active Participants for such Plan Year.

         (b)      If the Plan is integrated with Social Security:

                  (i)      Subject to the overall permitted disparity limits,if
                           under Article XIII, the Plan is Top-Heavy for the
                           Plan Year and the minimum Top-Heavy contribution is
                           made under the Plan, then Employer Discretionary
                           Contributions plus forfeitures shall be allocated to
                           the Account of each Participant who either completes
                           more than 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year
                           or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year as
                           follows:

                                       21

<PAGE>

                           Step One:        Contributions and forfeitures
                                            will be allocated to each
                                            Participant's Account in the ratio
                                            that each Participant's total
                                            Compensation bears to all
                                            Participants' total Compensation,
                                            but not in excess of 3% of each
                                            Participant's Compensation.

                           Step Two:        Any contributions and
                                            forfeitures remaining after the
                                            allocation in Step One will be
                                            allocated to each Participant's
                                            Account in the ratio that each
                                            Participant's Compensation for the
                                            Plan Year in excess of the
                                            integration level bears to the
                                            excess compensation of all
                                            Participants, but not in excess of
                                            3% of each Participant's
                                            Compensation. For purposes of this
                                            Step Two, in the case of any
                                            Participant who has exceeded the
                                            Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit
                                            described below, such Participant's
                                            total Compensation for the Plan Year
                                            will be taken into account.

                           Step Three:      Any contributions and
                                            forfeitures remaining after the
                                            allocation in Step Two will be
                                            allocated to each Participant's
                                            Account in the ratio that the sum of
                                            each Participant's total
                                            Compensation and Compensation in
                                            excess of the Integration Level
                                            bears to the sum of all
                                            Participants' total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            Integration Level; however, the
                                            allocation cannot exceed the product
                                            of (a) the Permitted Disparity
                                            Percentage specified in the Adoption
                                            Agreement multiplied by (b) each
                                            Participant's total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            Integration Level. For purposes of
                                            this Step Three, in the case of any
                                            Participant who has exceeded the
                                            Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit
                                            described below, two times such
                                            Participant's total Compensation for
                                            the Plan Year will be taken into
                                            account.

                           Step Four:       Any remaining Employer
                                            contributions or forfeitures will be
                                            allocated to each Participant's
                                            Account in the ratio that each
                                            Participants's total Compensation
                                            for the Plan Year bears to all
                                            Participants' total Compensation for
                                            that year.

                  The Integration Level shall be equal to the Taxable Wage Base
                  or such lesser amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement.

                  (ii)     Subject to the overall permitted disparity limits,if
                           the Plan is not Top- Heavy for the Plan Year,
                           Employer Discretionary Contributions plus forfeitures
                           shall be allocated to the Account of each Participant
                           who either


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                            completes more than 500 Hours of
                                            Service during the Plan Year or is
                                            employed on the last day of the Plan
                                            Year as follows:

                            Step One:       Contributions and forfeitures
                                            will be allocated to each
                                            Participant's Account in the ratio
                                            that the sum of each Participant's
                                            total Compensation and Compensation
                                            in excess of the Integration Level
                                            bears to the sum of all
                                            Participants' total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            Integration Level; however, the
                                            allocation cannot exceed the product
                                            of (a) the Permitted Disparity
                                            Percentage specified in the Adoption
                                            Agreement multiplied by (b) each
                                            Participant's total Compensation and
                                            Compensation in excess of the
                                            Integration Level. For purposes of
                                            this Step One, in the case of any
                                            Participant who has exceeded the
                                            Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit
                                            described below, two times such
                                            Participant's total Compensation for
                                            the Plan Year will be taken into
                                            account.

                            Step Two:       Any remaining Employer
                                            contributions or forfeitures will be
                                            allocated to each Participant's
                                            Account in the ratio that each
                                            Participant's total Compensation for
                                            the Plan Year bears to all
                                            Participants' total Compensation for
                                            that year.

                  The Integration Level shall be equal to the Taxable Wage Base
                  or such lesser amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement.

                  Overall Permitted Disparity Limits

                  Annual Overall Permitted Disparity Limit: Notwithstanding
                  section 4.3(b)(i) and (ii) above, for any Plan Year this Plan
                  benefits any Participant who benefits under another qualified
                  plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in section
                  408(k) of the Code, maintained by the Employer that provides
                  for permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), Employer
                  contributions and forfeitures will be allocated to the Account
                  of each Participant who either completes more than 500 Hours
                  of Service during the Plan Year or who is employed on the last
                  day of the Plan Year in the ratio that such Participant's
                  total Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all
                  Participants.

                  Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit: Effective for Plan Years
                  beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the Cumulative
                  Permitted Disparity Limit for a Participant is 35 total
                  cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative
                  permitted years means the number of years credited to the
                  Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this
                  Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employer pension

                                       23
<PAGE>

                  plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the
                  Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant's
                  cumulative permitted disparity limit, all years ending in the
                  same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the
                  Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or
                  target benefit plan for any year beginning on or after January
                  1, 1994, the Participant has no cumulative disparity limit.

4.4      401(k) Cash or Deferred Arrangements ("CODA")/Thrift Contributions

         (1)      Elective Deferrals

                  If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make
                  contributions under a CODA.

                  (a)      Allocation of Deferrals. The Employer shall
                           contribute and allocate to each Participant's
                           Elective Deferral Account an amount equal to the
                           amount of a Participant's Elective Deferrals.

                           (1)      Elective Deferrals Pursuant to a Salary
                                    Reduction Agreement. To the extent provided
                                    in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may
                                    elect to have Elective Deferrals made under
                                    this Plan. Elective Deferrals shall include
                                    both single-sum and continuing contributions
                                    made pursuant to a salary reduction
                                    agreement.

                                    (i)     Commencement of Elective Deferrals.
                                            A Participant shall be afforded a
                                            reasonable period at least once each
                                            calendar year, as specified in the
                                            Adoption Agreement, to elect to
                                            commence Elective Deferrals. Such
                                            election shall become effective as
                                            soon as administratively feasible,
                                            but not before the time specified in
                                            the Adoption Agreement.

                                    (ii)    Modification and Termination of
                                            Elective Deferrals. A Participant's
                                            election to commence Elective
                                            Deferrals shall remain in effect
                                            until modified or terminated. A
                                            Participant shall be afforded a
                                            reasonable period at least once each
                                            calendar year, as specified in the
                                            Adoption Agreement, to modify the
                                            amount or frequency of his or her
                                            Elective Deferrals. A Participant
                                            may terminate his or her election to
                                            make Elective Deferrals at any time.

                           (2)      Cash bonuses. If permitted in the Adoption
                                    Agreement, a Participant may also base
                                    Elective Deferrals on cash bonuses that, at
                                    the Participant's election, may be
                                    contributed to the CODA or

                                       24
<PAGE>

                                    received by the Participant in cash. A
                                    Participant shall be afforded a reasonable
                                    period at least once a year to elect to
                                    defer such amounts to the CODA. Such
                                    election shall become effective as soon as
                                    administratively feasible, but not before
                                    the time specified in the Adoption
                                    Agreement.

                           (3)      Elective Deferrals shall be contributed and
                                    allocated to the Fund as soon as practicable
                                    (but in no event later than 90 days)
                                    following the close of the applicable pay
                                    period.

                  (2)      Thrift Contributions

                           Starting for Plan Year(s) beginning January 1, 1987,
                           if permitted under the Adoption Agreement,
                           Participants may make Thrift Contributions which
                           shall be allocated to a Thrift Account for each such
                           Participant.

                           (a)      A Participant shall always be one hundred
                                    percent (100%) vested in his Thrift Account.

                           (b)      Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption
                                    Agreement, Thrift Contributions shall take
                                    effect on the Anniversary Date coincident
                                    with or next following the Participant's
                                    election to make Thrift Contributions.
                                    Elections to change the amount of the Thrift
                                    Contribution shall take effect on the Change
                                    Date specified in the Adoption Agreement
                                    which is coincident with or next following
                                    the date the Participant's election is
                                    received by the Committee. Notwithstanding
                                    this provision, a Participant's revocation
                                    of an election to make Thrift Contributions
                                    shall take effect as soon as
                                    administratively feasible.

                           (c)      Thrift Contributions shall be made to the
                                    Fund as soon as practicable (but in no event
                                    later than 90 days) following the close of
                                    the applicable pay period.

                           (d)      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
                                    Section 4.4(2), distributions or withdrawals
                                    from a Participant's Thrift Account shall be
                                    made in accordance with the rules applicable
                                    to Voluntary Contributions under Section
                                    10.1 However, if the Employer has elected to
                                    make Matching Contributions with respect to
                                    Thrift Contributions, any Participant who
                                    withdraws any amount from his Thrift
                                    Account, shall be precluded from making
                                    Thrift Contributions until the next
                                    permitted Change Date specified in the

                                       25
<PAGE>

                                    Adoption Agreement which is at least six (6)
                                    months after the date of withdrawal.

                           (e)      Thrift Contributions shall be subject to the
                                    Contribution Percentage tests and the rules
                                    applicable to Excess Aggregate Contributions
                                    set forth in Section 4.7.

                  (3)      Matching Contributions

                           (a)      If elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                                    Agreement, the Employer will make Matching
                                    Contributions to the Plan. The amount of
                                    such Matching Contributions shall be
                                    calculated by reference to each eligible
                                    Participant's Elective Deferrals or Thrift
                                    Contributions or Combined Contributions as
                                    specified by the Employer in the Adoption
                                    Agreement.

                           (b)      Separate Account. Matching Contributions
                                    shall be allocated to each eligible
                                    Participant's Employer Matching Contribution
                                    Account.

                           (c)      Vesting. Matching Contributions will be
                                    vested in accordance with the Employer's
                                    election in the Adoption Agreement and the
                                    terms of this plan. Notwithstanding anything
                                    in the Plan to the contrary, Matching
                                    Contributions shall be forfeited to the
                                    extent they relate to Excess Elective
                                    Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess
                                    Aggregate Contributions, and shall not be
                                    taken into account for purposes of Section
                                    4.7(a).

                           (d)      Forfeitures. Forfeitures of Matching
                                    Contributions other than Excess Aggregate
                                    Contributions shall be made in accordance
                                    with the forfeiture provisions pursuant to
                                    Section 4.2 of the Plan.

                           (e)      Matching Contributions shall be subject to
                                    the Contribution Percentage tests and the
                                    rules applicable to Excess Aggregate
                                    Contributions set forth in Section 4.7.

                  (4)      Qualified Matching Contributions

                           (a)      If elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                                    Agreement, the Employer will make Qualified
                                    Matching Contributions to the CODA. The
                                    amount of such Qualified Matching
                                    Contributions shall be calculated by
                                    reference to each eligible Participant's

                                       26
<PAGE>

                                    Elective Deferrals or the Elective Deferral
                                    portion of Combined Contributions, as
                                    specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                           (b)      Separate Account. Qualified Matching
                                    Contributions shall be allocated to each
                                    Participant's Qualified Nonelective
                                    Contribution Account.

                           (c)      Vesting. Qualified Matching Contributions
                                    shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at
                                    all times.

                           (d)      Distributions. Qualified Matching
                                    Contributions and income allocable thereto
                                    shall be distributable only in accordance
                                    with Section 4.10.

                  (5)      Qualified Nonelective Contributions

                           (a)      The Employer may elect to make Qualified
                                    Nonelective Contributions under the Plan on
                                    behalf of Employees as provided in the
                                    Adoption Agreement.

                                    The Qualified Nonelective Contributions will
                                    be allocated to each eligible Participant's
                                    Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account
                                    in the ratio in which each eligible
                                    Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year
                                    bears to the total Compensation of all
                                    eligible Participants for such Plan Year.

                           (b)      Separate Account. Qualified Nonelective
                                    Contributions shall be allocated to each
                                    Eligible Participant's Qualified Nonelective
                                    Contribution Account.

                           (c)      Vesting. Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                                    shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at
                                    all times.

                           (d)      Distributions. Qualified Nonelective
                                    Contributions and income allocable thereto
                                    shall be distributable only in accordance
                                    with Section 4.10.

4.5      Maximum Amount of Elective Deferrals

         (a)      General Rule. A Participant's Elective Deferrals are subject
                  to any limitations imposed in the Adoption Agreement and any
                  further limitations under the Plan. No Participant shall be
                  permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this Plan or
                  any other CODA maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated
                  Employer, during

                                       27
<PAGE>

                  any calendar year beginning after 1986, in excess of the
                  adjusted dollar limitation of section 402(g) of the Code.
                  Other dollar limitations may apply under section 402(g) of the
                  Code to the extent that a Participant makes Elective Deferrals
                  to arrangements other than CODAs (see also sections
                  402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), 457, and 501(c)(18) of the Code).

         (b)      Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals. A Participant may
                  allocate to the Plan any Excess Deferrals made during a
                  calendar year by notifying the Committee on or before the date
                  specified in the Adoption Agreement of the amount of the
                  Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan. A
                  Participant shall be deemed to notify the Committee of any
                  Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account
                  only those Elective Deferrals made to this Plan and any other
                  plans of the Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of
                  the Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus
                  any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than
                  April 15 to Participants to whose accounts Excess Elective
                  Deferrals were allocated for the preceding year and who claim
                  Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year no later than
                  the date specified in the Adoption Agreement.

         (c)      Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Elective Deferrals
                  shall be adjusted for income or loss for the taxable year.
                  Unless indicated otherwise by the Committee, the income or
                  loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals is the income or
                  loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral Account
                  for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
                  of which is such Participant's Excess Elective Deferrals for
                  the year and the denominator is the Participant's account
                  balance attributable to Elective Deferrals without regard to
                  any income or loss occurring during such taxable year. If the
                  Committee selects another method in order to compute the
                  income or loss, the method selected must not violate the
                  requirements of Code section 401(a)(4) and must be used
                  consistently for all Plan participants and for all corrective
                  distributions under the Plan for the taxable year.

4.6      Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests

         (a)      General Rule. The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for
                  Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                  each Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987 and the
                  Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants
                  who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan
                  Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                  (1)      The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual
                           Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are
                           Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                           multiplied by 1.25;

                                       28
<PAGE>

                           or

                  (2)      The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual
                           Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are
                           Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                           multiplied by 2.0, provided that the Average Actual
                           Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are
                           Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the
                           Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
                           by more than two (2) percentage points.

                           (b)      Special Rules.

                                    (1)     The Actual Deferral Percentage for
                                            any Participant who is a Highly
                                            Compensated Employee for the Plan
                                            Year and who is eligible to have
                                            Elective Deferrals (and, if
                                            applicable, Qualified Nonelective
                                            Contributions or Qualified Matching
                                            Contributions, or both) allocated
                                            for his account under two or more
                                            CODAs, that are maintained by the
                                            Employer, shall be determined as if
                                            such Elective Deferrals (and, if
                                            applicable, such Qualified
                                            Nonelective Contributions and
                                            Qualified Matching Contributions, or
                                            both) were made under a single
                                            arrangement. If a Highly Compensated
                                            Employee participates in two or more
                                            CODAs that have different Plan
                                            Years, all CODAs ending with or
                                            within the same calendar year shall
                                            be treated as a single arrangement.

                                    (2)     In the event that this Plan
                                            satisfies the requirements of
                                            sections 401(a)(4), 401(k) or 410(b)
                                            of the Code only if aggregated with
                                            one or more other plans, or if one
                                            or more other plans satisfy the
                                            requirements of such sections of the
                                            Code only if aggregated with this
                                            Plan, then this Section shall be
                                            applied by determining the Actual
                                            Deferral Percentage of Eligible
                                            Participants as if all such plans
                                            were a single plan. For Plan Years
                                            beginning after December 31, 1989,
                                            plans may be aggregated in order to
                                            satisfy section 401(k) of the Code
                                            only if they have the same Plan
                                            Year.

                                    (3)     For purposes of the Average Actual
                                            Deferral Percentage of an Eligible
                                            Participant who is a 5 percent owner
                                            or one of the 10 most highly-paid
                                            Highly Compensated Employees, the
                                            Elective Deferrals (and, if
                                            applicable, Qualified

                                       29
<PAGE>

                                            Nonelective Contributions or
                                            Qualified Matching Contributions, or
                                            both) and Compensation of such
                                            Participant shall include the
                                            Elective Deferrals (and, if
                                            applicable, Qualified Nonelective
                                            Contributions and Qualified Matching
                                            Contributions or both), and
                                            Compensation for the Plan Year of
                                            Family Members. Family Members, with
                                            respect to Highly Compensated
                                            Employees, shall be disregarded as
                                            separate employees in determining
                                            the Actual Deferral Percentage both
                                            for Eligible Participants who are
                                            Non-Highly Compensated Employees and
                                            for Eligible Participants who are
                                            Highly Compensated Employees.

                                    (4)     Notwithstanding anything in this
                                            Plan to the contrary, Qualified
                                            Nonelective Contributions and
                                            Qualified Matching Contributions
                                            used to meet the Average Actual
                                            Deferral Percentage tests may be
                                            made at any time before the last day
                                            of the twelve (12) month period
                                            immediately following the Plan Year
                                            to which the contributions relate.

                                    (5)     The determination and treatment of
                                            the Elective Deferrals, Qualified
                                            Nonelective Contributions, Qualified
                                            Matching Contributions and the
                                            Actual Deferral Percentage of any
                                            Eligible Participant shall satisfy
                                            such other requirements as may be
                                            prescribed by the Secretary of the
                                            Treasury.

                                    (6)     The Employer shall maintain adequate
                                            records to demonstrate compliance
                                            with the Average Actual Deferral
                                            Percentage tests, including the
                                            extent to which Qualified
                                            Nonelective and Qualified Matching
                                            Contributions are
                                            taken into account.

                           (c)      Distribution of Excess Contributions.
                                    Notwithstanding any other provision of the
                                    Plan except Section 4.6(d) below, Excess
                                    Contributions, plus any income and minus any
                                    loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed
                                    no later than the last day of each Plan Year
                                    to Participants to whose accounts Excess
                                    Contributions were allocated for the
                                    preceding Plan Year. The amount of Excess
                                    Contributions to be distributed shall be
                                    reduced by the amount of any Excess
                                    Contributions recharacterized in accordance
                                    with Section 4.6(d) below. Distributions of
                                    Excess Contributions shall be made to Highly
                                    Compensated Employees on the basis of the
                                    respective portions of the Excess
                                    Contributions attributable to each Highly

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                    Compensated Employee. Excess Contributions
                                    shall be allocated to Participants who are
                                    subject to the family member aggregation
                                    rules of section 414(q)(6) of the Code in
                                    the manner prescribed by the regulations.
                                    [If such excess amounts are not distributed
                                    or recharacterized (in accordance with
                                    Section 4.6(d) below) within 2 1/2 months
                                    after the last day of the Plan Year in which
                                    such excess amounts arose, then section 4979
                                    of the Code imposes a ten percent (10%)
                                    excise tax on the Employer maintaining the
                                    Plan with respect to such amounts.] Excess
                                    Contributions of Participants who are
                                    subject to the Family Member aggregation
                                    rules described in Section 4.6(b)(3) shall
                                    be allocated among the Family Members in
                                    proportion to the Elective Deferrals (and
                                    amounts treated as Elective Deferrals) of
                                    each Family Member that is combined to
                                    determine the combined Actual Deferral
                                    Percentage.

                                    (1)     Determination of Income or Loss.
                                            Excess Contributions shall be
                                            adjusted for income or loss for the
                                            Plan Year. Unless indicated
                                            otherwise by the Committee, the
                                            income or loss allocable to Excess
                                            Contributions is the income or loss
                                            allocable to the Participant's
                                            Elective Deferrals (and, if
                                            applicable, Qualified Nonelective
                                            Contributions or Qualified Matching
                                            Contributions or both) for the Plan
                                            Year multiplied by a fraction, the
                                            numerator of which is such
                                            Participant's Excess Contributions
                                            for the year and the denominator is
                                            the Participant's account balance
                                            attributable to Elective Deferrals
                                            (and, if applicable, Qualified
                                            Nonelective Contributions or
                                            Qualified Matching Contributions or
                                            both) without regard to any income
                                            or loss occurring during such Plan
                                            Year. If the Committee selects
                                            another method in order to compute
                                            the income or loss, the method
                                            selected must not violate the
                                            requirements of Code section
                                            401(a)(4) and must be used
                                            consistently for all Plan
                                            participants and for all corrective
                                            distributions under the Plan for the
                                            Plan Year.

                                    (2)     Accounting for Excess Contributions.
                                            Excess Contributions shall be
                                            distributed first from the
                                            Participant's account balance
                                            attributable to Elective Deferrals
                                            and (to the extent used in the
                                            Average Actual Deferral Percentage
                                            tests) Qualified Matching
                                            Contributions in proportion to the
                                            Participant's Elective Deferrals and
                                            Qualified Matching Contributions for
                                            the Plan Year. Excess Contributions
                                            shall be distributed from the
                                            Participant's Qualified Nonelective

                                       31
<PAGE>

                                            Contribution Account only to the
                                            extent that such Excess
                                            Contributions exceed the
                                            Participant's account balance
                                            attributable to Elective Deferrals
                                            and Qualified Matching
                                            Contributions.

                           (d)      Recharacterization of Excess Contributions.
                                    If the Plan provides for Thrift
                                    Contributions by Participants and if
                                    permitted in the Adoption Agreement, each
                                    Participant to whom Excess Contributions are
                                    allocable may elect, in lieu of distribution
                                    under Section 4.6(c) above, that all or a
                                    portion of such Excess Contributions be
                                    recharacterized as Thrift Contributions no
                                    later than the later of (i) 2 1/2months
                                    after the last day of the Plan Year in which
                                    such excess amounts arose or (ii) October
                                    24, 1988. Recharacterization is deemed to
                                    occur no earlier than the date the last
                                    Highly Compensated Employee is informed in
                                    writing of the amount recharacterized and
                                    the consequences thereof.

                                    In no event may the amount of Excess
                                    Contributions recharacterized for any Plan
                                    Year exceed the amount of Elective Deferrals
                                    for such Plan Year. Excess Contributions may
                                    not be recharacterized as Thrift
                                    Contributions to the extent that, in
                                    combination with the Thrift Contributions
                                    actually made for the Plan Year, they exceed
                                    the maximum amount of Thrift Contributions
                                    permitted under the Plan (prior to the
                                    application of the Contribution Percentage
                                    tests of Section 4.7).

                                    Recharacterized Excess Contributions shall
                                    be treated as Thrift Contributions for
                                    purposes of the Contribution Percentage
                                    tests of Section 4.7.

                                    However, no matching Employer contribution
                                    shall be made with respect to
                                    Recharacterized Contributions. In addition,
                                    recharacterized Excess Contributions shall
                                    be reported to the Internal Revenue Service
                                    and the Participant as employee
                                    contributions in accordance with such rules
                                    as the Internal Revenue Service may
                                    prescribe and shall be accounted for as
                                    Voluntary Contributions for purposes of
                                    sections 72 and 6047 of the Code.
                                    Recharacterized Excess Contributions will be
                                    taxable to the Participant for the
                                    Participant's taxable year in which the
                                    Participant would have received them in
                                    cash. Recharacterized Excess Contributions
                                    will be taxable to the Participant for the
                                    Participant's taxable year in which the
                                    Participant would have received them in
                                    cash. Recharacterized Excess Contributions
                                    shall remain

                                       32
<PAGE>

                                    non-forfeitable and shall continue to be
                                    treated for all other purposes, including
                                    the limitations on distributions of section
                                    401(k), the deduction limitations of section
                                    404 of the Code, the contribution
                                    limitations of section 415 of the Code and
                                    the top heavy rules of section 416 of the
                                    Code, as Elective Deferrals, except that
                                    Recharacterized Excess Contributions which
                                    relate to Plan Years beginning before
                                    January 1, 1989 shall be treated as employee
                                    contributions for purposes of section
                                    401(k)(2) of the Code. Recharacterized
                                    Excess Contributions shall be allocated to
                                    the Participant's Elective Deferral Account.

4.7      Average Contribution Percentage Tests

         (a)      General Rule. The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
                  Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for each
                  Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987 and the
                  Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who
                  are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year
                  must satisfy one of the following tests:

                  (1)      The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average
                           Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who
                           are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
                           Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                  (2)      The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                           the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average
                           Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who
                           are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
                           Year multiplied by two (2), provided that the Average
                           Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who
                           are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the
                           Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
                           Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees
                           by more than two (2) percentage points.

         (b)      Multiple Use Test.

                  (1)      Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
                           January 1, 1989, if one or more Highly Compensated
                           Employees participate in both a CODA and a plan
                           subject to the Average Contribution Percentage tests
                           maintained by the Employer and the sum of the Average
                           Actual Deferral Percentage and Average Contribution
                           Percentage of those Highly Compensated Employees
                           subject to either or both tests exceeds the
                           "Aggregate Limit" (as defined in

                                       33
<PAGE>

                           (2) below), then the Average Contribution Percentage
                           of those Highly Compensated Employees who also
                           participate in a CODA will be reduced (beginning with
                           such Highly Compensated Employee whose Contribution
                           Percentage is the highest) so that the limit is not
                           exceeded. The amount by which each Highly Compensated
                           Employee's Contribution Percentage Amounts is reduced
                           shall be treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution.
                           The Average Actual Deferral Percentage and Average
                           Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated
                           Employees are determined after any corrections
                           required to meet the Average Actual Deferral
                           Percentage and Average Contribution Percentage tests.
                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Multiple Use
                           limitations of Section 4.7 (b) do not apply if the
                           Average Actual Deferral Percentage of Eligible
                           Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
                           does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the Average Actual
                           Deferral Percentage of all other Eligible
                           Participants and the Average Contribution Percentage
                           of Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
                           Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the
                           Average Contribution Percentage of all other Eligible
                           Participants.

                  (2)      For this purpose, "Aggregate Limit" shall mean the
                           greater of the limit produced by (A) or (B) below:

                           (A)      the sum of (i) one hundred twenty-five
                                    percent (125%) of the greater of the Average
                                    Actual Deferral Percentage of the Non-Highly
                                    Compensated Employees eligible to
                                    participate in the CODA for the Plan Year or
                                    the Average Contribution Percentage of the
                                    Non-Highly Compensated Employees eligible to
                                    participate under the Plan subject to
                                    section 401(m) of the Code for the Plan Year
                                    beginning with or within the Plan Year of
                                    the CODA, and (ii) two (2) plus the lesser
                                    of such Average Actual Deferral Percentage
                                    or Average Contribution Percentage (however,
                                    this amount shall not exceed two hundred
                                    percent (200%) of the lesser such Average
                                    Actual Deferral Percentage or Average
                                    Contribution Percentage).

                           (B)      the sum of (i) one hundred twenty-five
                                    percent (125%) of the lesser of the Average
                                    Actual Deferral Percentage of the Non-Highly
                                    Compensated Employees eligible to
                                    participate in the CODA for the Plan Year or
                                    the Average Contribution Percentage of the
                                    Non-Highly Compensated Employees eligible to
                                    participate under the Plan subject section
                                    401(m) of the Code for the Plan Year
                                    beginning with or within the Plan Year of
                                    the CODA, and (ii) two (2) plus the greater
                                    of such Average Actual Deferral Percentage
                                    or Average Contribution Percentage (however,
                                    this amount shall not

                                       34
<PAGE>

                                    exceed two hundred percent (200%) of the
                                    greater of such Average Actual Deferral
                                    Percentage or Average Contribution
                                    Percentage).

         (c)      Special Rules.

                  (1)      For purposes of this Section 4.7, the Contribution
                           Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly
                           Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have
                           Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his
                           account under two or more Plans described in section
                           401(a) of the Code, or CODAs, that are maintained by
                           the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, shall be
                           determined as if the total of such Contribution
                           Percentage Amounts was made under each Plan. If a
                           Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or
                           more CODAs that have different Plan Years, all CODAs
                           ending with or within the same calendar year shall be
                           treated as a single arrangement.

                  (2)      In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                           requirements of sections 401(a)(4), 401(m) or 410(b)
                           of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other
                           plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the
                           requirements of such sections of the Code only if
                           aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be
                           applied by determining the Contribution Percentages
                           of Participants as if all such plans were a single
                           plan. For Plan Years beginning after December 31,
                           1989, plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy
                           section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the same
                           Plan Year.

                  (3)      For purposes of determining the Contribution
                           Percentage of an Eligible Participant who is a
                           5-percent owner or one of the 10 most highly-paid
                           Highly Compensated Employees, the Contribution
                           Percentage Amounts and Compensation of such
                           Participant shall include the Contribution Percentage
                           Amounts and Compensation for the Plan Year of Family
                           Members. Family Members, with respect to Highly
                           Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as
                           separate employees in determining the Average
                           Contribution Percentage both for Eligible
                           Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
                           and for Eligible Participants who are Highly
                           Compensated Employees.

                  (4)      For purposes of the Contribution Percentage tests,
                           Voluntary Contributions and Thrift Contributions are
                           considered to have been made in the Plan Year in
                           which contributed to the Fund. Notwithstanding
                           anything in this Plan to the contrary, Matching
                           Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year
                           if allocated to such year and made no later than the
                           end of the twelve (12) month period beginning on the
                           day after the close of the Plan Year.

                                       35
<PAGE>

                  (5)      The determination and treatment of the Contribution
                           Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such
                           other requirements as may be prescribed by the
                           Secretary of the Treasury.

                  (6)      The Employer shall maintain adequate records to
                           demonstrate compliance with the Average Contribution
                           Percentage tests.

         (d)      Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions.
                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess
                  Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss
                  allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if
                  not forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of
                  each Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts such Excess
                  Aggregate Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan
                  Year. [If such excess amounts are distributed more than 2 1/2
                  months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such
                  excess amounts arose, then section 4979 of the Code imposes a
                  ten percent (10%) excise tax on the Employer maintaining the
                  Plan with respect to such amounts]. Excess Aggregate
                  Contributions of Participants who are subject to the Family
                  Member aggregation rules described in Section 4.7(c)(3) shall
                  be allocated among the Family Members in proportion to the
                  Thrift Contributions, Voluntary Contributions, and Matching
                  Contributions (or amounts treated as Matching Contributions)
                  of each Family Member that is combined to determine the
                  combined Actual Contribution Percentage.

                  (1)      Determination of Income or Loss. The Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions shall be adjusted for income or loss
                           for the Plan Year. Unless indicated otherwise by the
                           Committee, the income or loss allocable to Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions is the income or loss
                           allocable to the Participant's Voluntary Contribution
                           Account, Thrift Account and Employer Matching
                           Contribution Account for the Plan Year multiplied by
                           a fraction, the numerator of which is such
                           Participant's Excess Aggregate Contributions for the
                           year and the denominator is the Participant's account
                           balance(s) attributable to Contribution Percentage
                           Amounts without regard to any income or loss
                           occurring during such Plan Year. If the Committee
                           selects another method in order to compute the income
                           or loss, the method selected must not violate the
                           requirements of Code section 401(a)(4) and must be
                           used consistently for all Plan participants and for
                           all corrective distributions under the Plan for the
                           Plan Year.

                  (2)      Treatment of Forfeitures. Forfeitures of Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions shall be allocated to
                           Participants' Accounts or applied to reduce Employer
                           contributions, as elected by the Employer in the
                           Adoption Agreement, under Section 4.2. If forfeitures
                           are reallocated to the accounts of Participants under
                           Section 4.2, forfeitures of Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions shall be allocated in the same manner
                           as Matching

                                       36
<PAGE>

                           Contributions, except that no such forfeitures shall
                           be allocated to any Highly Compensated Employee.

                  (3)      The determination of the Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions shall be made after first determining
                           the Excess Elective Deferrals pursuant to Section
                           4.5, and then determining the Excess Contributions
                           pursuant to Section 4.6.

4.8      Non-Hardship Withdrawals

         (a)      If Employer Discretionary Contributions are not integrated
                  with Social Security and a Participant's Employer
                  Discretionary Contributions and Matching Contribution Accounts
                  are 100% vested at the time of distribution, and if permitted
                  by the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may make withdrawals
                  from his Employer Discretionary Contributions and Matching
                  Contribution Accounts, for any reason, after attainment of age
                  fifty-nine and one-half (59 1/2).

         (b)      If permitted by the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may make
                  withdrawals from his Elective Deferral Account or Qualified
                  Nonelective Contribution Account, for any reason, after
                  attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half (59 1/2).

         (c)      A withdrawal under (a) or (b) above may be made at such time
                  as the Committee shall designate, but not more than quarterly
                  during a Plan Year provided that no single withdrawal shall be
                  less than five hundred dollars ($500) and a withdrawal by a
                  Participant prior to his separation from service may never
                  exceed the smaller of the actual amount contributed to the
                  account or the adjusted value of the account.

         (d)      If the Plan is subject to the Automatic Annuity Rules of
                  Section 8.2, the written consent of the Participant's spouse
                  (consistent with the requirements for a Qualified Election
                  under Section 8.2) must be obtained with respect to any
                  withdrawal.

4.9      Distribution on Account of Financial Hardship

         (a)      If elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement,
                  distributions may be made from a Participant's Elective
                  Deferral, Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, vested
                  portion of the Participant's Employer Discretionary
                  Contribution Account, or the vested portion of the Employer
                  Matching Contribution Account on account of financial hardship
                  if the distribution is necessary in light of the immediate and
                  heavy financial needs of the Participant.

                  Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
                  1989, distributions on account of financial hardship with
                  respect to Elective Deferrals shall be limited to the amount
                  of the Participant's Elective Deferrals and income allocable
                  to such contributions credited to the Participant's Elective
                  Deferral Account as of the end

                                       37
<PAGE>

                  of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989; neither the
                  income allocable to Elective Deferrals credited to a
                  Participant's Elective Deferral Account after the end of the
                  last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989 nor a Participant's
                  Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account shall be available
                  for such distributions.

         (b)      A distribution on account of financial hardship shall not
                  exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial
                  need created by the hardship. With respect to the Elective
                  Deferral Account, and the Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                  Account, the determination of the existence of financial
                  hardship, and the amount required to meet the immediate
                  financial need created by the hardship shall be made by the
                  Committee, in accordance with the criteria specified in (c)
                  below.

                  With respect to the Employer Discretionary Contribution
                  Account and the Employer Matching Contribution Account, the
                  determination of the existence of financial hardship, and the
                  amount required to meet the immediate financial need created
                  by the hardship shall be made by the Committee, in accordance
                  with the criteria specified in (d) below.

                  If the Plan is subject to the Automatic Annuity Rules of
                  Section 8.2, the written consent of the Participant's spouse
                  (consistent with the requirements for a Qualified Election
                  under Section 8.2) must be obtained with respect to any
                  withdrawal on account of financial hardship.

                  The Committee shall establish written procedures specifying
                  the requirements for distributions on account of hardship,
                  including the forms to be submitted. Distributions of amounts
                  under this Section shall be made as soon as administratively
                  feasible.

         (c)      (1)      Immediate and Heavy Financial Need.  Hardship
                           distributions will be allowed only on account of:

                           (i)      Expenses for medical care (described in
                                    section 213(d) of the Code) incurred by the
                                    Employee, the Employee's spouse, or any
                                    dependents of the Employee (as defined in
                                    section 152 of the Code) or necessary for
                                    these persons to obtain such care;

                           (ii)     Purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
                                    principal residence for the Employee;

                           (iii)    Payment of tuition and related educational
                                    fees for the next 12 months of
                                    post-secondary education for the Employee,
                                    the Employee's spouse, children or
                                    dependents;

                                       38
<PAGE>

                           (iv)     The need to prevent the eviction of the
                                    Employee from his principal residence or
                                    foreclosure on the mortgage of the
                                    Employee's principal residence; or

                           (v)      Such other financial need which the
                                    Commissioner of Internal Revenue, through
                                    the publication of revenue rulings, notices
                                    and other documents of general
                                    applicability, deems to be immediate and
                                    heavy.

                  (2)      Distribution Necessary to Satisfy Financial Need. A
                           distribution shall not be made on account of a
                           financial need unless all of the following
                           requirements are satisfied:

                           (i)      The distribution is not in excess of the
                                    amount of the immediate and heavy financial
                                    need (including amounts necessary to pay any
                                    federal, state or local income taxes or
                                    penalties reasonably anticipated to result
                                    from the distribution) of the Employee;

                           (ii)     The Employee has obtained all distributions,
                                    other than hardship distributions, and all
                                    nontaxable loans currently available under
                                    all plans maintained by the Employer;

                           (iii)    Elective contributions and employee
                                    contributions under this Plan and all other
                                    qualified and nonqualified deferred
                                    compensation plans maintained by the
                                    Employer (other than mandatory contributions
                                    to a defined benefit plan) shall be
                                    suspended for at least twelve (12) months
                                    after receipt of the hardship distribution.
                                    For this purpose, the phrase "qualified and
                                    nonqualified deferred compensation plans"
                                    includes stock option, stock purchase and
                                    similar plans, and cash or deferred
                                    arrangements under a cafeteria plan, within
                                    the meaning of Section 125 of the Code. It
                                    does not include health or welfare benefit
                                    plans; and

                           (iv)     The Plan, and all other plans maintained by
                                    the Employer, provide that the Employee may
                                    not make elective contributions for the
                                    Employee's taxable year immediately
                                    following the taxable year of the hardship
                                    distribution in excess of the applicable
                                    limit under section 402(g) of the Code for
                                    such next taxable year less the amount of
                                    such Employee's elective contributions for
                                    the taxable year of the hardship
                                    distribution.

                                    An Employee shall not fail to be treated as
                                    an Eligible Participant for purposes of the
                                    Actual Deferral Percentage tests of Section
                                    4.6

                                       39
<PAGE>

                                    merely because his Elective Deferrals are
                                    suspended in accordance with this provision.

         (d)      Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. The determination of
                  whether an immediate and heavy financial need exists shall be
                  made by the Committee in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                  manner. The criteria may include the events described in
                  Section 4.9(c) of this plan.

         (e)      If a distribution is made pursuant to this Section when the
                  Participant has a nonforfeitable right to less than 100
                  percent of his Account balance derived from contributions made
                  by the Employer and the Participant may increase the
                  nonforfeitable percentage in the account:

                  (1)      A separate account will be established for the
                           Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of
                           the distribution, and

                  (2)      At any relevant time the Participant's nonforfeitable
                           portion of the separate account will be equal to an
                           amount ("X") determined by the formula:

                                    X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

         For purposes of applying the formula: P is the nonforfeitable
         percentage at the relevant time, D is the amount of the distribution
         and R is the ratio of the Account balance AB at the relevant time to
         the Account balance after distribution.

4.10     Special Distribution Rules

                  Except as provided in the Adoption Agreement, Elective
                  Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified
                  Matching Contributions and income allocable thereto are not
                  distributable to the Participant, or the Participant's
                  Beneficiary, in accordance with the Participant's or
                  Beneficiary's election, earlier than upon separation from
                  service, death, or Total and Permanent Disability.
                  Distribution (if elected in the Adoption Agreement) upon
                  termination of the Plan without the establishment or
                  maintenance of a successor plan, the Employer's sale of
                  substantially all of the assets of a trade or business or the
                  sale of the Employer's interest in a subsidiary may only be
                  made, after March 31, 1988, in a lump sum distribution within
                  the meaning of section 401(k)(10)(B) of the Code.

                  Unless the Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan exempt from the
                  Automatic Annuity rules of Section 8.2 pursuant to Section
                  8.3, all distributions that may be made pursuant to one or
                  more of the foregoing distributable events are subject to the
                  spousal and Participant consent requirements contained in
                  sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code.

                                       40
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V.
                CONTRIBUTIONS AND CREDITS TO TARGET BENEFIT PLANS


                  [All provisions regarding target benefit plan
                   contributions are in the Adoption Agreement
                    for Dreyfus Standardized Prototype Target
                            Benefit Plan No. 01004].



                                   ARTICLE VI.
                       CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION LIMITS

6.1      Timing of Contributions

         Contributions under Sections 3.1, 4.1, 4.4(3), 4.4(4), 4.4(5) and 5.1
         shall be made no later than the time prescribed by law (including any
         extensions thereof) for filing the Employer's federal income tax return
         for the Plan Year for which they are made.

6.2      Deductibility of Contributions

         All contributions made by an Employer shall be conditioned upon their
         deductibility by the Employer for income tax purposes; provided,
         however, that no contributions shall be returned to an Employer except
         as provided in Section 6.3.

6.3      Return of Employer Contributions

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, contributions made by
         an Employer may be returned to such Employer if:

         (a)      the contribution was made by reason of a mistake of fact and
                  is returned to the Employer within one year of the mistaken
                  contribution, or

         (b)      the contribution was conditioned upon its deductibility by the
                  Employer for income tax purposes, the deduction was disallowed
                  and the contribution is returned to the Employer within one
                  year after the disallowance of the deduction, or

         (c)      the contribution was conditioned upon initial qualification of
                  the Plan, the Plan was submitted to the Internal Revenue
                  Service for a determination as to its initial

                                       41
<PAGE>

                  qualification within the time prescribed by law for filing the
                  Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan was
                  adopted or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury
                  may prescribe, the Plan received an adverse determination, and
                  the contribution is returned to the Employer within one year
                  after the date of the adverse determination.

         Employer contributions may be returned even if such contributions have
         been allocated to a Participant's Account which is fully or partially
         nonforfeitable and it is necessary to adjust said Account to reflect
         the return of the Employer contributions. The amount which may be
         returned to the Employer is the excess of the amount contributed over
         the amount that would have been contributed had there not occurred the
         circumstances causing the excess. Earnings attributable to the excess
         contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but losses thereto
         shall reduce the amount to be so returned. Furthermore, if the
         withdrawal of the amount attributable to the excess contribution would
         cause the balance of the individual Account of any Participant to be
         reduced to less than the balance which would have been in the Account
         had the excess amount not been contributed, then the amount to be
         returned to the Employer shall be limited to avoid such reduction.

6.4      Limitation on Allocations:

         (a)      If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
                  participated in another qualified plan or a welfare benefit
                  fund, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by
                  the Employer, or an individual medical benefit account, as
                  defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the
                  Employer, or a simplified employee pension, as defined in
                  section 408(k) of the Code, maintained by the Employer which
                  provides an Annual Addition, the amount of Annual Additions
                  which may be credited to the Participant's Accounts for any
                  Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum
                  Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this
                  Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be
                  contributed or allocated to the Participant's Accounts would
                  cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed
                  the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or
                  allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the
                  Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.

         (b)      Prior to the determination of the Participant's actual
                  Compensation for a Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible
                  Amount may be determined on the basis of the Participant's
                  estimated annual compensation for such Limitation Year. Such
                  estimated annual compensation shall be determined on a
                  reasonable basis and shall be uniformly determined for all
                  Participants similarly situated.

         (c)      As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the
                  Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for such
                  Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the
                  Participant's actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.

                                       42
<PAGE>

         (d)      If, pursuant to Subsection (c) above or as a result of the
                  allocation of forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount with
                  respect to a Participant for a Limitation Year, such Excess
                  Amount shall be disposed of as follows:

                  (1)      First, any deferrals made pursuant to a salary
                           reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism and
                           Thrift/Voluntary Employee contributions, to the
                           extent that the return would reduce the Excess
                           Amount, shall be returned to the Participant.

                  (2)      Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement,
                           if after the application of paragraph (1) an Excess
                           Amount still exists, and the Participant is covered
                           by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the
                           Excess Amount in the Participant's Accounts will be
                           used to reduce Employer contributions (including any
                           allocation of forfeitures) for such Participant in
                           the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding
                           Limitation Year if necessary.

                  (3)      If after the application of paragraph (1) an Excess
                           Amount still exists, and the Participant is not
                           covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation
                           Year, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated in a
                           suspense account. The suspense account will be
                           applied to reduce future Employer contributions
                           (including allocation of any forfeitures) for all
                           remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year,
                           and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

                  (4)      If a suspense account is in existence at any time
                           during the Limitation Year pursuant to this Section,
                           it will not participate in the allocation of the
                           Trust's investment gains and losses. If a suspense
                           account is in existence at any time during a
                           particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the
                           suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to
                           Participants' Accounts before any Employer or any
                           employee contributions may be made to the Plan for
                           that Limitation Year. Excess Amounts may not be
                           distributed to Participants or former Participants.

         (e)      Subsections (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) and (j) apply if, in
                  addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under
                  another qualified master or prototype defined contribution
                  plan maintained by the Employer or a welfare benefit fund, as
                  defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the
                  Employer or an individual medical benefit account, as defined
                  in section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer,
                  or a simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer
                  which provides an Annual Addition, during any Limitation Year.
                  The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's
                  Accounts under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not
                  exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual
                  Additions credited to a Participant's account under the other
                  qualified

                                       43
<PAGE>

                  master or prototype defined contribution plans, welfare
                  benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified
                  employee pensions for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual
                  Additions with respect to the Participant under other
                  qualified master or prototype defined contribution plans,
                  welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and
                  simplified employee pensions maintained by the Employer are
                  less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer
                  contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated
                  to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan would cause the
                  Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this
                  limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be
                  reduced so that the Annual Additions under such plans and
                  welfare benefit funds for the Limitation Year will equal the
                  Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with
                  respect to the Participant under such other qualified master
                  or prototype defined contribution plans, and welfare benefit
                  funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee
                  pensions in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the
                  Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or
                  allocated to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan for
                  the Limitation Year.

         (f)      Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for
                  the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum
                  Permissible Amount based on the Participant's estimated annual
                  compensation in the manner described in Subsection (b).

         (g)      As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the
                  Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for such
                  Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the
                  Participant's actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.

         (h)      If pursuant to Subsection (g) above or as a result of the
                  allocation of forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions
                  under this Plan and all such other plans result in an Excess
                  Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed
                  to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that
                  Annual Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension
                  will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by
                  Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual
                  medical account, regardless of the actual allocation date.

         (i)      If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an
                  allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an
                  allocation date of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed
                  to this Plan will be the product of:

                  (1)      the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date,
                           times,

                  (2)      the ratio of (A) the Annual Additions allocated to
                           the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such
                           date under this Plan, to (B) the total Annual
                           Additions allocated to the Participant for the
                           Limitation Year as of such

                                       44
<PAGE>

                           date under this Plan and all other qualified Master
                           and Prototype defined contribution plans.

         (j)      Any Excess Amounts attributed to this Plan shall be disposed
                  of as provided in Subsection (d).

         (k)      If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
                  contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a
                  Master or Prototype plan, Annual Additions which may be
                  credited to the Participant's Accounts under this Plan for any
                  Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Subsections
                  (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) and (j) as though the other plan were
                  a Master or Prototype plan unless the Employer provides other
                  limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

         (l)      If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a
                  qualified defined benefit plan (other than the Sponsor's
                  paired plan number 02001, covering any Participant in this
                  Plan, the sum of the Participant's Defined Benefit Fraction
                  and Defined Contribution Fraction will not exceed one (1.0) in
                  any Limitation Year. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in
                  the Adoption Agreement, this limitation will be met by
                  freezing or reducing the rate of benefit accrual under the
                  qualified defined benefit plan.

         (m)      For purposes of this Section 6.4, the following definitions
                  shall apply:

                  (1)      "Annual Additions" shall mean the sum of the
                           following credited to a Participant's account for the
                           Limitation Year:

                           (A)      All Employer contributions,

                           (B)      All forfeitures, and

                           (C)      All Employee contributions.

                           All excess deferrals as described in section 402(g)
                           of the Code, all excess contributions as defined in
                           section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code, (including amounts
                           recharacterized), and all excess aggregate
                           contributions as defined in section 401(m)(6)(B) of
                           the Code, regardless of whether such amounts are
                           distributed or forfeited, shall continue to be
                           treated as Annual Additions.

                           For purposes of the above, amounts reapplied to
                           reduce Employer contributions under Subsections (d)
                           and (j) shall also be included as Annual Additions.

                                       45
<PAGE>

                           Amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an
                           individual medical benefit account, as defined in
                           section 415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part of a
                           pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer,
                           are treated as Annual Additions to a defined
                           contribution plan. Also, amounts derived from
                           contributions paid or accrued after December 31,
                           1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which
                           are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits
                           allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee,
                           as defined in section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a
                           welfare benefit fund, as defined in section 419(e) of
                           the Code, maintained by the Employer, are treated as
                           Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan, and
                           allocations under a simplified employee pension.

         (2)      Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, for
                  purposes of this Section, Compensation shall have the same
                  meaning as described in Section 1.15 of the Plan. One of the
                  following definitions of Compensation may be elected by the
                  employer in the Adoption Agreement.

                           (1)      Information required to be reported under
                                    section 6041, 6051, and 6052, (Wages, Tips
                                    and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2).
                                    Compensation defined as wages as defined in
                                    section 3401(a) and all other payments of
                                    compensation to an employee by the employer
                                    (in the course of the employer's trade or
                                    business) for which the employer is required
                                    to furnish the employee a written statement
                                    under section 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3) of the
                                    Code. Compensation must be determined
                                    without regard to any rules under section
                                    3401(a) that limit the remuneration included
                                    in wages based on the nature or location of
                                    the employment or the services performed
                                    (such as the exception for agricultural
                                    labor in section 3401(a)(2)).

                           (2)      Section 3401(a) wages. Compensation is
                                    defined as wages within the meaning of
                                    section 3401(a) for the purposes of income
                                    tax withholding at the source but determined
                                    without regard to any rules that limit the
                                    remuneration included in wages based on the
                                    nature or location of the employment or the
                                    services performed (such as the exception
                                    for agricultural labor in section
                                    3401(a)(2).

                           (3)      415 safe-harbor compensation. Compensation
                                    is defined as wages, salaries, and fees for
                                    professional services and other amounts
                                    received (without regard to whether or not
                                    an amount is paid in cash) for personal
                                    services actually rendered int he course of
                                    employment with the employer maintaining the
                                    plan to the extent that the amounts are
                                    includable in gross income (including, but
                                    not limited to, commissions paid salesmen,
                                    compensation for services

                                       46
<PAGE>

                                    on the basis of percentage of profits,
                                    commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
                                    bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements
                                    or other expense allowances under a
                                    nonaccountable plan (as described in
                                    1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following:

                                    (a)     Employer contributions to a plan of
                                            deferred compensation which are not
                                            includable in the employee's gross
                                            income for the taxable year in which
                                            contributed, or employer
                                            contributions under a simplified
                                            employee pension plan to the extent
                                            such contributions are deductible by
                                            the employee, or any distributions
                                            from a plan of deferred
                                            compensation;

                                    (b)     Amounts realized from the exercise
                                            of a non-qualified stock option, or
                                            when restricted stock (or property)
                                            held by the employee either becomes
                                            freely transferable or is no longer
                                            subject to a substantial risk of
                                            forfeiture;

                                    (c)     Amounts realized from the sale,
                                            exchange or other disposition of
                                            stock acquired under a qualified
                                            stock option; and

                                    (d)     Other amounts which received special
                                            tax benefits, or contributions made
                                            by the employer (whether or not
                                            under a salary reduction agreement)
                                            towards the purchase of an annuity
                                            contract described in section 403(b)
                                            of the Code (whether or not the
                                            contributions are actually
                                            excludable from the gross income of
                                            the employee).

                                    For any self-employed individual
                                    compensation will mean earned income.

                           For limitation years beginning after December 31,
                           1991, for purposes of applying the limitations of
                           this article, compensation for a limitation year is
                           the compensation actually paid or made available
                           during such limitation year.

                           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, compensation
                           for a participant in a defined contribution plan who
                           is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in
                           section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) is the
                           compensation such participant would have received for
                           the limitation year if the participant had been paid
                           at the rate of compensation paid immediately before
                           becoming permanently and totally disabled; such


                                       47
<PAGE>

                           imputed compensation for the disabled participant may
                           be taken into account only if the participant is not
                           a highly compensated employee (as defined in section
                           414(q) of the Code) and contributions made on behalf
                           of such participant are nonforfeitable when made.

                           (3)      "Defined Benefit Fraction" shall mean a
                                    fraction, the numerator of which is the sum
                                    of the Participant's Projected Annual
                                    Benefits under all the defined benefit plans
                                    (whether or not terminated) maintained by
                                    the Employer, and the denominator of which
                                    is the lesser of one hundred twenty-five
                                    percent (125%) of the dollar limitation
                                    determined for the Limitation Year under
                                    sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code or one
                                    hundred forty percent (140%) of the Highest
                                    Average Compensation (which shall mean the
                                    average compensation for the three
                                    consecutive years of Service with the
                                    Employer that produces the highest average),
                                    including any adjustments under section
                                    415(b) of the Code. A year of Service with
                                    the Employer is the twelve (12) consecutive
                                    month period defined in Section 1.54 of the
                                    Plan.

                           Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a
                           Participant as of the first day of the first
                           Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
                           one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the
                           Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the
                           denominator of this fraction will not be less than
                           one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the sum of
                           the annual benefits under such plans which the
                           Participant had accrued as of the close of the last
                           Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,
                           disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions
                           of the Plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence
                           applies only if the defined benefit plans
                           individually and in the aggregate satisfied the
                           requirements of section 415 of the Code for all
                           Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

                  (4)      "Defined Contribution Fraction" shall mean a
                           fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the
                           Annual Additions to the Participant's Account under
                           all the defined contribution plans (whether or not
                           terminated) maintained by the Employer for the
                           current and all prior Limitation Years (including the
                           Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's
                           nondeductible Voluntary Contributions to all defined
                           benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained
                           by the Employer and the Annual Additions attributable
                           to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in section
                           419(e) of the Code, and individual medical benefit
                           accounts as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
                           and simplified employee pensions, maintained by the
                           Employer) and the denominator of which is the sum of
                           the Maximum Aggregate Amounts for the current and all
                           prior Limitation Years of

                                       48
<PAGE>

                           Service with the Employer (regardless of whether a
                           defined contribution plan was maintained by the
                           Employer). The Maximum Aggregate Amount in any
                           Limitation Year is the lesser of one hundred
                           twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation
                           in effect under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or
                           thirty-five percent (35%) of the Participant's
                           Compensation for such year.

                           If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of
                           the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning
                           after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined
                           contribution plans maintained by the Employer which
                           were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of
                           this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this
                           fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would
                           otherwise exceed one (1.0) under the terms of this
                           Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the
                           product of (A) the excess of the sum of the fractions
                           over one (1.0) times (B) the denominator of this
                           fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the
                           numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
                           calculated as of the end of the last Limitation Year
                           beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding
                           any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan
                           made after May 5, 1986, but using the section 415
                           limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year
                           beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

                           The Annual Additions for any Limitation Year
                           beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be
                           recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as
                           Annual Additions.

                  (5)      "Employer" shall mean the Employer that adopts this
                           Plan and all members of a controlled group of
                           corporations (as defined in section 414(b) of the
                           Code and as modified by section 415(h) of the Code)
                           which includes the Employer; any trade or business
                           (whether or not incorporated) which is under common
                           control (as defined in section 414(c) and as modified
                           by section 415(h) of the Code) with the Employer; any
                           organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a
                           member of an affiliated service group (as defined in
                           section 414(m)); and any other entity required to be
                           aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of
                           the Code.

                  (6)      "Excess Amount" shall mean the excess of the
                           Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation
                           Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

                  (7)      "Limitation Year" shall mean the calendar year,
                           unless another twelve (12) consecutive month period
                           is elected in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified
                           plans maintained by the Employer must use the same
                           Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is changed by
                           amendment, the new Limitation

                                       49
<PAGE>

                           Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year
                           in which the amendment is made.

                  (8)      "Master or Prototype Plan" shall mean a plan the form
                           of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter
                           from the Internal Revenue Service.

                  (9)      "Maximum Permissible Amount" shall mean the lesser
                           of:

                           (A)      thirty-thousand dollars ($30,000) (or, if
                                    greater, one-fourth (1/4th) of the defined
                                    benefit dollar limitation set forth in
                                    section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect
                                    for the Limitation Year), or

                           (B)      twenty-five percent (25%) of the
                                    Participant's Compensation for the
                                    Limitation Year.

                           The compensation limitation referred to in paragraph
                           (B) above shall not apply to any contribution for
                           medical benefits (within the meaning of section
                           401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is
                           otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under section
                           415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                           If a short Limitation Year is created because of an
                           amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different
                           twelve (12) consecutive month period, the Maximum
                           Permissible Amount will not exceed the defined
                           contribution dollar limitation set forth in paragraph
                           (A) above multiplied by the following fraction:

                               Number of Months in the Short Limitation Year
                               ---------------------------------------------

                                                   12

                  (10)     "Projected Annual Benefit" shall mean the annual
                           retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarial
                           equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is
                           expressed in a form other than a straight life
                           annuity or Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to
                           which the Participant would be entitled under the
                           terms of the Plan assuming:

                           (A)      The Participant will continue employment
                                    until the Normal Retirement Date under the
                                    Plan (or current date, if later) and

                           (B)      the Participant's Compensation for the
                                    current Limitation Year and all other
                                    relevant factors used to determine benefits
                                    under the Plan will remain constant for all
                                    future Limitation Years.

6.5      Separate Accounts

                                       50
<PAGE>

         The Committee shall maintain the following separate Accounts, as are
         applicable, with respect to each Participant:

         (a)      a Regular Account (as described in Article III),

         (b)      an Elective Deferral Account (as described in Article IV),

         (c)      a Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account (as described in
                  Article IV),

         (d)      a Thrift Account (as described in Article IV),

         (e)      a Matching Contribution Account (as described in Article IV),

         (f)      a Voluntary Account (as described in Article X),

         (g)      a Voluntary Tax-Deductible Account (as described in Article
                  X),

         (h)      a Rollover Account (as described in Article X),

         (i)      an Employer Discretionary Contribution Account (as described
                  in Article IV), and

         (j)      a Transfer Account (as described in Article X).

         Each such Account shall be credited with the applicable contributions,
         forfeitures, earnings losses, expenses, and distributions. The
         maintenance of separate Accounts is only for accounting purposes and a
         segregation of the Trust Fund to each Account shall not be required.

6.6      Valuation

         (a)      Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) below, or as
                  directed by the Committee subject to approval by the Trustee,
                  the assets of the Trust Fund shall be valued at their current
                  fair market value as of each Valuation Date, and the earnings
                  and losses of the Trust Fund since the immediately preceding
                  Valuation Date shall be allocated to the separate Accounts of
                  all Participants and former Participants under the Plan in the
                  ratio that the fair market value of each such Account as of
                  the immediately preceding Valuation Date, reduced by any
                  distributions or withdrawals therefrom since such preceding
                  Valuation Date, bears to the total fair market value of all
                  separate Accounts as of the immediately preceding Valuation
                  Date, reduced by any distributions or withdrawals therefrom
                  since such preceding Valuation Date; provided, however, that
                  if Participant-directed investments have been elected in the
                  Adoption Agreement, the

                                       51
<PAGE>

                  earnings and losses of each separate Account shall be
                  allocated solely to such Account.

                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Committee
                  may, in its sole discretion, on any date other than the last
                  day of the Plan Year, determine the value of an Account. If
                  such a determination is made, the date of such determination
                  shall be considered to be a Valuation Date.

         (b)      If the plan is an Easy Retirement Plan, the dividends, capital
                  gain distributions, and other earnings or losses received on
                  any share or unit of a regulated investment company or
                  collective investment fund, or on any other investment, that
                  is specifically credited to a Participant's separate Accounts
                  under the Plan and/or held under the Custodial Agreement shall
                  be allocated to such separate Accounts and, in the absence of
                  investment directions to the contrary, immediately reinvested,
                  to the extent practicable, in additional shares or units of
                  such regulated investment company or collective investment
                  fund, or in such other investments.

6.7      Segregation of Former Participant's Account

         The Committee may segregate any portion of a former Participant's
         account balance which is retained in the Fund after his death or
         separation from service in an interest-bearing account and debited or
         credited only with income and charges attributable directly.



                                  ARTICLE VII.
                                     VESTING

7.1      Vested Interest

         Each Participant shall at all times have a fully vested interest in his
         Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Nonelective Account, Voluntary
         Account, Voluntary Tax-Deductible Account and Thrift Account. Each
         Participant's Regular Account, Employer Discretionary Contribution
         Account, and Employer Matching Contribution Account shall vest in
         accordance with the vesting schedule elected in the Adoption Agreement.

         If a Participant is not already fully vested in his Regular Account,
         Employer Discretionary Contribution Account, and Employer Matching
         Contributions Account, he shall become so upon reaching Normal
         Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age, or
         upon his death or Total and Permanent Disability.

7.2      Vesting of a Participant


                                       52
<PAGE>

         Except in the case of Plans subject to full and immediate vesting, a
         Participant's vested amount shall be calculated by multiplying his
         Regular Account balance, Employer Discretionary Contribution Account
         balance, and Employer Matching Contribution Account balance, if any, as
         determined on the Valuation Date following his termination of
         employment by his vested interest as determined under Section 7.1.

         In order to determine the vested interest of a Participant after a
         Service Break, the following rules shall apply:

         (a)      Subject to (b) below, a former Participant who had a
                  nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of the account
                  balance derived from Employer contributions at the time of the
                  Participant's termination will receive credit for all years of
                  Service prior to a Service Break if the Participant completes
                  a year of Service after returning to the employ of the
                  Employer.

         (b)      In the case of a Participant who have five (5) or more
                  consecutive one (1) year Service Breaks, all Service after
                  such Service Breaks will be disregarded for the purpose of
                  vesting the Employer-derived account balance that accrued
                  before such Service Breaks. Such Participants' pre-Service
                  Break Service will count in vesting the post-Service Break
                  Employer-derived account balance only if (1) such Participant
                  has any nonforfeitable interest in the account balance
                  attributable to Employer contributions at the time of
                  separation from service, or (2) upon returning to service the
                  number of consecutive one (1) year Service Breaks is less than
                  the number of years of Service. Separate accounts will be
                  maintained for the Participant's pre-Service Break and
                  post-Service Break Employer-derived account balance. Both
                  accounts will share in the earnings and losses of the Fund.

7.3      Amendment of Vesting Provisions

         No amendment to the vesting provisions pursuant to Section 7.1 shall
         deprive a Participant of his nonforfeitable rights to benefits accrued
         to the date of the amendment. Further, if the vesting provisions of the
         Plan are amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or
         indirectly affects computation of a Participant's nonforfeitable
         percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to
         or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least
         three (3) years of Service may elect, within a reasonable period after
         the adoption of the amendment, to have his nonforfeitable percentage
         computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. For
         Participants who do not have at least one Hour of Service in any Plan
         Year beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the preceding sentence
         shall be applied by substituting "five (5) years of Service" for "three
         (3) years of Service." The period during which the election may be made
         shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on
         the later of (1) sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted; (2)
         sixty (60) days after the

                                       53
<PAGE>

         amendment becomes effective; or (3) sixty (60) days after the
         Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer
         or Committee.

7.4      Forfeitures

         (a)      If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer and
                  the value of the Participant's vested account balance derived
                  from Employer and Employee contributions (other than
                  accumulated deductible employee contributions) is not greater
                  than $3,500, the Employee shall receive a distribution of the
                  value of the entire vested portion of such account balance,
                  and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture. For
                  purposes of this Section 7.4, if the value of a Participant's
                  vested account balance is zero, the Participant shall be
                  deemed to have received a distribution of such vested account
                  balance. A Participant's vested account balance shall not
                  include Voluntary Tax-Deductible Contributions for Plan Years
                  beginning before January 1, 1989.

         (b)      If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer, and
                  elects (with his or her spouse's consent) in accordance with
                  Article VIII to receive the value of his or her vested account
                  balance, the nonvested portion will be treated as a
                  forfeiture. If the Participant elects to have distributed less
                  than the entire vested portion of the account balance derived
                  from Employer contributions, the part of the nonvested portion
                  that will be treated as a forfeiture is the total nonvested
                  portion multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
                  the amount of the distribution attributable to Employer
                  contributions and the denominator of which is the total value
                  of the vested Employer derived account balance.

         (c)      If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer but
                  does not receive a distribution described in (a) or (b) above,
                  the non-vested portion of his account balance will be treated
                  as a forfeiture upon the occurrence of a Service Break of five
                  (5) consecutive years.

         (d)      If a Participant who receives a distribution pursuant to this
                  Section 7.4 resumes employment, the Participant's
                  Employer-derived account balance will be restored to the
                  amount on the date of distribution if the Participant repays
                  to the Plan the full amount of the distribution attributable
                  to Employer contributions before the earlier of (i) five (5)
                  years after the Participant's Re-Employment Commencement Date
                  or (ii) the date the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive
                  one (1) year Service Breaks following the date of
                  distribution. If a Participant is deemed to receive a
                  distribution pursuant to this Section, and the Participant
                  resumes employment covered under this Plan before the date the
                  Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one year Service
                  Breaks, upon the reemployment of such Participant, the
                  Employer-derived account balance of the Participant will be
                  restored to the amount on the date of such deemed
                  distribution.


                                       54
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII.
               BENEFITS ON RETIREMENT AND SEPARATION FROM SERVICE

8.1      Commencement of Benefits

         (a)      Any Participant who terminates employment with the Employer
                  for any reason (including Total and Permanent Disability as
                  defined in Section 1.61 of the Plan) shall be entitled to
                  receive the value of the vested portion of his Accounts
                  (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or
                  immediately subsequent to his termination with employment) as
                  soon as administratively feasible after the date of his
                  termination of employment. If the value of the Employee's
                  vested account balance derived from Employer and Employee
                  contributions (excluding, for Plan Years beginning before
                  January 1, 1989, accumulated Voluntary Tax-Deductible
                  Contributions) is greater than (or at the time of any prior
                  distribution was greater than) $3,500, then no such amount
                  shall be distributed prior to Normal Retirement Age (or age
                  sixty-two (62), if later) unless the Participant consents to
                  the distribution. If the Plan is subject to the Automatic
                  Annuity rules of Section 8.2, then the consent of the
                  Participant's spouse shall also be required to a distribution
                  in any form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
                  (as defined in Section 8.2).

                  In the case of the Dreyfus Easy Retirement Plans (Plan Numbers
                  01005, and 01006), Participants who attain the Plan's Normal
                  Retirement Age shall be entitled to receive the value of the
                  vested portion of their Accounts. With respect to the Dreyfus
                  standardized and non-standardized prototype profit-sharing
                  plans (Plan Numbers 01002 and 01003) if permitted under the
                  Adoption Agreement, Participants who attain the Plan's Normal
                  Retirement Age shall be entitled to receive the value of the
                  vested portion of their Accounts.

                  The Committee shall provide the Participant with a written
                  explanation of the material features and relative values of
                  the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan. Such
                  notice shall also notify the Participant of the right to defer
                  distribution until a future date specified by the Participant
                  (not permitted in the case of the Dreyfus Easy Retirement
                  Plans -- Plan Numbers 01005 and 01006) or until Normal
                  Retirement Age (or age sixty-two (62), if later), and if the
                  Plan is subject to the Automatic Annuity Rules of Section 8.2,
                  shall be provided during the period beginning ninety (90) days
                  before and ending thirty (30) days before the Annuity Starting
                  Date.

         (b)      If the value of the Participant's vested account balance
                  derived from Employer and Employee contributions (excluding,
                  for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 

                                       55


<PAGE>



                  1989, accumulated Voluntary Tax-Deductible Contributions) is
                  not greater than $3,500, the Employee shall receive a
                  distribution of the value of the entire vested portion of such
                  account balance. However, no such distribution shall be made
                  after the Annuity Starting Date unless the Participant and his
                  or her spouse (or the Participant's surviving spouse) consent
                  in writing to such distribution.

         (c)      Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of
                  benefits shall commence no later than the sixtieth (60th) day
                  after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the
                  following events occurs:

                  (i)      the Participant reaches his Normal Retirement Age (or
                           age sixty-five (65), if earlier),

                  (ii)     the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year in which the
                           Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or

                  (iii)    the Participant terminates employment with the
                           Employer.

                  The failure of a Participant or surviving spouse to consent to
                  a distribution shall be deemed to be an election to defer
                  commencement of benefit distributions sufficient to satisfy
                  this Section.

         (d)      Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participant's
                  spouse shall be required to the extent a distribution is
                  necessary to satisfy section 401(a)(9) or section 415 of the
                  Code.

         (e)      This Article applies to distribution made on or after January
                  1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the
                  contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election
                  under this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and
                  in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion
                  of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an
                  eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a
                  direct rollover.

                   Definitions:

                           (i)      Eligible rollover distribution: An eligible
                                    rollover distribution is any distribution of
                                    all or any portion of the balance to the
                                    credit of the distributee, except that an
                                    eligible rollover distribution does not
                                    include: any distribution that is one of a
                                    series of substantially equal periodic
                                    payments (not less frequently than annually)
                                    made for the life (or life expectancy) of
                                    the distributee or the joint lives (or joint
                                    life expectancies) of the distributee and
                                    the distributee's designated beneficiary, or
                                    for a specified period of ten years or more;
                                    any

                                                        56

<PAGE>




                                    distribution to the extent such distribution
                                    is required under section 401(a)(9) of the
                                    Code; and the portion of any distribution
                                    that is not includible in gross income
                                    (determined without regard to the exclusion
                                    for net unrealized appreciation with respect
                                    to employer securities).

                           (ii)     Eligible retirement plan: An eligible
                                    retirement plan is an individual retirement
                                    account described in section 408(a) of the
                                    Code, an individual retirement annuity
                                    described in section 408(b) of the Code, an
                                    annuity plan described in section 402(a) of
                                    the Code, or a qualified trust described in
                                    section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the
                                    distributee's eligible rollover
                                    distribution. However, in the case of an
                                    eligible rollover distribution to the
                                    surviving spouse, an eligible retirement
                                    plan is an individual retirement account or
                                    individual retirement annuity.

                           (iii)    Distributee: A distributee includes an
                                    Employee or former Employee. In addition,
                                    the Employee's or former Employee's
                                    surviving spouse and the Employee's or
                                    former Employee's spouse or former spouse
                                    who is the alternate payee under a qualified
                                    domestic relations order as defined in
                                    section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees
                                    with regard to the interest of the spouse or
                                    former spouse.

                           (iv)     Direct rollover: A direct rollover is a
                                    payment by the Plan to the eligible
                                    retirement plan specified by the
                                    distributee.



8.2      Automatic Annuity Requirements

         The provisions of Section 8.2 through 8.4 shall take precedence over
         any conflicting provisions in this Plan.

         (a)      Applicability of Automatic Annuity Requirements.

                  Except as provided in Section 8.3 with respect to certain
                  Profit Sharing Plans, the provisions of this Section shall
                  apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one (1)
                  Hour of Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984,
                  and such other Participants as provided in Section 8.4.

                  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Unless an optional form
                  of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within
                  the ninety (90) day period ending 

                                       57

<PAGE>





                  on the Annuity Starting Date, a married Participant's Vested
                  Account Balance shall be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint
                  and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried Participant's Vested
                  Account Balance will be paid in the form of a life annuity.
                  The Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed
                  upon attainment of the Earliest Retirement Age.

                  Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Unless an optional
                  form of benefit has been selected within the Election Period
                  pursuant to a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before
                  the Annuity Starting Date then the Participant's Vested
                  Account Balance shall be paid in the form of a Qualified
                  Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. The Surviving Spouse may
                  elect to elect to have such annuity distributed within a
                  reasonable period after the Participant's death.

                  Definitions. For purposes of this Section 8.2, the following
                  words shall have the following meanings:

                  (i)      "Earliest Retirement Age" shall mean the earliest
                           date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could
                           elect to receive retirement benefits.

                  (ii)     "Election Period" shall mean the period which begins
                           on the first day of the Plan Year in which the
                           Participant attains age thirty-five (35) and ends on
                           the date of the Participant's death. If a Participant
                           separates from service prior to the first day of the
                           Plan Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained,
                           with respect to benefits accrued prior to separation,
                           the Election Period shall begin on the date of
                           separation.

                           A Participant who will not yet attain age thirty-five
                           (35) as of the end of any current Plan Year may make
                           a special Qualified Election to waive the Qualified
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity for the period
                           beginning on the date of such election and ending on
                           the first day of the plan year in which the
                           Participant will attain age thirty-five (35). Such
                           election shall not be valid unless the Participant
                           receives a written explanation of the Qualified
                           Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in such terms as are
                           comparable to the explanation required under Section
                           8.2(b). Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
                           coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the
                           first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                           attains age thirty-five (35). Any new waiver on or
                           after such date shall be subject to the full
                           requirements of this Section 8.2.

                  (iii)    "Qualified Election" shall mean a Participant's
                           waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a
                           Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Any such
                           waiver must be consented to in writing by the
                           Participant's Spouse. The Spouse's consent must:
                           designate a specific Beneficiary

                                       58

<PAGE>



                           (including any class of Beneficiaries or any
                           contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be changed
                           without spousal consent) or expressly permits
                           designations by the Participant without any further
                           spousal consent; acknowledge the effect of the
                           election; and be witnessed by a member of the
                           Committee or a Notary Public. Additionally, a
                           Participant's waiver of the Qualified Joint and
                           Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the
                           election designates a form of benefit payment which
                           may not be changed without spousal consent (or the
                           Spouse expressly permits designations by the
                           Participant without any further spousal consent).
                           Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if the
                           Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a
                           member of the Committee that there is no Spouse or
                           the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed
                           a Qualified Election. Any spousal consent (or deemed
                           spousal consent) obtained under this provision will
                           be valid only with respect to such Spouse. A consent
                           that permits designations by the Participant without
                           further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that
                           the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a
                           specific Beneficiary and, where applicable, a
                           specific form of benefit, and that the Spouse
                           voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of
                           such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be
                           made by a Participant without the consent of the
                           Spouse at any time before the commencement of
                           benefits. The number of revocations shall not be
                           limited. No consent obtained under this provision
                           shall be valid unless the Participant has received
                           notice as provided in paragraph (b) below.

                  (iv)     "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" shall mean an
                           immediate annuity for the life of the Participant
                           with a survivor annuity for the life of the Spouse
                           which is fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the
                           annuity which is payable during the joint lives of
                           the Participant and the Spouse and which is the
                           amount of benefit which can be purchased with the
                           Participant's Vested Account Balance.

                  (v)      "Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity" shall
                           mean an annuity for the life of the Participant's
                           surviving spouse purchased with the Participant's
                           Vested Account Balance.

                  (vi)     "Spouse (Surviving Spouse)" shall mean the Spouse or
                           Surviving Spouse of the Participant, provided that
                           former spouse will be treated as the Spouse or
                           Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a
                           qualified domestic relations order as described in
                           section 414(p) of the Code.

                  (vii)    "Vested Account Balance" shall mean the aggregate
                           value of the Participant's vested account balance
                           derived from employer and employee contributions
                           (including rollovers), whether vested before or upon
                           death,

                                       59

<PAGE>



                           including the proceeds of insurance contracts, if
                           any, on the Participant's life. The provisions of
                           this Section 8.2 shall apply to a Participant who is
                           vested in amounts attributable to employer
                           contributions, employee contributions (or both) at
                           the time of death or distribution.

         (b)      Notice Requirements

                  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. In the case of a
                  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as described above, the
                  Committee shall provide each Participant within the period
                  beginning ninety (90) days before and ending thirty (30) days
                  before the Annuity Starting Date a written explanation of: (i)
                  the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                  Annuity; (ii) the Participant's right to make and the effect
                  of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor
                  Annuity form of benefit; (iii) the rights of a Participant's
                  Spouse; (iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a
                  revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint
                  and Survivor Annuity; and (v) the right, if any, to defer the
                  commencement of benefits.

                  Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. In the case of a
                  Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity as described above,
                  the Committee shall provide each Participant with a written
                  explanation of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
                  in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the
                  explanation provided for meeting the requirements applicable
                  to explaining a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity within
                  whichever of the following periods ends last:

                  (i)      The period beginning on the first day of the Plan
                           Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-two
                           (32) and ending with the close of the Plan Year
                           preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant
                           attains age thirty-five (35).

                  (ii)     A reasonable period ending after a Participant enters
                           the Plan.

                  (iii)    A reasonable period ending after Section 8.3 ceases
                           to apply to a Profit Sharing Plan.

                  (iv)     A reasonable period after Section 8.2 first applies
                           to a Participant.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within
                  a reasonable period ending after termination of employment in
                  the case of a Participant who terminates employment before
                  attaining age 35.

                  For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable
                  period ending after the enumerated events described in (ii),
                  (iii), and (iv) is the end of the two-year 

                                       60

<PAGE>



                  period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable
                  event occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the case
                  of a Participant who terminates employment before the Plan
                  Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained, notice shall
                  be provided within the two-year period beginning one year
                  prior to termination and ending one year after termination. If
                  such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the
                  Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be
                  redetermined.

                  If a distribution is one to which sections 401(a)(11) and 417
                  of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less
                  than 30 days after the notice required under section
                  1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations in given,
                  provided that:

                           (1)      the Plan Administrator clearly informs the
                                    Participant that the Participant has a right
                                    to a period of at least 30 days after
                                    receiving the notice to consider the
                                    decision of whether or not to elect a
                                    distribution (and, if applicable, a
                                    particular distribution option), and

                           (2)      the participant, after receiving the
                                    notice,affirmatively elects a distribution.



8.3      Profit Sharing Plans: Exception from Automatic Annuity Requirements

         Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of
         Sections 8.2 and 8.4 shall be inoperative in the case of a Profit
         Sharing Plan if the following two (2) conditions are met: (1) the
         Participant cannot or does not elect payments in the form of a life
         annuity, and (2) on the death of the Participant, the Participant's
         Vested Account Balance (as defined in Section 8.2) will be paid to the
         Participant's Surviving Spouse (as defined in Section 8.2), but if
         there is no Surviving Spouse, or, if the Surviving Spouse has already
         consented in a manner conforming to a Qualified Election to a waiver of
         a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity (under Section 8.2), then
         to the Participant's Beneficiary.

         However, the foregoing shall not be operative with respect to a
         Participant if it is determined that this Profit Sharing Plan is a
         direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase
         pension plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus, or
         profit-sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity
         requirements of sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code.


                                       61

<PAGE>



8.4      Transitional Rules Applicable to Joint and Survivor Annuities

         (a)      Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23,
                  1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed
                  by Section 8.2 must be give the opportunity to elect to have
                  Section 8.2 apply if such Participant is credited with at
                  least one (1) Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor
                  plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and
                  such Participant had at least ten (10) years of Service when
                  he or she terminated employment.

         (b)      Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23,
                  1984, who was credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
                  under this Plan or a predecessor Plan on or after September 2,
                  1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any Service in a
                  Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given
                  the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in the manner
                  set forth in paragraph (d) below.

         (c)      The respective opportunities to elect (as described in
                  paragraphs (a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the
                  appropriate Participants during the period commencing on
                  August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would
                  otherwise commence to said Participants.

         (d)      Any Participant who has elected pursuant to paragraph (b)
                  above and any Participant who does not elect under paragraph
                  (a) above or who meets the requirements of paragraph (a)
                  except that such Participant does not have at least ten (10)
                  Years of Service when he or she terminates employment, shall
                  have his or her benefits distributed in accordance with all of
                  the following requirements if benefits would have been payable
                  in the form of a life annuity:

                  (1)      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. If benefits in
                           the form of a life annuity become payable to a
                           married Participant who:

                           (i)      Begins to receive payments under the Plan on
                                    or after his Normal Retirement Age; or

                           (ii)     Dies on or after his Normal Retirement Age
                                    while still working for the Employer; or

                           (iii)    Begins to receive payments on or after the
                                    Qualified Early Retirement Age; or

                           (iv)     Separates from service on or after attaining
                                    his Normal Retirement Age (or the Qualified
                                    Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying
                                    the eligibility requirements for the payment
                                    of benefits under the Plan and thereafter
                                    dies before beginning to receive such
                                    benefits;

                                       62

<PAGE>




                           then such benefits shall be received under this Plan
                           in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                           Annuity, unless the Participant, with the consent of
                           his or her Spouse, has elected otherwise during the
                           election period which shall begin at least six (6)
                           months before the Participant attains the Qualified
                           Early Retirement Age (or the date the Participant
                           begins participation in the Plan, if later) and end
                           not more than ninety (90) days before the
                           commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder
                           shall be in writing and may be changed by the
                           Participant, with the consent of his or her Spouse,
                           at any time during the election period.

                  (2)      Election of Early Survivor Annuity. A Participant who
                           is employed after attaining the Qualified Early
                           Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to
                           elect, during the election period, to have a survivor
                           annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects
                           the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity
                           must not be less than the payments which would have
                           been made to the Spouse under the Qualified Joint and
                           Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on
                           the day before his or her death. Any election under
                           this provision will be in writing and may be changed
                           by the Participant with the consent of his or her
                           Spouse at any time. The election period begins on the
                           later of (1) the ninetieth (90) day before the
                           Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement
                           Age, or (2) the date on which participation begins,
                           and ends on the date the Participant terminates
                           employment.

                           Notwithstanding the availability of the elections set
                           forth above, in the event a Participant dies after
                           attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age while
                           still employed by the Employer, but before reaching
                           the Normal Retirement Date, the Participant's account
                           balance as of the date of death shall be paid to the
                           Participant's Spouse. If the Participant is not
                           married, such benefit shall be paid to the
                           Participant's designated Beneficiary or, if none, to
                           the Participant's estate.

                  (3)      Definitions. For purpose of this Section 8.4, the
                           following words shall have the following meanings:

                           (i)      "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" shall
                                    mean an annuity for the life of the
                                    Participant with a survivor annuity for the
                                    life of his Spouse as described in Section
                                    8.2.

                           (ii)     "Qualified Early Retirement Age" shall mean
                                    the latest of:

                                    (A)     the earliest date, under the Plan,
                                            on which the Participant may elect
                                            to receive retirement benefits;


                                       63

<PAGE>



                                    (B)     the first day of the one hundred
                                            twentieth (120th) month beginning
                                            before the Participant reaches his
                                            Normal Retirement Age; or

                                    (C)     the date on which the Participant
                                            begins participation.

8.5      Required Payment of Benefits

         (a)      General Rule. Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.2, the
                  requirements of this Section shall apply to any distribution
                  of a Participant's account balance and will take precedence
                  over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. Unless otherwise
                  specified, the provisions of this Section shall apply to
                  calendar years beginning after December 31, 1984.

                  All distributions required under this Section 8.5 shall be
                  determined and made in accordance with the Income Tax
                  Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the
                  minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of section
                  1.401(a)(9)-2 of the regulations.

         (b)      Limits on Distribution Periods. Distributions, if not made in
                  a single-sum, may only be made over one of the following
                  periods (or a combination thereof): (1) the life of the
                  Participant; (2) the life of the Participant and a Designated
                  Beneficiary; (3) a period certain not extending beyond the
                  life expectancy of the Participant; or (4) a period certain
                  not extending beyond the joint and last survivor expectancy of
                  the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.

                  Any annuity contract purchased and distributed to a
                  Participant or his Beneficiary shall comply with the
                  requirements of this Plan, and shall be made and endorsed as
                  nontransferable.

         (c)      Minimum Amounts to be Distributed. If the Participant's entire
                  interest is to be distributed in other than a single sum, the
                  following minimum distribution rules shall apply on or after
                  the Required Beginning Date:

                  (i)      If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over
                           (1) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy
                           of the Participant or the joint life and last
                           survivor expectancy of the Participant and the
                           Participant's Designated Beneficiary or (2) a period
                           not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
                           Designated Beneficiary, the amount required to be
                           distributed for each calendar year, beginning with
                           distributions for the first distribution calendar
                           year, must at least equal the quotient obtained by
                           dividing the Participant's benefit by the applicable
                           life expectancy.


                                       64

<PAGE>



                  (ii)     For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989,
                           if the Participant's spouse is not the designated
                           Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must
                           assure that at least fifty percent (50%) of the
                           present value of the amount available for
                           distribution is paid within the life expectancy of
                           the Participant.

                  (iii)    For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988,
                           the amount to be distributed each year, beginning
                           with distributions for the first distribution
                           calendar year shall not be less than the quotient
                           obtained by dividing the Participant's benefit by the
                           lesser of (1) the applicable life expectancy or (2)
                           if the Participant's spouse is not the Designated
                           Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from
                           the table set forth in Q&A-4 of section 1.401
                           (a)(9)-2 of the Income Tax Regulations. Distributions
                           after the death of the Participant shall be
                           distributed using the applicable life expectancy in
                           paragraph (c)(i) above as the relevant divisor
                           without regard to section 1.401 (a)(9)-2 of the
                           regulations.

                  (iv)     The minimum distribution required for the
                           Participant's first distribution calendar year must
                           be made on or before the Participant's Required
                           Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for other
                           calendar years, including the minimum distribution
                           for the distribution calendar year in which the
                           Employee's Required Beginning Date occurs, must be
                           made on or before December 31 of that distribution
                           calendar year.

         (d)      Commencement of Death Benefits. Upon the death of the
                  Participant, the following distribution provisions shall take
                  effect:

                  (i)      If the Participant dies after distribution of his or
                           her interest has commenced, the remaining portion of
                           such interest will continue to be distributed at
                           least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
                           being used prior to the Participant's death. Upon the
                           death of the Participant's Beneficiary, any
                           undistributed interest shall be paid to the legal
                           representatives of such Beneficiary's estate.

                  (ii)     If the Participant dies before distribution of his or
                           her interest commences, the Participant's entire
                           interest will be distributed by December 31 of the
                           calendar year in which falls the fifth anniversary of
                           the Participant's death except to the extent that an
                           election is made to receive distributions in
                           accordance with (1) or (2) below:

                           (1)      If any portion of the Participant's interest
                                    is payable to a Designated Beneficiary,
                                    distributions may be made in substantially
                                    equal installments over the life or over a
                                    period certain not greater than 

                                       65

<PAGE>



                                    the life expectancy of the Designated 
                                    Beneficiary commencing on or before December
                                    31 of the calendar year immediately 
                                    following the calendar year in which the 
                                    Participant died.

                           (2)      If the Designated Beneficiary is the
                                    Participant's surviving spouse, the date
                                    distributions are required to begin in
                                    accordance with (1) above shall not be
                                    earlier than the later of (A) December 31 of
                                    the calendar year immediately following the
                                    calendar year in which the Participant died
                                    and (B) December 31 of the calendar year in
                                    which the Participant would have attained
                                    age seventy and one-half (70 1/2).

                  If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to this
                  Section 8.5(d)(ii) by the time of his or her death, the
                  Participant's Designated Beneficiary must elect the method of
                  distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of
                  the calendar year in which distributions would be required to
                  begin under this Section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar
                  year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death
                  of the Participant. If the Participant has no Designated
                  Beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a
                  method of distribution, distribution of the Participant's
                  entire interest must be completed by December 31 of the
                  calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
                  Participant's death.

                  (iii)    For purposes of Section 8.5(d)(ii) above, if the
                           surviving spouse dies after the Participant, but
                           before payments to such spouse begin, the provisions
                           of Section 8.5(d)(ii), with the exception of
                           subparagraph (2) thereof, shall be applied as if the
                           surviving spouse were the Participant.

                  (iv)     For purposes of this Section 8.5(d), any amount paid
                           to a child of the Participant will be treated as if
                           it had been paid to the Surviving Spouse if the
                           amount becomes payable to the Surviving Spouse when
                           the child reaches the age of majority.

                  (v)      For purposes of this Section 8.5(d), distribution of
                           a Participant's interest is considered to begin on
                           the Participant's Required Beginning Date (or, if
                           Section 8.5(d)(iii) above is applicable, the date
                           distribution is required to begin to the surviving
                           spouse pursuant to Section 8.5(d)(ii) above). If
                           distribution in the form of an annuity irrevocably
                           commences to the Participant before the Required
                           Beginning Date, the date distribution is considered
                           to begin is the date distribution actually commences.

         (e)      Definitions. For purposes of this Section 8.5, the following
                  terms shall have the following meanings:


                                       66

<PAGE>



                  (i)      Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is
                           designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan in
                           accordance with section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                           regulations thereunder.

                  (ii)     Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which
                           a minimum distribution is required. For distributions
                           beginning before the Participant's death, the first
                           distribution calendar year is the calendar year
                           immediately preceding the calendar year which
                           contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date.
                           For distributions beginning after the Participant's
                           death, the first distribution calendar year is the
                           calendar year in which distributions are required to
                           begin pursuant to Section 8.5(d) above.

                  (iii)    Life expectancy. The life expectancy (or joint and
                           last survivor expectancy) calculated using the
                           attained age of the Participant (or Designated
                           Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or Designated
                           Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable calendar
                           year. The applicable calendar year shall be the first
                           distribution calendar year. If annuity payments
                           commerce before the required beginning date, the
                           applicable calendar year is the year such payments
                           commence. Life expectancy and joint and last survivor
                           expectancy are computed by use of the expected return
                           multiples in Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the
                           Income Tax Regulations.

                           Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or
                           spouse, in the case of distributions described in
                           Section 8.5(d)(ii)(2) above) by the time
                           distributions are required to begin, life
                           expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such
                           election shall be irrevocable as to the Participant
                           (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years.
                           The life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may
                           not be recalculated.

                  (iv)     Participant's benefit.

                           (A)      The account balance as of the last valuation
                                    date in the calendar year immediately
                                    preceding the distribution calendar year
                                    (valuation calendar year) increased by the
                                    amount of any contributions or forfeitures
                                    allocated to the account balance as of dates
                                    in the valuation calendar year after the
                                    valuation date and decreased by
                                    distributions made in the valuation calendar
                                    year after the valuation date.

                           (B)      Exception for second distribution calendar
                                    year. For purposes of paragraph (A) above,
                                    if any portion of the minimum distribution
                                    for the first distribution calendar year is
                                    made in the second distribution calendar
                                    year on or before the Required Beginning
                                    Date, the amount

                                                        67

<PAGE>



                                    of the minimum distribution made in the
                                    second distribution calendar year shall be
                                    treated as if it had been made in the
                                    immediately preceding distribution calendar
                                    year.

                  (v)      Required Beginning Date.

                           (A)      General rule. The Required Beginning Date of
                                    a Participant is the first day of April of
                                    the calendar year following the calendar
                                    year in which the Participant attains age
                                    seventy and one-half (70 1/2).

                           (B)      Transitional rules. The Required Beginning
                                    Date of a Participant who attains age
                                    seventy and one-half (70 1/2) before January
                                    1, 1988, shall be determined in accordance
                                    with (1) or (2) below:

                                    (1)     Non-Five percent owners. The
                                            Required Beginning Date of a
                                            Participant who is not a five
                                            percent (5%) owner is the first day
                                            of April of the calendar year
                                            following the calendar year in which
                                            the later of retirement or
                                            attainment of age of seventy and
                                            one-half (70 1/2) occurs.

                                    (2)     Five percent owners. The required
                                            beginning date of a Participant who
                                            is a five percent (5%) owner during
                                            any year beginning after December
                                            31, 1979, is the first day of April
                                            following the later of:

                                            (i)      the calendar year in which
                                                     the Participant attains age
                                                     seventy and one-half 
                                                     (70 1/2), or

                                            (ii)     the earlier of the calendar
                                                     year with or within which
                                                     ends the plan year in which
                                                     the Participant becomes a
                                                     five percent (5%) owner, or
                                                     the calendar year in which
                                                     the Participant retires.

                                            The Required Beginning Date of a
                                            Participant who is not a five
                                            percent (5%) owner who attains age
                                            seventy and one-half (70 1/2) during
                                            1988 and who has not retired as of
                                            January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.

                           (C)      Five percent owner. A Participant is treated
                                    as a five percent (5%) owner for purposes of
                                    this Section if such Participant is a five
                                    percent (5%) owner as defined in section
                                    416(i) of the Code but without regard to
                                    whether the Plan is top-heavy) at any time
                                    during the Plan Year ending with or within
                                    the calendar year in which such 

                                       68

<PAGE>



                                    owner attains age sixty-six and
                                    one-half (66 1/2) or any subsequent Plan
                                    Year.

                           (D)      Once distributions have begun to a five
                                    percent (5%) owner under this Section, they
                                    must continue to be distributed, even if the
                                    Participant ceases to be a five percent (5%)
                                    owner in a subsequent year.

         (f)      Transitional Rule. Notwithstanding the other requirements of
                  this Section and subject to the requirements of Section 8.2,
                  distribution on behalf of any Employee, including a five
                  percent (5%) owner, may be made in accordance with all of the
                  following requirements (regardless of when such distribution
                  commences):

                  (i)      The distribution by the trust is one which would not
                           have disqualified such trust under section 401(a)(9)
                           of the Code as in effect prior to amendment by the
                           Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

                  (ii)     The distribution is in accordance with a method of
                           distribution designated by the Employee whose
                           interest in the trust is being distributed or, if the
                           Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such
                           Employee.

                  (iii)    Such designation was in writing, was signed by the
                           Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before
                           January 1, 1984.

                  (iv)     The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as
                           of December 31, 1983.

                  (v)      The method of distribution designated by the Employee
                           or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which
                           distribution will commence, the period over which
                           distributions will be made, and in the case of any
                           distribution upon the Employee's death, the
                           Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of
                           priority.

         A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule
         unless the information in the designation contains the required
         information described above with respect to the distributions to be
         made upon the death of the Employee.

         For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but
         continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the Beneficiary, to
         who such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have
         designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is
         being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and
         the distribution satisfies the requirements in Subsections (i) through
         (v) above.


                                       69

<PAGE>



         If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy
         the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
         thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date
         distributions are required to begin, the trust must distribute by the
         end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
         revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have
         been required to have been distributed to satisfy section 401(a)(9) of
         the Code and the regulations thereunder, but for the election under
         section 242(b)(2) of Pub. L. No. 97-248. For calendar years beginning
         after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum
         distribution incidental benefit requirements in section 1.401(a)(9)-2
         of the Income Tax Regulations. Any changes in the designation will be
         considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere
         substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the
         designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a
         revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition
         does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under
         the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the
         relevant measuring life). The rules of Q&A J-2 and J-3 of Income Tax
         Regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-1 shall apply to rollovers and
         transfers from one plan to another.

8.6      Available Forms of Distribution

         (a)      If pursuant to Section 8.3, the Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan
                  exempt from the Automatic Annuity Rules of Section 8.2, the
                  normal form of distribution shall be a lump sum distribution.
                  Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, in lieu
                  of the lump sum distribution, a Participant or Beneficiary may
                  elect to receive installment payments payable monthly,
                  quarterly, semi-annually or annually.

         (b)      If the Plan is subject to the Automatic Annuity Rules of
                  Section 8.2, the normal form of distribution shall be the
                  applicable form of Automatic Annuity under Section 8.2. In
                  lieu of the Automatic Annuity, a Participant or Beneficiary
                  may elect a lump sum distribution or such other available
                  forms of distribution as are set forth below or as are
                  specified in the Adoption Agreement. Any such election by a
                  Participant must be accompanied by the written consent of his
                  spouse (consistent with the requirements for a Qualified
                  Election under Section 8.2).

                  The available forms of distribution shall be:

                  (i)      a joint and 100% survivor annuity contract purchased
                           from an insurance company selected by the Committee.

                  (ii)     a single life annuity contract purchased from an
                           insurance company selected by the Committee.


                                       70

<PAGE>



                  (iii)    a single life annuity contract, with 10 years
                           guaranteed, purchased from an insurance company
                           selected by the Committee.

                  (iv)     installments payable monthly, quarterly,
                           semi-annually or annually.

8.7      Certain Distributions

         In the event a distribution of an account balance made to or on behalf
         of a Participant prior to the attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half
         (59 1/2) would be subject to the ten percent (10%) penalty tax set
         forth in section 72(t) or 72(m)(5) of the Code, the Participant may,
         within sixty (60) days of the distribution date, request that the
         distribution be transferred to another qualified retirement plan or an
         Individual Retirement Account as a rollover contribution if the
         distribution satisfies the requirements of section 402(a)(5) of the
         Code.

8.8      Forfeitures

         Any balance in the Regular Account, Employer Discretionary Contribution
         Account or in the Employer Matching Contribution Account, if any, of a
         Participant who is separated from service, to which he is not entitled
         under the foregoing provisions, shall be forfeited and applied as
         provided in Sections 3.2 and 4.2 of this Plan, and Section X(E) of the
         Dreyfus Standardized/Paired Prototype Target Benefit Plan and Trust
         Adoption Agreement.



                                   ARTICLE IX.
                                 DEATH BENEFITS

9.1      Payment to Beneficiary

         (a)      Subject to the provisions of Article VIII, upon the death of a
                  Participant, such Participant's account balance shall be paid
                  to his designated Beneficiary or if no such Beneficiary is
                  designated or survives the Participant, to the legal
                  representative of such Participant's estate. Such payment
                  shall commence as soon as practicable after the Participant's
                  death and after the Trustee is given such documentation as may
                  be required under the provisions of the Trust Agreement or
                  Custodial Agreement.

         (b)      Subject to the provisions of the Custodial Agreement if the
                  Plan is an Easy Retirement Plan, the Committee may prescribe
                  the manner in which a Beneficiary is to be designated in
                  writing and the Custodial Agreement, may prescribe the manner
                  in which such designations shall be filed. Notwithstanding the
                  foregoing, any designation (or change of designation) of a
                  Beneficiary must be consented to

                                       71

<PAGE>



                  by the Participant's Spouse pursuant to a Qualified Election
                  under Section 8.2, if such Beneficiary is not the
                  Participant's Spouse.

9.2      Method of Payment

         Subject to the provisions of Article VIII, death benefits may be paid
         in any mode of benefit payment provided for in this Plan as elected by
         the Participant or Beneficiary, except in the event of the death of the
         Participant after payments have commenced under an annuity contract, by
         the Beneficiary.



                                   ARTICLE X.
                      PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS; ROLLOVERS

10.1     Voluntary Contributions

         (a)      Effective for Plan Years beginning January 1, 1987,
                  non-deductible Voluntary Contributions shall not be permitted
                  under this Plan. A separate Account shall be maintained for
                  Voluntary Contributions made prior to such time. Such Account
                  shall be nonforfeitable at all times.

         (b)      A Participant may make withdrawals from the Voluntary Account
                  at such time as the Committee shall designate, but not more
                  than quarterly during a Plan Year provided that no single
                  withdrawal shall be less than the total amount available for
                  withdrawal under the other limitations of this Section 10.1 or
                  five hundred dollars ($500), whichever is less.
                  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Plan is an Easy
                  Retirement Plan, a Participant may make such a withdrawal at
                  any time.

         (c)      If the Plan is subject to the Automatic Annuity rules of
                  Section 8.2, the written consent of the Participant's spouse
                  (consistent with the requirements for a Qualified Election
                  under Section 8.2) must be obtained with respect to any
                  withdrawal.

         (d)      No forfeitures of amounts allocated to Participants from
                  Employer contributions and earnings thereon, shall occur
                  solely as a result of a Participant's withdrawal of voluntary
                  contributions.

         (e)      Voluntary Contributions for Plan years beginning after
                  December 31, 1986 shall be subject to the Contribution
                  Percentage tests and the rules applicable to Excess Aggregate
                  Contributions set forth in Section 4.7.


                                       72

<PAGE>



10.2     Voluntary Tax-Deductible Contributions

         (a)      Voluntary Tax-Deductible Contributions (within the meaning of
                  section 72(o)(5)(A) of the Code) shall not be permitted under
                  this Plan for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.
                  A separate Voluntary Tax-Deductible Account shall be
                  established for such contributions made for taxable years
                  beginning on or before December 31, 1986. Such Account shall
                  be nonforfeitable at all times. However, no part of the
                  Voluntary Tax-Deductible Account will be used to purchase life
                  insurance or available for loans under Article XII.

         (b)      The Participant may withdraw any part of the Voluntary
                  Tax-Deductible Account by making written application to the
                  Committee. If the Plan is subject to the Automatic Annuity
                  Rules of Section 8.2, the written consent of the Participant's
                  Spouse (consistent with the requirements of a Qualified
                  Election under Section 8.2) must be obtained to any withdrawal
                  made after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on
                  or after January 1, 1989.

10.3     Transfers From Other Trusts

         Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, the Committee
         may, in its discretion, direct the Trustee to accept a rollover
         contribution described in sections 401(a)(31), 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4) or
         408(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code or a direct transfer of funds from a
         qualified retirement plan, provided that, in the opinion of counsel for
         the Employer, the transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt status of
         the Plan or create adverse tax consequences to the Employer. The
         Committee shall exercise such discretion in a uniform and
         nondiscriminatory manner. A transfer or rollover contribution may be
         made on behalf of an Employee eligible to participate in the Plan who
         has not met the age and service requirements, if any, for
         participation. Such an Employee shall become a Participant on the date
         the Trustee accepts the rollover contribution or transfer for all
         purposes, except that no employer or employee contributions shall be
         made by or on behalf of such Employee and such Employee shall not share
         in Plan forfeitures until he has completed the age and service
         requirements for participation and become a Participant. A rollover
         contribution or transfer shall be maintained in a Participant's
         Rollover Account and Transfer Account, respectively. Notwithstanding
         the preceding sentence, amounts attributable to voluntary deductible
         employee contributions shall be maintained in a Participant's Voluntary
         Tax-Deductible Account.

         A Participant may take withdrawals from the Rollover Account at such
         time as the Committee shall designate, but not more than quarterly
         during a Plan Year, provided that no single withdrawal shall be less
         than the total amount available for withdrawal or five hundred dollars
         ($500) whichever is less. If the Plan is subject to the Automatic
         Annuity Rules of Section 8.2 and the Participant is married, the
         request for withdrawal must be consented to in writing by the
         Participant's spouse. Notwithstanding the preceding

                                       73

<PAGE>



         sentence, if the Plan is an Easy Retirement Plan, a Participant may
         make such a withdrawal at any time.

         Unless indicated otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, distributions
         shall be made from the Transfer Account upon meeting the requirements
         set forth under Articles VIII and IX of the Plan. If the Plan is
         subject to the Automatic Annuity Rules of Section 8.2 and the
         Participant is married, the request for distribution must be consented
         to in writing by the Participant's spouse.

         The written consent of the Participant's spouse (consistent with the
         requirements for a Qualified Election under Section 8.2) must be
         obtained with respect to any withdrawal.



                                   ARTICLE XI.
                               INSURANCE POLICIES

11.1     Policy Procurement

         The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to have the provisions
         of this Article XI apply. If so authorized, the Committee may elect to
         provide all Active Participants with the option of having life
         insurance or annuity contracts (hereinafter referred to as "policy")
         purchased on their behalf from a legal reserve life insurance company.

11.2     Rules and Regulations

         The following rules shall be applicable to the acquisition, handling
         and disposition of any policy:

         (a)      The basic options, cash surrender values and other material
                  features of all policies shall be as nearly uniform as
                  possible. No endowment policies shall be purchased.

         (b)      The Trustee shall be designated as the sole owner of any
                  policy purchased hereunder. However, all benefits, rights,
                  privileges and options under such policy and any dividends or
                  credits earned in insurance contracts will be allocated to the
                  Participant's account balance derived from Employer
                  contributions for whose benefit the contract is held.
                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in computing
                  the amount of the vested interest of any Participant, the cash
                  surrender value of any policy shall be included in the
                  Participant's account balance. The applicable vested interest
                  percentage shall be applied to this sum. The product of this
                  computation shall then constitute the Participant's vested
                  interest.


                                       74

<PAGE>



         (c)      Payments made to any insurance company with respect to any
                  such policy shall constitute an investment of the funds
                  credited to the account balance of the Participant on whose
                  behalf it was purchased and his account balance derived from
                  Employer contributions shall accordingly be reduced by any
                  such payments.

         (d)      If the policy or policies purchased are ordinary life
                  insurance, the aggregate premiums payable with respect to such
                  policy or policies may not equal or exceed fifty percent (50%)
                  of the aggregate Employer contributions and forfeitures
                  credited to such Participant's account balance, exclusive of
                  investment earnings. A Participant may upon consultation with
                  the Committee and with its consent modify or terminate this
                  election at any time. If the policy purchased is term or
                  universal life insurance, the phrase "twenty-five percent
                  (25%)" shall be substituted for the phrase "fifty percent
                  (50%)." If the policy or policies purchased are ordinary life
                  insurance and term insurance, the sum of one-half (1/2) the
                  ordinary life premiums and the term premiums may not exceed
                  twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Employer
                  contributions and forfeitures credited to such Participant's
                  account balance, exclusive of investment earnings. For
                  purposes of these incidental insurance provisions, ordinary
                  life insurance contracts are contracts with both nondecreasing
                  death benefits and nonincreasing premiums.

         (e)      If a Participant is not insurable as a standard risk but may
                  nevertheless be eligible for insurance coverage at an extra
                  rating because of excess mortality hazards, the Committee, in
                  its discretion, may agree or not agree to obtain insurance.
                  The insurance to be purchased for a substandard life shall not
                  exceed the face amount that could have been purchased by the
                  premium that would have been available for the purchase of
                  insurance had the Participant not been rated a substandard
                  life. In determining whether or not to purchase insurance, the
                  Committee shall not discriminate and shall accord uniform
                  treatment to all of its Participants in a similar situation.

11.3     Transfer of Policies

         (a)      Upon the Participant's retirement, the Trustee shall, upon
                  instructions from the Committee, either transfer and deliver
                  to the Participant any policy held on his behalf (with such
                  endorsements as the Committee may direct), convert such policy
                  to an annuity, or surrender such policy, in which case the
                  cash proceeds thereof shall be included as part of the account
                  balance of such Participant and distributed accordingly.

         (b)      The Committee shall offer to a vested Participant any policy
                  held in his behalf at a price equal to the total cash
                  surrender value of such policy. If the Participant elects to
                  purchase such policy, the Trustee shall, upon instructions
                  from the Committee, transfer ownership of the policy to such
                  Participant, endorsed so as to 

                                       75

<PAGE>


                  vest in the transferee all right, title and interest thereto,
                  free and clear of the Trust. If the Participant declines to
                  purchase such policy, the Trustee shall, upon instructions
                  from the Committee, liquidate the policy for its cash
                  surrender value; transfer the policy to the Participant as a
                  distribution of benefits; or if the Participant has terminated
                  employment with the Employer other than by reason of
                  retirement, death or disability, place the policy on a paid-up
                  basis. The Committee may direct the Trustee to designate
                  itself, if not so designated, as Beneficiary under such policy
                  for the period prior to the date on which it is liquidated.

         (c)      Subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity Rules of
                  Section 8.2, the contracts on a Participant's life will be
                  converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the
                  Participant upon commencement of benefits.

11.4     Payment Upon Death

         Subject to the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity Rules of
         Section 8.2, all death benefits payable under any policy held on behalf
         of a deceased Participant shall be paid to his Beneficiary. Such
         benefits may, as the Committee shall determine, be paid either to the
         Trust Fund, in which case the cash proceeds thereof shall be included
         as part of vested account balance of such Participant and distributed
         accordingly, or directly by the insurance company to the Beneficiary
         pursuant to the settlement option in effect at the time of the
         Participant's death. In the absence of such election, the benefits may
         be paid in a lump sum or under any other settlement option contained in
         such policy, as determined by the Committee.

11.5     Plan Provisions Control

         In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the
         terms of any policy issued hereunder, the Plan provisions shall
         control.



                                  ARTICLE XII.
                                      LOANS

12.1     Loans to Participants

         If permitted under the Adoption Agreement, the Committee, in its
         discretion, may authorize and direct the Trustee to grant loans to
         Participants and Beneficiaries in accordance with written rules
         established by the Committee. Such loans:


                                       76

<PAGE>



         (a)      Shall not exceed the lesser of:

                  (1)      fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) reduced by the
                           excess, if any, of (i) the highest outstanding
                           balance of loans from the Plan during the one (1)
                           year period ending on the day before the date on
                           which such loan was made, over (ii) the outstanding
                           balance of loans from the Plan on the date such loan
                           was made, or

                  (2)      one-half (1/2) of the Participant's or Beneficiary's
                           vested interest under the Plan.

                           For this purpose, all plans of the Employer and
                           Affiliated Employers shall be treated as a single
                           plan.

         (b)      Shall be evidenced by a promissory note, secured by an
                  assignment of a portion of the Participant's or Beneficiary's
                  vested interest in the Plan, other than a Voluntary
                  Tax-Deductible Account (effective for loans granted or renewed
                  after October 18, 1989, the portion of a Participant's or
                  Beneficiary's vested interest which may be used as security
                  for a loan hereunder shall not exceed fifty percent (50%));

         (c)      Shall bear a reasonable rate of interest as determined by the
                  Committee to be a rate of interest commensurate with the
                  interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending
                  money for loans which would be made under similar
                  circumstances; and

         (d)      Shall require substantially level repayments of principal and
                  interest (with repayments made not less frequently than
                  quarterly) over a period not to exceed five (5) years. Any
                  such loan shall be nonrenewable except that if the loan was
                  originally granted for a period of less than five (5) years,
                  then the same may be renewed, in the discretion of the
                  Committee, for a period of time equal to the difference
                  between five (5) years and the duration of the original loan.
                  The five (5) year repayment period shall not apply to any loan
                  used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable
                  period of time is to be used (to be determined at the time the
                  loan is made) as the principal residence of the Participant.

         If the Plan is subject to the Automatic Annuity Rules of Section 8.2,
         the written consent of the Participant's spouse (consistent with the
         requirements for a Qualified Election under Section 8.2) must be
         obtained within the ninety (90) day period ending on the date the
         account balance is used as security for the loan. Such consent shall
         thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or any
         subsequent spouse. However, a new consent shall be required if the
         account balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal or other
         revision of the loan.

                                       77

<PAGE>




         If Participant-directed investments have been elected in the Adoption
         Agreement, loans shall be treated as an investment of one or more of
         the borrower's separate Accounts, in accordance with rules established
         by the Committee. Repayments of principal and interest shall be
         allocated solely to the Account(s) of the borrower from which such loan
         was made, and any loss caused by non-payment or default shall be
         charged solely to such Account(s). Otherwise, all loans hereunder shall
         be treated as an investment of the Fund.

12.2     Provisions to be Applied in a Uniform and Nondiscriminatory Manner

         In deciding whether or not to grant any request for a loan hereunder,
         the Committee shall be guided by procedures and criteria designed to
         assure that the loans shall be made available to all Participants and
         Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis and shall not be
         available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the
         amount made available to other Employees.

12.3     Satisfaction of Loan

         In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of the
         security will not occur until a distributable event occurs under the
         terms of the Plan.

         If spousal consent (consistent with the requirements for a Qualified
         Election under Section 8.2) has been obtained, then, notwithstanding
         any other provision of the Plan, the portion of the Participant's
         vested account balance used as security for a loan shall be taken into
         account for purposes of determining the amount of the account balance
         payable at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction
         is used as repayment of the loan. If less than one hundred percent
         (100%) of the Participant's vested account balance (determined without
         regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse,
         then the account balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the vested
         account balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of the
         loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

12.4     Loans to Owner-Employees or Shareholder-Employees

         No loan shall be granted to an Owner-Employee or Shareholder-Employee
         unless an exemption has been obtained for such loan from the Secretary
         of Labor under Section 408 of the Act (and such loan is exempt from the
         excise tax imposed under Section 4975 of the Code).



                                       78

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE XIII.
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

As specified in the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of this Article XIII will
either (1) always supersede any conflicting provisions in the Plan or (2) only
supersede such conflicting provisions in any Plan Year beginning after 1983,
during which the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy.

13.1     Definitions

         For purposes of this Article and Article XVII, the following words
         shall have the following meanings:

         (a)      "Compensation" shall mean Compensation as defined in Article I
                  as limited by section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

         (b)      "Determination Date" shall mean (1) the last day of the
                  preceding Plan Year, or (2) in the case of the first Plan Year
                  of any Plan, the last day of such Plan Year.

         (c)      "Employer" shall mean the Employer and all Affiliated
                  Employers.

         (d)      "Key Employee" shall mean any Employee or former Employee (and
                  the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the
                  Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four (4)
                  preceding Plan Years was:

                  (1)      An officer of the Employer if such individual's
                           annual compensation exceeds fifty percent (50%) of
                           the dollar limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A) of
                           the Code (provided that the number of employees
                           treated as officers shall be no more than fifty (50)
                           or, if fewer, the greater of three (3) employees or
                           ten percent (10%) of all employees);

                  (2)      An owner (or considered an owner under section 318 of
                           the Code) of at least a one-half of one percent (.5%)
                           interest and one of the ten (10) largest interests in
                           the Employer if such individual's annual compensation
                           exceeds one hundred percent (100%) of the dollar
                           limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code;

                  (3)      A five percent (5%) owner of the Employer; or

                  (4)      A one percent (1%) owner of the Employer who has an
                           annual compensation of more than one hundred fifty
                           thousand dollars ($150,000).

                  For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation as
                  defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including
                  amounts excludible from the Employee's gross

                                       79

<PAGE>



                  income by reason of sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b)
                  of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will
                  be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and
                  the regulations thereunder.

         (d)      "Non-Key Employee" shall mean any Employee who is not a Key
                  Employee.

         (e)      "Permissive Aggregation Group" shall mean the Required
                  Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the
                  Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required
                  Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements
                  of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

         (f)      "Present Value" shall be based on the interest and mortality
                  table specified in the Employer's qualified defined benefit
                  plan for Top-Heavy purposes, or if such assumptions are not
                  specified in the Employer's qualified defined benefit plan,
                  Present Value shall be based on the assumptions specified in
                  the Adoption Agreement.

         (g)      "Required Aggregation Group" shall mean (1) each qualified
                  plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee
                  participates or participated at any time during the
                  determination period (regardless of whether the Plan has
                  terminated), and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer
                  which enables a plan described in (1) to meet the requirements
                  of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

         (h)      "Super Top-Heavy Plan": For any Plan Year after 1983, this
                  Plan is Super Top-Heavy if the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan,
                  the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation
                  Group, as applicable, exceeds ninety percent (90%).

         (i)      "Top-Heavy": For any Plan Year beginning after 1983, this Plan
                  is Top-Heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

                  (1)      If the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty
                           percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any
                           Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation
                           Group of plans.

                  (2)      If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation
                           Group of plans, but not part of a Permissive
                           Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the
                           group of plans exceeds sixty percent (60%).

                  (3)      If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation
                           Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of
                           plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive
                           Aggregation Group exceeds sixty percent (60%).


                                       80

<PAGE>



         (j)      "Top-Heavy Ratio":

                  (1)      If the Employer maintains one or more defined
                           contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee
                           Pension Plan) and the Employer has not maintained any
                           defined benefit plan which during the five (5) year
                           period ending on the Determination Date has or has
                           had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this
                           Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive
                           Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the
                           numerator of which is the sum of the account balances
                           of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date
                           (including any part of any account balance
                           distributed in the five (5) year period ending on the
                           Determination Date, and the denominator of which is
                           the sum of all account balances (including any part
                           of any account balance distributed in the five (5)
                           year period ending on the Determination Date, both
                           computed in accordance with section 416 of the Code
                           and the regulations thereunder. Both the numerator
                           and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased
                           to reflect any contribution not actually made as of
                           the Determination Date, but which is required to be
                           taken into account on that date under section 416 of
                           the Code and the regulations thereunder.

                  (2)      If the Employer maintains one or more defined
                           contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee
                           Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains or has
                           maintained one or more defined benefit plans which
                           during the five (5) year period ending on the
                           Determination Date has or has had any accrued
                           benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or
                           Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a
                           fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of
                           account balances under the aggregated defined
                           contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees
                           determined in accordance with (d) above, and the
                           Present Value of accrued benefits under the
                           aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all
                           employees as of the Determination Date, and the
                           denominator of which is the sum of the account
                           balances under the aggregated defined contribution
                           plan or plans for all participants, determined in
                           accordance with (j)(1) above, and the Present Value
                           of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or
                           plans for all Participants as of the Determination
                           Date, all determined in accordance with section 416
                           of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The
                           accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both
                           the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio
                           are increased for any distribution of an accrued
                           benefit made in the five (5) year period ending on
                           the Determination Date.

                  (3)      For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of
                           account balances and the Present Value of accrued
                           benefits will be determined as of the most recent
                           Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the
                           twelve (12) month period

                                       81

<PAGE>



                           ending on the Determination Date, except as provided
                           in section 416 of the Code and the regulations
                           thereunder for the first and second Plan years of a
                           defined benefit plan. The account balances and
                           accrued benefits of a participant who is not a Key
                           Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year,
                           or has not been credited with at least one Hour of
                           Service for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any
                           time during the five (5) year period ending on the
                           Determination Date will be disregarded. The
                           calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to
                           which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are
                           taken into account will be made in accordance with
                           section 416 of the Code and the regulations
                           thereunder. Deductible Employee contributions will
                           not be taken into account for purposes of computing
                           the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans the value
                           of account balances and accrued benefits will be
                           calculated with references to the Determination Date
                           that falls within the same calendar year.

                  (4)      Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or
                           any other plan included in a Required Aggregation
                           Group of which this Plan is a part, is Top-Heavy
                           (within the meaning of section 416(g) of the Code)
                           the accrued benefit of a Non-Key Employee shall be
                           determined under (a) the method, if any, that
                           uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all
                           plans maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is
                           no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more
                           rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under
                           the fractional accrual rate of section 411(b)(1)(C)
                           of the Code.

         (k)      "Valuation Date" shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and
                  is the day on which account balances and accrued benefits are
                  valued for purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio.

13.2     Vesting Schedules

         For any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, one of the Top Heavy
         minimum vesting schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption
         Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan. The Top Heavy Minimum
         vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of section
         411(a)(7) of the Code except those attributable to Employee
         contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of
         section 416 of the Code and benefits accrued before the Plan became
         Top-Heavy. Further, no reduction in a vested benefit may occur in the
         event the Plan's status as Top-Heavy changes for any Plan Year.
         However, this Section does not apply to the account balance of any
         Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has
         initially become Top-Heavy and such Employee's account balance
         attributable to Employer contributions and forfeitures will be
         determined without regard to this Section.


                                       82

<PAGE>



13.3     Minimum Allocation

         (a)      Except as otherwise provided in (b), (c) and (d) below, when
                  the Plan is Top-Heavy the Employer contributions and
                  forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is a
                  Non-Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three
                  percent (3%) of such Participant's Compensation or, if neither
                  the Employer nor an Affiliated Employer maintains a defined
                  benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy sections
                  401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, the largest percentage of
                  Employer contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of the
                  Key Employee's Compensation, as limited by section 401(a)(17)
                  of the Code allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that
                  year. For purposes of determining whether a Plan is Top-Heavy,
                  Elective Deferrals are considered Employer contributions.
                  However, neither Elective Deferrals nor Matching Contributions
                  may be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the three
                  percent (3%) minimum Top-Heavy contributions requirements for
                  Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989.

                  The Minimum Allocation is determined without regard to a
                  Social Security contribution. This Minimum Allocation shall be
                  made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Participant
                  would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or
                  would have received a lesser allocation for the year because
                  of (1) the Participant's failure to complete one thousand
                  (1,000) Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided in the
                  Plan), (2) the Participant's failure to make mandatory
                  employee contributions, or (3) the Participant's Compensation
                  is less than a stated amount.

         (b)      The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any Participant
                  who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the
                  Plan Year.

         (c)      If the Employer maintains a qualified defined benefit plan and
                  this Plan is Top- Heavy, but is not Super Top-Heavy, each
                  Participant who is a Non-Key Employee and is not covered by
                  the defined benefit plan shall receive the Minimum Allocation
                  under (a) above, except that "four percent (4%) "shall be
                  substituted for "three percent (3%)".

         (d)      The provision in (a) above shall not apply with respect to any
                  Participant covered under any other qualified plan or plans of
                  the Employer other than a paired plan of the Sponsor and the
                  adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement that
                  the minimum Top Heavy allocation or benefit will be met in the
                  other plan or plans.

                  If the Employer maintains a qualified defined benefit plan,
                  other than Sponsor's paired defined benefit plan 02001, and
                  the adopting Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to
                  provide the Top Heavy minimum allocation or benefit

                                       83

<PAGE>



                  under this Plan, then with respect to participants covered
                  under both plans, "five percent (5%)" shall be substituted for
                  "three percent (3%)" in (a) above if the Plan is Super Top
                  Heavy and "seven and one-half percent (7 1/2%)" shall be
                  substituted for "three percent (3%)" in (a) above if the Plan
                  is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

         (e)      The Minimum Allocation required (to the extent nonforfeitable
                  under section 416(b) of the Code) may not be forfeited under
                  section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D) of the Code.

13.4     Adjustment to Defined Benefit Fraction and Defined Contribution
         Fraction under section 6.4.

         If the Plan is Super Top-Heavy, then "one-hundred percent (100%)" shall
         be substituted for "one hundred twenty-five percent (125%)" in the
         denominator of the Defined Benefit Fraction and the Defined
         Contribution Fraction under Section 6.4.



                                  ARTICLE XIV.
                                  THE COMMITTEE

14.1     Creation of a Committee

         The Employer may appoint a person or persons to act as the Committee
         and serve at its pleasure. If no such Committee is appointed, the
         Employer shall act as the Committee. The Employer shall notify the
         Trustee of the appointment of the original members of the Committee and
         of each change in the membership of the Committee. Vacancies in the
         Committee shall be filled by the Employer.

14.2     Committee Action

         In the event that the Employer appoints such person or persons to act
         as the Committee, such Committee shall act by a majority of its members
         at a meeting (which can be by telephone) or in writing without a
         meeting. A member of the Committee who is also a Participant of the
         Plan shall not vote or act as a member of the Committee upon any matter
         relating solely to his rights or benefits under the Plan.

14.3     Authorized Signatory

         Except as otherwise provided in Section 14.10, the Committee may
         designate a person or persons who shall be authorized to sign any
         document in the name of the Committee. The 

                                       84

<PAGE>



         Trustee shall be fully protected in relying upon any notice,
         instruction or certification from the Committee or executed pursuant to
         the provisions of this Section.

14.4     Powers and Duties

         The Committee shall have such powers and duties as are necessary for
         the proper administration of the Plan, including but not limited to the
         power to make decisions with respect to the application and
         interpretation of the Plan. The Committee shall be empowered to
         establish rules and regulations for the transactions of its business
         and for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the
         Committee with respect to the interpretation, application, or
         administration of the Plan shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon
         each person or party interested or concerned.

14.5     Nondiscrimination

         Where provisions of this Plan are at the discretion of the Committee,
         all Participants shall be treated in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
         manner.

14.6     Records and Reports

         The Committee shall maintain such records as may be necessary for
         proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for
         supplying all information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service,
         Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required
         by law. Employees may examine records pertaining directing to them.

14.7     Reliance on Professional Advice

         The Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the advice or
         opinion of any consultant, accountant, or attorney and such persons may
         also act in their respective professional capacities as advisors to the
         Employer.

14.8     Payment of Expenses

         All expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless
         paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident
         to the duties of the Committee, including, but not limited to, fees of
         consultants, accountants, and attorneys, and other costs of
         administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a
         liability of the Trust Fund. However, the Employer may reimburse the
         Trust Fund for any administration expense incurred. Any administration
         expense paid to the Trust Fund as a reimbursement shall not be
         considered an Employer contribution.

14.9     Limitation of Liability


                                       85

<PAGE>



         The Committee must discharge its duties solely in the interest of the
         Participants and their Beneficiaries. The Committee must carry out its
         duties with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under circumstances
         then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and
         familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of
         like character and with like aims. The Committee, however, shall not be
         liable for any acts or decisions based on the advice or opinion of any
         consultant, accountant or attorney employed by the Committee in their
         respective professional capacities as advisors to the Employer,
         provided, however, that the Committee did not violate its general
         fiduciary duty in selecting or retaining such advisor.

14.10    Payment Certification to Trustee

         The Committee shall provide written instruction to the Trustee with
         respect to all payments which become due under the terms of the Plan
         and shall direct the Trustee to make such payments from the Trust Fund.
         All orders, requests and instructions by the Committee to the Trustee
         shall be in writing and signed by an authorized member of the
         Committee.

         The Trustee shall act and shall be fully protected in acting in
         accordance with such orders, requests and instructions.

14.11    Claims Procedure

         A Participant or Beneficiary ("Claimant") may file a written claim for
         benefits with the Committee. If the Committee decides that a Claimant
         is not entitled to all or any part of the benefits claimed, it shall
         within ninety (90) days of receipt of such claim, inform the Claimant
         in writing of its determination; the reasons for its determination,
         including specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions; and the
         Plan's review procedures. The Claimant or his authorized personal
         representative shall be permitted to review pertinent documents and
         within sixty (60) days after receipt of the notice of denial of claim
         to request to appear personally before it or to submit such further
         information or comments to the Committee as will, in the Claimant's
         opinion establish his right to such benefits. The Committee will render
         its final decision with the specific reason therefore in writing and
         will transmit it to the claimant by certified mail within sixty (60)
         days (or one hundred twenty (120) days, if special circumstances
         require an extension of time and the claimant is given written notice
         within the initial sixty (60) day period) of any such appearance. If
         the final decision is not made within such period, it will be
         considered denied. If, upon review of a request for benefits hereunder,
         the Committee finds the Participant ineligible for such benefits, it
         shall inform the Participant in writing the reason or reasons for such
         denial. In the event any Participant or Beneficiary disagrees with the
         conclusions of the Committee, the Committee must reconsider their
         decision based on the facts and evidence presented to them by the
         Participant or Beneficiary. Further, the Committee must substantiate in
         writing to any Participant or Beneficiary who disagrees with the amount
         of his benefit the method under which the benefit computations were
         made.



                                       86

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XV.
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1     No Right of Continued Employment

         No Employee or Participant shall have any right or claim to any benefit
         under the Plan except in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.
         The adoption of the Plan shall not be construed as creating any
         contract of employment between the Employer and any Employee or
         otherwise conferring upon any Employee or other person any legal right
         to continuation of employment, nor as limiting or qualifying the right
         of the Employer to discharge any Employee without regard to the effect
         that such discharge might have upon his rights under the Plan.

15.2     Nonalienation of Interest

         No benefit or interest available hereunder will be subject to
         assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The
         preceding sentence shall not apply to loans made to the Participant
         under the Plan, or domestic relations orders which are determined by
         the Committee to be qualified domestic relations orders, as defined in
         section 414(p) of the Code and section 206(d)(3) of the Act, or were
         entered before January 1, 1985. Notwithstanding any provision in the
         Plan to the contrary, payments pursuant to a qualified domestic
         relations order may be made to an alternate payee prior to the time
         that the Plan may make payments to the affected Participant.

15.3     Incompetence of Participants and Beneficiaries

         If the Committee deems any person incapable of receiving benefits to
         which he is entitled by reason of minority, illness, infirmity, or
         other incapacity, it may direct the Trustee to make payment directly
         for the benefit of such person to a legal representative of such
         person. Such payment shall, to the extent thereof, discharge all
         liability of the Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and the Fund.

15.4     Unclaimed Benefits

         If any benefit hereunder has been payable and unclaimed for four (4)
         years since the whereabouts or continued existence of the person
         entitled thereto was last known to the Committee, such benefit shall be
         placed in a segregated, interest-bearing suspense account with no
         further attempts to uncover the whereabouts of the person entitled
         thereto. The Committee shall rely upon notification from the Department
         of Health, Education and Welfare as to the whereabouts of such person
         when he applies for benefits under the Social Security Act. The four
         (4) year period may be extended by the Committee whenever, in its
         discretion, special circumstances justify such action. The Committee
         shall make a 

                                       87

<PAGE>



         reasonable and diligent search for the Participant before any benefit
         is segregated. If a benefit is forfeited because the Participant or
         Beneficiary cannot be found, such benefit will be reinstated if a claim
         is made by the Participant or Beneficiary.

15.5     Separate Employer Trusts Maintained

         Except as provided in Section 16.5, the Plan of each Employer which
         adopts this Prototype Plan and corresponding Trust Agreement as part of
         its Plan shall be administered separately from those of any other
         Employer.

15.6     Governing Law

         The Plan shall be administered, construed and enforced to the state
         wherein the Trustee maintains its principal place of business, except
         to the extent preempted by the Act.

15.7     Severability

         Should any provision of the Plan or rules and regulations adopted
         thereunder be deemed or held to be unlawful or invalid for any reason,
         such fact shall not adversely affect the other provisions unless such
         invalidity shall render impossible or impractical the functioning of
         the Plan. In such case, the appropriate parties shall immediately adopt
         a new provision to take the place of the illegal or invalid provision.

15.8     Gender and Number

         The masculine pronoun wherever used shall include the feminine pronoun
         and the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include
         the singular, wherever appropriate to the context.

15.9     Titles and Headings

         The titles or headings of the respective Articles and Sections are
         inserted merely for convenience and shall be given no legal effect.

15.10    Failure of Employer's Plan to Qualify

         The use of this Prototype Plan and corresponding Trust Agreement shall
         be available only to the Plans of Employers which meet the requirements
         of section 401(a) of the Code. If the Employer's Plan fails to attain
         or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer participate in this
         Prototype Plan and will be considered an individually designed plan.


                                       88

<PAGE>



15.11    Exclusive Benefit

         Except as provided in Section 6.3, at no time shall any part of the
         corpus or income of the Fund be used for or diverted to purposes other
         than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
         Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of the Plan.

15.12    Action by Employer

         Any action, including the amendment or termination of the Plan as
         provided in Sections 16.1 and 16.2 of the Plan, by an Employer which is
         a corporation shall be taken by the board of directors of the
         corporation or any person or persons duly empowered to exercise the
         powers of the corporation with respect to the Plan. In the case of an
         Employer which is a partnership, any action, including the amendment or
         termination of the Plan as provided in Sections 16.1 and 16.2 of the
         Plan, shall be taken by any general partner or the partnership. In the
         case of an Employer which is a sole proprietorship, any action,
         including the amendment or termination of the Plan as provided in
         Sections 16.1 and 16.2 of the Plan, shall be taken by the sole
         proprietor.



                                   ARTICLE XVI
                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

16.1     Amendment

         (a)      The Employer expressly recognizes the authority of the Sponsor
                  to amend the Plan and the Trust Agreement or Custodial
                  Agreement from time to time, and the Employer shall be deemed
                  to have consented to any such amendment. The Employer shall
                  receive a written instrument indicating the amendment of the
                  Plan and Trust Agreement and such amendment shall become
                  effective as of the effective date of such instrument.

         (b)      The Employer reserves the right to amend the Plan at any time.
                  Except for (1) changes to the choice of options in the
                  Adoption Agreement, (2) amendments stated in the Adoption
                  Agreement which allow the Plan to satisfy section 415 of the
                  Code or to avoid duplication of minimums under section 416 of
                  the Code because of the required aggregation of multiple
                  plans, or (3) amendments published by the Internal Revenue
                  Service which specifically provide that their adoption will
                  not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed, an
                  Employer will no longer participate in the Prototype Plan and
                  will be considered to have an individually designed plan if it
                  amends the Plan or obtains a waiver of the minimum funding
                  requirement under Section 412(d) of the Code.

                                       89

<PAGE>


         (c)      Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, no
                  amendment shall:

                  (1)      Increase the responsibility of the Trustee without
                           the Trustee's written consent;

                  (2)      Have the effect of decreasing a Participant's account
                           balance or eliminating an optional form of benefit
                           with respect to accrued benefits, except to the
                           extent permitted by section 412(c)(8) of the Code;

                  (3)      In the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of
                           the later of the date such amendment is adopted or
                           the date it becomes effective, decrease the
                           nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such
                           date) of such Employee's right to his
                           Employer-derived account balance below his
                           non-forfeitable percentage computed under the Plan
                           without regard to such amendment;

                  (4)      Violate the exclusive benefit rule of Section 15.11.

16.2     Termination and Partial Termination

         The adopting Employer may, at any time, by written notice to the
         Trustee in such form as is acceptable to the Trustee, terminate the
         Plan and discontinue all further contributions hereunder. Upon
         termination or partial termination of the Plan or upon complete
         discontinuance of contributions to a Profit Sharing Plan, each affected
         Employee shall have a one hundred percent (100%) vested and
         nonforfeitable interest in his account balance. Upon a termination or
         partial termination of the Plan (and subject to the limitations of
         section 4.10 in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement qualified
         under section 401(k) of the Code), each affected Participant's account
         balance may be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Article
         VIII or, at the option of the Employer and with the Trustee's consent,
         shall continue to be held by the Trustee for distribution as authorized
         by Articles VIII and IX. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a
         Profit Sharing Plan which does not offer an annuity form of benefit
         (purchased from a commercial provider) may distribute each affected
         Participant's account balance immediately in a single sum without
         Participant consent, provided that neither the Employer nor any
         Affiliated Employer maintains another defined contribution plan, other
         than an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in section 4975(e)(7)
         of the Code). If either the Employer or any Affiliated Employer
         maintains another such defined contribution plan, then a Participant's
         account balance may be transferred to such plan without his consent if
         the Participant does not consent to the single sum distribution from
         this Plan.

16.3     Plan Merger and Consolidation or Transfer of Plan Assets

         In the event of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets
         or liabilities to, any other plan, each Participant of this Plan would
         (if the Plan then terminated) receive an 

                                       90

<PAGE>



         amount immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer which
         is equal to or greater than the amount he would have been entitled to
         receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if
         the Plan had then terminated).

16.4     Amended and Restated Plans

         If this Plan is an amendment and restatement of an existing plan
         ("Existing Plan"), the following provisions shall apply:

         (a)      Each Employee who was a participant in the Existing Plan
                  immediately prior to the Effective Date shall become a
                  Participant in this Plan on the Effective Date.

         (b)      The balance of such Employee's accounts under the Existing
                  Plan attributable to employer or employee contributions shall
                  be allocated to the corresponding Accounts under this Plan or
                  accounted for separately.

         (c)      All years of service credited for vesting service under the
                  Existing Plan shall be credited as years of Service under this
                  Plan. The amendment and restatement shall not reduce the
                  vested interest of a participant in the Existing Plan, and any
                  change in the vesting schedule shall be subject to the
                  provisions of Section 7.3.

         (d)      The amendment and restatement shall not reduce a Participant's
                  account balance and shall not eliminate any optional form of
                  benefit.

         (e)      Any beneficiary designation in effect under the Existing Plan
                  immediately before the amendment and restatement shall be
                  deemed to be a valid Beneficiary designation under this Plan,
                  to the extent consistent with Article VIII.

16.5     Participating Employers

         (a)      With the consent of the Employer and Trustee, and by duly
                  authorized action, any Affiliated Employer may adopt this Plan
                  and become a Participating Employer.


         (b)      Each such Participating Employer shall be bound by the same
                  Adoption Agreement provisions as those selected by the
                  Employer, and to use the same Trustee as the Employer. If the
                  Employer does not make a contribution to the Plan, the
                  Participating Employer shall be obligated to do so.

         (c)      The Trustee may, but shall not be required to commingle, hold
                  and invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by
                  Participating Employers, as well as all increments thereof.

                                       91

<PAGE>



         (d)      With respect to its relations with the Trustee and Committee
                  for the purposes of this Plan, each Participating Employer
                  shall be deemed to have irrevocably designated the adopting
                  Employer as its agent. Amendment of this Plan by the adopting
                  Employer at any time when there shall be a Participating
                  Employer hereunder shall only be by the written action of the
                  adopting Employer, with the consent of the Trustee where such
                  consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this
                  Plan.

         (e)      A Participating Employer may, at any time, by written notice
                  to the Employer and Trustee in such form as is acceptable to
                  the Employer and Trustee, discontinue its participation in the
                  plan and discontinue all further contributions hereunder. The
                  Employer shall direct the Trustee to transfer, deliver and
                  assign Fund assets attributable to the Participants of such
                  Participating Employer to such successor trustee as shall have
                  been designated by such Participating Employer, in the event
                  that it has established a separate plan for its Employees. If
                  no successor trustee is designated, the Trustee shall retain
                  such assets for the

                  Employees of said Participating Employer pursuant to the
                  provisions of Articles VIII and IX hereof.


                                  ARTICLE XVII.
                             PAIRED PLAN PROVISIONS

The provisions of this Article are applicable only if the Employer adopts a set
of Dreyfus paired plans. Paired plans are a combination of standardized form
plans offered by the Sponsor, so designed that if any single plan or combination
of plans is adopted by an Employer each plan by itself, or the plans together,
will meet the anti-discrimination rules set forth in section 401(a)(4) of the
Code, the contribution and benefit limits set forth in section 415 of the Code
and the Top-Heavy provisions set forth in section 416 of the Code.

17.1     Compliance With Section 415(e) of the Code

         If the Employer adopts one or two of Sponsor's paired defined
         contribution plans and Sponsor's paired defined benefit plan, the "1.0"
         aggregate limitation of section 415(e) of the Code on contributions and
         benefits will be met by freezing or reducing the rate of benefit
         accruals under the paired defined benefit plan.

17.2     Adjustment of Combined Plan Fractions Under Section 415 of the Code for
         Top-Heavy Ratio in Excess of Ninety Percent (90%)

         In any Plan Year in which the Plan becomes Super Top-Heavy, the
         denominators of the Defined Benefit Fraction (as defined in Section 6.4
         of the Plan) and the Defined 


                                       92

<PAGE>



         Contribution Fraction (as defined in Section 6.4 of the Plan) shall be
         computed using one hundred percent (100%) of the dollar limitation
         instead of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%).

17.3     Top-Heavy Minimum Benefits and Contributions

         (a)      When the paired plans maintained by the Employer are
                  Top-Heavy, but are not Super Top-Heavy, each Non-Key Employee
                  who participates in paired defined contribution plan number
                  01001, 01003, 01004, 01005 or 01006, but does not participate
                  in paired defined benefit plan number 02001, will receive the
                  Minimum Allocation provided for in Section 13.3. Each Non-Key
                  Employee who participates in two of the paired defined
                  contribution plans, but not the paired defined benefit plan,
                  shall receive the minimum Top-Heavy allocation under the
                  paired defined contribution plan specified in the Adoption
                  Agreement. Each Non-Key Employee who is a participant in this
                  Plan and the paired defined benefit plan shall receive the
                  minimum top-heavy benefit accrual under such plan and shall
                  not receive any top-heavy minimum contribution under the
                  paired defined contribution plan or plans.

         (b)      When the paired plans maintained by the Employer are Super
                  Top-Heavy, each Non-Key Employee who participates in paired
                  defined contribution plan number 01001, 01003, 01004, 01005 or
                  01006 but who does not participate in paired defined benefit
                  plan number 02001, will receive the Minimum Allocation
                  provided for in Section 13.3. Each Non-Key Employee who
                  participates in two of the paired defined contribution plans,
                  but not the defined benefit plan, shall receive the minimum
                  top-heavy allocation under the paired defined contribution
                  plan specified in the Adoption Agreement. Each Non-Key
                  Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and the paired
                  defined benefit plan shall receive the minimum top heavy
                  benefit accrual under such plan and shall not receive any top
                  heavy minimum contribution under the paired defined
                  contribution plan or plans.

17.4     Integration of Paired Plans

         If the Employer adopts paired plans, only one plan may allocate
         contributions or determine benefits on an integrated basis.



                                       93

<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.7


                             DREYFUS TRUST AGREEMENT


THIS TRUST AGREEMENT is made by and between the Employer whose name is set forth
on the attached adoption agreement (the "Adoption Agreement") and the person
designated as Trustee in the Adoption Agreement (the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Employer has adopted the qualified employee retirement plan
described in the Adoption Agreement (the "Plan") for the exclusive benefit of
its employees who are participants in such Plan (collectively the "Participants"
and individually a "Participant") and their beneficiaries; and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to appoint the Trustee as a "nondiscretionary
trustee" (within the meaning of Section VI(g) of Prohibited Transaction Class
Exemption 77-9 under Section 408(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA")) for the limited purposes hereinafter set
forth; and

WHEREAS, the Trustee desires to act as such a nondiscretionary trustee of the
Plan for the limited purposes hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer hereby establishes a fund with the Trustee that
shall be held, managed and controlled by the Trustee without distinction between
principal and income (the "Trust Fund") upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth:


                                    ARTICLE 1
                            CONCERNING THE TRUST FUND

Section 1.1. The Plan, this Trust Agreement and the Trust Fund created hereunder
are intended to meet all the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a) and
501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and ERISA.
The Employer assumes full responsibility to establish and maintain the Plan as a
plan meeting the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code and
hereby agrees to notify the Trustee promptly in the event of any change in such
qualified status. Copies of all documents related to the Plan including, without
limitation, the Plan, amendments to the Plan and the most recent determination
letter received from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to the Plan (or
an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee as to the plan's qualified
status), upon request will be provided to the Trustee by the Employer.



<PAGE>



Section 1.2. The Employer certifies and represents to the Trustee that there are
no duties imposed on the Trustee under the terms of the Plan that are not
consistent with the provisions of this Trust Agreement.

Section 1.3. The Trustee agrees to accept contributions that are paid to it by
the Employer (as well as rollover contributions and transfers from other
qualified retirement plans) in accordance with the terms of the Plan. The
Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon the determination of the fiduciary named
in the Plan as having the authority to control and manage the administration of
the Plan and its delegates, designers, agents and employees (the "Committee")
that all assets received by the Trustee are properly contributed or transferred
in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Such contributions shall be in cash or
in such other form that may be acceptable to the Trustee. All contributions
received by the Trustee and all other receipts of the Trustee, whether by way of
dividends, interest or otherwise, for the account of the Trust Fund shall be
held, managed and controlled by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Trust
Agreement without distinction between principal and income and may be
commingled, and held and invested and, with all disbursements therefrom,
accounted for by the Trustee, as a single fund. The Employer hereby agrees that
the Employer and the Committee shall have the exclusive responsibility, and the
Trustee shall not have any responsibility or duty under this Trust Agreement, to
determine whether the amount, timing and type of any contribution by the
Employer or any Participant is in accordance with the terms of the Plan or
applicable law, or for the collection of any contributions under the Plan.

Section 1.4 The Trustee, solely from assets held in the Trust Fund, shall make
payments in such amounts and for such proper purposes as may be specified in the
Committee's Directions (as defined in Section 2.1 herein). The Employer hereby
agrees that the Committee shall have the exclusive responsibility, and the
Trustee shall not have any responsibility or duty, under this Trust Agreement
for determining that the Committee's Directions are in accordance with the terms
of the Plan and applicable law, including without limitation, determining the
amount, timing or method of payment or the identity of each person to whom such
payments shall be made. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or duty to
determine the tax effect of any payment or to see to the application of any
payment, but shall be responsible for the proper application of amounts withheld
from distributions for payment of taxes to the appropriate authorities.

Section 1.5. The Trustee shall have no duties or obligations with respect to the
Trust Fund unless such duties or obligations have been specifically undertaken
by the Trustee by the express terms of the Trust Agreement or except to the
extent such duties or obligations are required under applicable laws.



                                        2

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II
                    INVESTMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF THE FUND

Section 2.1.1. In accordance with the provisions of ERISA, the Trustee shall
have exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the Trust Fund;
provided, however, that the Trustee's authority and discretion with respect to
the Trust Fund shall at all times, except to the extent that an Investment
Manager has been appointed pursuant to Section 2.5, be subject to the proper,
written directions of the Committee which are made in accordance with the terms
of the Plan and which are not contrary to ERISA (the "Committee's Directions").
The Trustee shall be entitled to rely entirely on the Committee's Directions,
shall be under no duty to determine or make inquiry whether the Committee's
Directions received by it are in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or
applicable law, and shall have no liability and shall be fully indemnified by
the Employer for any action taken in accordance with, or any failure to act in
the absence of, the Committee's Directions.

Section 2.1.2. If the Committee advises the Trustee that the Plan provides for
individual accounts and permits each Participant to direct the investment of the
assets in the Participant's account, then, pursuant to the Committee's
Directions, the Trustee shall invest the assets in such account among the
investment options established pursuant to Section 2.3 as directed by each such
Participant in accordance with such procedures as are acceptable to the Trustee.
If such procedures include the effecting of exchanges among the investment
options established pursuant to Section 2.3 or otherwise directing the
investment of the assets allocated to a Participant's account by use of the
telephone system maintained for such purpose by the trustee or its agent, the
Trustee shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic direction reasonably
believed by it to be genuine from any person representing himself or herself to
be a Participant directing the investment of assets in his or her account,
provided that the Trustee employs reasonable procedures for processing such
directions, such as requiring a form of personal identification, to confirm that
telephonic directions are genuine. If the Trustee does not follow such
procedures, it may be liable for any losses due to processing unauthorized or
fraudulent directions. Subject to the foregoing, the Trustee shall be entitled
to rely entirely on Participants' directions, shall be under no duty to
determine or make inquiry whether Participants' directions are in accordance
with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law, and shall have no liability
and shall be fully indemnified by the Employer for any action taken in
accordance with, or any failure to act in the absence of, Participants'
directions.

Section 2.2 Except to the extent an Investment Manager has been appointed
pursuant to Section 2.5, the Committee shall have authority and discretion to
select the nature and amount of the investments to be made under the Plan.
Subject to Section 2.5, the Trustee shall invest, reinvest and dispose of the
assets comprising the Trust Fund in accordance with the Committee's Directions.
The Committee shall exercise such authority and discretion solely in the
interest of the Participants and their beneficiaries and (1) for the exclusive
purpose of (a) providing benefits to the Participants and their beneficiaries
and (b) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, (2) with the
care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing 

                                        3

<PAGE>

that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters
would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like
aims, (3) by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk
of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do
so and (4) in accordance with the terms of the Plan and with applicable law. The
Trustee shall have no duty hereunder to review the investments held in the Trust
Fund. The Trustee shall not make suggestions or otherwise render investment
advice to the Committee or any Participant with respect to investment,
reinvestment, or disposition of assets held in the Trust Fund.

Section 2.3. Except to the extent required under applicable law, the authority
and discretion of the Trustee with respect to the Trust Fund shall be limited to
the following nondiscretionary powers which, with the exception of those powers
set forth in Section 2.3(0), shall be exercised solely in accordance with the
Committee's Directions or, to the extent provided in Section 2.1.2, the
directions of Participants or, to the extent provided in Section 2.5, the
directions of an Investment Manager:

         (a)      To open and maintain accounts for the Plan, and to the extent
                  that the Plan is a "defined contribution plan" (within the
                  meaning of Section 3(34) of ERISA), individual accounts for
                  each of the Participants.

         (b)      To receive contributions from the Employer and to credit
                  contributions made by the Employer to the individual accounts
                  of Participants established pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

         (c)      To invest contributions made by the Employer and other assets
                  of the Plan in shares of any investment company sponsored,
                  managed, advised, administered or distributed by The Dreyfus
                  Corporation or any of its affiliates (the "Dreyfus Funds"), in
                  equity securities issued by the Employer or an affiliate which
                  are publicly traded and which are "qualifying employer
                  securities" within the meaning of Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA
                  ("Employer Stock"), in any collective investment fund
                  maintained by a bank or trust company as a "group trust" for
                  the collective investment of employee benefit plans qualified
                  under Section 401(a) of the Code, and such other investments
                  as may be acceptable to the Trustee and as agreed to in
                  writing by The Dreyfus Corporation ("Sponsor") and the
                  Committee (the Dreyfus Funds and such other investments shall
                  be collectively referred to as the "Investments"); and to
                  reinvest dividends and other distributions in the Dreyfus
                  Funds or other Investments provided, however, that if the Plan
                  is established pursuant to one of the Sponsor's prototype plan
                  documents, investments shall be subject to such investment
                  limitations or minimum requirements for investments in Dreyfus
                  Funds as may be imposed by the Sponsor. The Employer hereby
                  agrees that the Trustee shall not be restricted in making such
                  investments to investments that are authorized by governing
                  state laws (as determined under Section 9.5) for the
                  investment of trust funds. If Plan assets are invested in any
                  group trust, the 

                                        4

<PAGE>



                  terms of the group trust agreement or other governing document
                  are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of the
                  Trust Agreement as long as the group trust remains exempt from
                  taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code. The Trustee shall
                  not be responsible in any way respecting the form, terms,
                  payment provisions or issuer of any insurance contract which
                  it is directed to purchase and/or hold to provide for the
                  payment of benefits, or for performing any functions under any
                  such insurance contract which it may be directed to purchase
                  and/or hold as contract holder thereunder (other than the
                  execution of any documents incidental thereto and transfer or
                  receipt of funds thereunder in accordance with the Committee's
                  Directions).

         (d)      To redeem, transfer or exchange shares of the Dreyfus Funds,
                  to sell, exchange, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of
                  any other Investments; and to make, execute and deliver to the
                  purchasers thereof good and sufficient legal documents of
                  conveyance therefor, and all assignments, transfers and other
                  legal instruments, either necessary or convenient for passing
                  the title and ownership of the Investments, and no person
                  dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the
                  application of the purchase money or to inquire into the
                  validity, expediency or propriety of any such sale or
                  disposition.

         (e)      To make distributions from the Trust Fund to Participants and
                  their beneficiaries.

         (f)      To deliver notices, prospectuses and proxy statements to
                  Participants or to the Employer, and to vote in person or by
                  proxy with respect to any securities held by the Trust Fund in
                  accordance with the written directions of the Committee or of
                  the Participants, as the case may be; and in accordance with
                  such power, to exercise subscription, conversion and other
                  rights and options and to take action or refrain from taking
                  any action with respect to any reorganization, consolidation,
                  merger, dissolution or other recapitalization or refinancing
                  to the extent that the exercise of such rights and options or
                  the taking or refraining from such actions may be deemed by
                  the Trustee to be necessary or proper to protect the best
                  interests of the Trust Fund.

         (g)      To maintain records of contributions, investments,
                  distributions and other transactions, and to report such
                  transactions to the Employer or such other persons as may be
                  designated by the Employer.

         (h)      To make necessary filings with the Internal Revenue Service,
                  the Department of Labor and other governmental agencies.

         (i)      To hold any part of the Trust Fund in cash or cash balances.


                                        5

<PAGE>




         (j)      To hold custody of the assets of the Plan; and with respect to
                  any such assets held in custody by the Trustee, to cause any
                  investment of the Trust Fund to be registered in the name of
                  the Trustee or the name of its nominee or nominees or to
                  retain such investment unregistered or in a form permitting
                  transfer by delivery, provided that the books and records of
                  the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments
                  are part of the Trust Fund.

         (k)      To apply for, purchase, hold or transfer any life insurance,
                  retirement income, endowment or annuity contract.

         (l)      To consult and employ any suitable agent(s) to act on behalf
                  of the Trustee and to contract for legal, accounting, clerical
                  and other services deemed necessary by the Trustee to
                  administer the Trust Fund according to the terms of this Trust
                  Agreement and the instructions of the Committee.

         (m)      To make loans from the Trust Fund to Participants in amounts
                  and on terms approved by the Committee; and Employer hereby
                  agrees that the Committee shall have the sole responsibility,
                  and the Trustee shall not have any duty or responsibility, for
                  computing and collecting any loan repayments required to be
                  made under the Plan.

         (n)      To pay from the Trust Fund all taxes imposed or levied with
                  respect to the Trust Fund or any part thereof under existing
                  or future laws, and to contest the validity or amount of any
                  tax, assessment, claim or demand respecting the Trust Fund or
                  any part thereof.

         (o)      To pay out of the Trust Fund (i) all brokerage fees and
                  transfer tax expenses and other expenses incurred in
                  connection with the sale or purchase of investments, (ii) the
                  Trustee's compensation and (iii) all other expenses of
                  administering the Plan and the Trust Fund including, without
                  limitation, any payments authorized by Section 1.4 of this
                  Agreement, unless promptly paid to the Trustee, or otherwise,
                  by the Employer. The Trustee shall have the authority to pay
                  all fees and expenses described in this Section 2.3(0) out of
                  the Trust Fund in the event such fees and expenses are not
                  promptly paid by the Employer and the Trustee is not in
                  receipt of Committee Direction to make such payments.

         (p)      To do all such acts, and to exercise all such rights and
                  privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the
                  Trustee may deem necessary or proper to carry out any of the
                  nondiscretionary powers set forth herein or otherwise in the
                  best interests of the Trust Fund and required by applicable
                  law.

Section 2.4. Investments in Employer Stock shall be subject to the following
notwithstanding any other provision in this Trust Agreement:


                                        6

<PAGE>



         (a)      In accordance with the Committee's Directions, the Trust Fund
                  may be invested in Employer Stock without regard to the ten
                  percent (10%) limitation with respect to the acquisition and
                  holding of employer securities set forth in Section 407(a)(2)
                  of ERISA if the Plan qualifies as an "eligible individual
                  account plan" under Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA.

         (b)      The Committee shall be responsible for determining the
                  appropriateness under the fiduciary responsibility and other
                  applicable provisions of ERISA of acquiring and holding
                  Employer Stock. The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss,
                  or by reason of any breach, which arises from following
                  directions with respect to the acquisition and holding of
                  Employer Stock.

         (c)      Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(d), the Trustee shall
                  purchase and sell Employer Stock in accordance with such
                  procedures and guidelines as annexed hereto as Schedule A.

         (d)      At the Committee's Directions, the Trustee shall purchase or
                  sell Employer Stock on the open market or from or to the
                  Employer. In addition, the Employer may contribute Employer
                  Stock in lieu of cash to the Trust Fund. In the event the
                  Trustee uses one of its affiliates to effect the purchase or
                  sale of Employer Stock, the Trustee and such affiliate shall
                  comply with the provisions of Prohibited Transaction Class
                  Exemption 86-128. In the event that the Committee directs the
                  Trustee to use a particular broker or dealer to effect the
                  purchase or sale of Employer Stock, the Committee shall
                  represent to the Trustee that such direction (i) is for the
                  exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries of the
                  Plan, and (ii) shall not constitute, or cause the Trust Fund
                  to be engaged in, a "prohibited transaction" as defined in
                  Section 406 of ERISA. In the event the Trustee purchases or
                  sells Employer Stock from or to the Employer, such purchase or
                  sale shall be for "adequate consideration" as defined in
                  Section 3(18) of ERISA and no commission shall be charged. In
                  the event that the Employer contributes Employer Stock in lieu
                  of cash to the Trust Fund, such transfer shall be for
                  "adequate consideration" as defined in Section 3(18) of ERISA
                  and no commission shall be charged.

         (e)      The Employer represents and warrants that it has filed and
                  will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and with
                  all applicable state agencies or authorities all required
                  registration statements relating to shares of Employer Stock
                  and other interests which may be issued under the Plan. The
                  Employer acknowledges that it is and shall be responsible for,
                  and that the Trustee shall not be responsible for, preparing
                  or filing such registration statements or for the accuracy of
                  statements contained therein, or for preparing or filing any
                  other reports, statements or filings required under federal or
                  state securities laws with respect to the Trust Fund's
                  investment in Employer Stock.

                                                         7

<PAGE>


         (f)      The Employer shall provide the Trustee with a copy of all
                  proxy solicitation materials proposed to be sent to
                  stockholders at least (7) days before the materials are sent
                  to stockholders or if the issuer of Employer Stock held in the
                  Trust Fund files preliminary proxy solicitation materials with
                  the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Employer shall
                  cause a copy of all materials to be simultaneously sent the
                  Trustee. The Trustee, in its discretion, may prepare or amend
                  any proxy voting form sent to Participants. The Trustee shall
                  determine which of the procedures set forth in subparagraph
                  (f)(i) or subparagraph (f)(ii) are to be followed in sending
                  proxy solicitation materials, including any amended or
                  supplemental materials, to Participants.

                  (i)      The Trustee shall provide the Employer or its
                           designee with mailing labels and proxy labels for
                           each Participant to whose account shares of Employer
                           Stock (both vested and non-vested) are credited.
                           Proxy labels so provided shall indicate the number of
                           shares (including fractional interests in shares) of
                           Employer Stock credited to each Participant's account
                           (both vested and non-vested). At the time of mailing
                           of notice of each annual or special stockholders'
                           meeting of the issuer of Employer Stock, the Employer
                           or its designee shall cause a copy of the notice, all
                           proxy solicitation materials, and all other materials
                           to be sent to stockholders to be sent to each
                           affected Participant. The Employer shall provide the
                           Trustee with a copy of all materials provided to
                           Participants and shall certify to the Trustee that
                           the materials have been mailed or otherwise sent to
                           each affected Participant.

                  (ii)     The Employer shall provide the Trustee with such
                           quantities of the notice of meeting, all proxy
                           solicitation materials and all other materials to be
                           sent to stockholders as may be requested by the
                           Trustee. At the time of mailing of notice of each
                           annual or special stockholders' meeting of the issuer
                           of the Employer Stock, the Trustee or its designee
                           shall send a copy of such materials and a voting
                           instruction form prepared by the Trustee to each
                           affected Participant.

                  The proxy voting form shall be returnable to the Trustee or
                  its designee. Each Participant shall be entitled to direct the
                  Trustee by means of the proxy voting form as to the voting of
                  shares (including fractional interests in shares) of Employer
                  Stock credited to such Participant's account (both vested and
                  non-vested). Upon timely receipt of the proxy voting form, the
                  Trustee shall vote the shares of Employer Stock as instructed.
                  Instructions received by the Trustee from Participants shall
                  be held by the Trustee in strict confidence and shall not,
                  except as may be required by law, be divulged or released to
                  any person including officers or employees of the Employer or
                  members of the Committee; provided, however, that the Trustee
                  may advise the Employer, upon request, of the total number of
                  votes that have been cast with respect to a particular issue.
                  The Trustee shall not make recommendations to Participants on
                  whether to vote or how to vote shares of Employer Stock. The
                  Trustee shall not 

                                        8

<PAGE>


                  vote shares of Employer Stock credited to a Participant's
                  account for which it has not received instructions from the
                  Participant. The Trustee shall not be obligated to solicit a
                  response from Participants from whom it has not received
                  instructions. The Trustee shall vote shares of Employer Stock
                  not credited to Participants' accounts in the same proportion
                  on each issue as it votes those shares credited to
                  Participants' accounts for which it received voting
                  instructions from Participants.

         (g)      In the event of a tender or exchange offer for any Employer
                  Stock held in the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall use its best
                  efforts to distribute or cause to be distributed to each
                  affected Participant in a timely manner all information and
                  materials that are distributed to the stockholders of the
                  issuer of the Employer Stock in connection with the offer and
                  directions as to how the Participant may instruct the Trustee
                  whether or not to tender or exchange the Employer Stock
                  credited to the Participant's account (both vested and
                  non-vested). Alternatively, the Trustee may agree that the
                  notification of Participants and distribution of the
                  information, materials and directions described above are to
                  be effected by the Employer or its designee. In such event,
                  the Employer shall provide the Trustee with a copy of all
                  information, materials and directions provided to Participants
                  and shall certify to the Trustee that the information,
                  materials and directions have been mailed or otherwise sent to
                  each affected Participant. The Trustee, in its discretion, may
                  prepare or amend any instruction form sent to Participants.
                  Instructions shall be returnable to the Trustee or its
                  designee. Each Participant shall be entitled to direct the
                  Trustee to tender or exchange shares (including fractional
                  interest in shares) of Employer Stock credited to such
                  Participant's account (both vested and non-vested). Upon
                  timely receipt of instructions, the Trustee shall act with
                  respect to Employer Stock as instructed. Instructions received
                  by the Trustee from Participants shall be held by the Trustee
                  in strict confidence and shall not, except as may be required
                  by law, be divulged or released to any person including
                  officers or employees of the Employer or members of the
                  Committee; provided, however, that the Trustee may advise the
                  Employer, upon request, of the total number of shares of
                  Employer Stock that have been tendered or exchanged. The
                  Trustee shall not make recommendations to Participants on
                  whether to tender or exchange. The Trustee shall not tender or
                  exchange shares of Employer Stock credited to a Participant's
                  account for which it has not received instructions from the
                  Participant. The Trustee shall not be obligated to solicit a
                  response from Participants from whom it has not received
                  instructions. The Trustee shall tender or exchange that number
                  of shares of Employer Stock not credited to Participants'
                  accounts which is determined (after giving effect to the
                  withdrawal of any shares of Employer Stock before the
                  expiration of the offer or any earlier date set by the
                  Trustee) by multiplying the total number of shares of Employer
                  Stock not credited to Participants' accounts by a fraction of
                  which the numerator is the number of shares of Employer Stock
                  credited to Participants' accounts for which the Trustee has
                  received instructions from Participants to tender or exchange
                  and of which the denominator is the total number of shares

                                        9

<PAGE>



                  of Employer Stock credited to Participants' accounts. A
                  Participant who has instructed the Trustee to tender or
                  exchange shares of Employer Stock credited to such
                  Participant's account may, at any time prior to the expiration
                  of the offer or any earlier date set by the Trustee, instruct
                  the Trustee to withdraw a specified number of shares from the
                  offer. A Participant shall not be limited as to the number of
                  instructions that the Participant may give to the Trustee. If
                  a Participant instructs the Trustee to tender or exchange
                  shares of Employer Stock credited to the Participant's
                  account, the Trustee shall credit to each account of such
                  Participant from which the shares were taken the consideration
                  received by the Trustee for the shares of Employer Stock
                  tendered or exchanged from that account. Pending receipt of
                  Committee Directions or, to the extent provided in Section
                  2.1.2 of the Trust Agreement, instructions from the
                  Participant as to the investment of such proceeds, the Trustee
                  shall invest any cash consideration in such money market
                  mutual fund as is designated in writing by the Committee.

         (h)      For purposes of this Section 2.4, the number of shares of
                  Employer Stock deemed "credited" to a Participant's account
                  shall be determined as of the last preceding valuation date
                  for which an allocation has been completed and Employer Stock
                  has actually been credited to Participants' accounts. The
                  Trustee may, in its discretion, require a special valuation of
                  Participant accounts and crediting of Employer Stock.

         (i)      In the event that the Trustee, in its discretion, determines
                  that time constraints make it unlikely that Participant voting
                  or tender or exchange instructions can be received in a timely
                  fashion, the Trustee shall notify the Committee and the
                  Committee or its designee shall be responsible for such
                  matter, and the Trustee shall vote proxies or respond to a
                  tender or exchange offer in accordance with the Committee's
                  Directions.

         (j)      All costs incurred by the Trustee in handling proxy and tender
                  or exchange offer matters, including without limitation all
                  costs associated with the printing and mailing of Participant
                  instruction forms and other materials and attorneys' fees,
                  shall be expenses of the Trust Fund within the meaning of
                  Section 6.1 of the Trust Agreement.

Section 2.5. If permitted by the Plan, the Employer or the Committee may appoint
one or more investment managers within the meaning of Section 3(38) of ERISA
("Investment Manager") to direct investments with respect to all or part of the
Trust Fund. Any Investment Manager so appointed shall be (i) an investment
adviser registered as such under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (ii) a
bank, as defined in that Act, or (iii) any insurance company qualified to
perform investment management services under the laws of more than one state.
Any Investment Manager 


                                       10

<PAGE>



so appointed shall, in writing, certify to the Employer that it is qualified to
act in such capacity under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding sentence,
accept its appointment as Investment Manager, acknowledge that it is a fiduciary
with respect to the Plan, and certify the identity of the person or persons
authorized to give instructions or directions on its behalf. The Employer shall
certify to the Trustee that it has appointed each Investment Manager in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan and ERISA, and instruct the Trustee
as to the portion of the Plan that is to be managed by each Investment Manager.
The Trustee may continue to rely upon all certifications and agreements made
under this Section 2.5 unless otherwise notified in writing by the Employer or
the Investment Manager, as the case may be. The Trustee shall be entitled to
rely entirely on an Investment Manager's directions, shall be under no duty to
determine or make inquiry whether an Investment Manager's directions received by
it are in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law, and
shall have no duty to review or recommend the sale, retention, or other
disposition of any asset purchased or retained in accordance with an Investment
Manager's directions. The Trustee shall have no liability for any loss to the
Trust Fund resulting from the purchase, sale, or retention of any asset in
accordance with an Investment Manager's directions, or resulting from not having
sold such assets so purchased or retained in the absence of an Investment
Manager's directions, to make such sale or take any other action. The Trustee
shall be fully indemnified by the Employer for any action taken in accordance
with, or any failure to act in the absence of, an Investment Manager's
directions.


                                   ARTICLE III
                           DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Section 3.1.1. The Trustee shall discharge its duties and responsibilities under
this Trust Agreement solely in the interest of Participants and their
beneficiaries, and

         (a)      for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the
                  Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying the
                  reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

         (b)      with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the
                  circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in
                  a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in
                  the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like
                  aims.

Section 3.1.2. In the event that the Employer designates The Dreyfus Trust
Company ("The Trust Company") as the Trustee in the Adoption Agreement hereto,
and the Trustee has been designated as an additional Trustee for the Plan, The
Trust Company as Trustee shall have no responsibilities other than as set forth
herein, and this Trust Agreement shall constitute a supplemental trust
agreement. The duties of The Trust Company shall be limited to assets held in
the Trust Fund, and The Trust Company shall have no duties with respect to
assets held by any other person including, without limitation, any other trustee
for the Plan. The Employer hereby agrees that The 

                                       11

<PAGE>


Trust Company shall not serve as, and shall not be deemed to be, a co-trustee
under any circumstances. 

Section 3.1.3. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3.1.2 herein, 
in the event that more than one individual Trustee has been designated in 
the Adoption Agreement, the action of such individual Trustees shall be 
determined by vote of the majority of such individual Trustees; provided, 
however, that any one of such individual Trustees may execute any applications 
for insurance or annuity contracts provided for herein and documents necessary 
for the exercise of ownership rights thereunder and may perform other such 
ministerial acts; and further provided, that the Trustees may enter into an 
agreement allocating among themselves specific responsibilities, obligations 
and duties.

Section 3.1.4. The Trustee shall be solely responsible for its own acts and
omissions. The Trustee shall have no duty to question, or otherwise inquire
into, the performance of another fiduciary with respect to duties allocated to
such other fiduciary under the Plan. The Trustee shall not be responsible for
the breach of any other such fiduciary unless the Trustee (i) participates
knowingly in, or knowingly undertakes to conceal, an act or omission of such
other fiduciary, knowing such act or omission is a breach, (ii) has actual
knowledge of a breach by such other fiduciary and fails to make reasonable
effort under the circumstances to remedy the breach or (iii) has failed to
perform its own specific fiduciary duties and thereby has enabled another
fiduciary to commit a breach.

Section 3.2. The Trustee shall keep full and accurate records of all receipts,
investments, disbursements and other transactions hereunder, including such
specific records as may be agreed upon in writing between the Company, the
Committee and the Trustee. All such records shall be open to inspection during
the Trustee's normal business hours by any authorized representative of the
Employer or the Committee upon reasonable prior notice to the Trustee.

Section 3.3. Within 90 days after the end of each Plan Year, as that term is
defined in the Plan, or within 90 days after its removal or resignation, or the
termination of the Plan or this Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall file with the
Committee a written account of the administration of the Trust Fund showing all
transactions effected by the Trustee subsequent to the period covered by the
last such accounting, if any, to the end of such Plan Year or date of such
removal or resignation, or the termination of the Plan or this Trust Agreement,
and all property held at its fair market value at the end of the accounting
period. Upon approval of such accounting by the Committee, neither the Employer
nor the Committee shall be entitled to any further accounting by the Trustee.
The Committee shall approve such accounting by written notice of approval
delivered to the Trustee or by failure to express objection to such accounting
in writing delivered to the Trustee within 60 days from the date on which the
accounting is mailed to the Committee and, in either case, the Trustee shall be
forever released and discharged from all liability and accountability with
respect to the propriety of its acts and transactions as to which the Committee
shall within such 60 day period file with the Trustee no such written
objections.


                                       12

<PAGE>


Section 3.4. The Trustee may from time to time consult with counsel and shall be
entitled to rely entirely upon the advice of counsel with respect to any act or
omission.

Section 3.5. In the event of any disagreement resulting in conflicting
instructions to, or adverse claims or demands upon, the Trustee with respect to
payments or instructions, the Trustee shall be entitled, at its option, to
refuse to comply with any such instruction, claim or demand so long as such
disagreement shall continue, and in the exercise of such refusal, the Trustee
may elect not to make any payment or other disposition of assets held pursuant
to this Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall not be or become liable in any way
for its failure or refusal to comply with any such conflicting instructions or
adverse claims or demands, and it shall be entitled to continue to refrain from
acting until such conflicting or adverse instructions, claims or demands (a)
shall have been adjusted by agreement and it shall have been notified in writing
therefor or (b) shall have been finally determined in a court of competent
jurisdiction.

Section 3.6. The Trustee shall not, by act, delay, omission or otherwise, be
deemed to have waived any right or remedy it may have either under this Trust
Agreement or generally, and no waiver shall be valid unless it is contained in a
written instrument signed by the Trustee and only to the extent expressly set
forth therein. A waiver by the Trustee under the terms of this Trust Agreement
shall not be construed as a bar to, or waiver of, the same or any other such
right or remedy that it would otherwise have on any other occasion.

Section 3.7. The Trustee will not be compelled to do any act under this Trust
Agreement or to take any action toward the execution or enforcement of the Trust
Fund created hereunder or to prosecute or defend any suit in respect thereof,
unless indemnified by the Employer to its satisfaction against any loss, costs,
liability and expense; and the Trustee will be fully indemnified by the Employer
for any liability or obligation to any person that results from any failure on
the part of the Employer or the Committee to perform any of their respective
obligations under the Plan or under the terms of this Trust Agreement, or for
any error or omission whatsoever on the part of the Committee or the Employer.

Section 3.8. Unless resulting from the Trustee's own gross negligence or willful
misconduct, the Employer shall indemnify the Trustee and save it harmless from,
against, for and in respect of any and all damages, losses, obligations,
liabilities, liens, deficiencies, costs and expenses (including, without
limitation, attorney's fees and other costs and expenses incident to any suit,
action, investigation, claim or proceedings) suffered, sustained, incurred or
required to be paid by the Trustee in connection with the Plan or this Trust
Agreement. The provisions of this Section 3.8 shall survive termination of this
Trust Agreement.


                                       13

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            PROHIBITION OF DIVERSION

Section 4.1. Except as provided in Section 4.2 herein, at no time prior to the
satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Participants and their
beneficiaries under the Plan shall any part of the corpus or income of the Fund
be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
Participants or their beneficiaries, or for defraying reasonable expenses of
administering the Plan.

Section 4.2.1. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, but subject to the
provisions of Section 4.2.2 herein, contributions made by the Employer under the
Plan shall be returned to the Employer under the following conditions and only
as the Trustee is instructed in writing by the Committee:

         (a)      If a contribution is made by mistake of fact, such
                  contribution shall be returned to the Employer within one year
                  of the payment of such contributions;

         (b)      To the extent that contributions to the Plan are specifically
                  conditioned upon their deductibility under the Code, and a
                  deduction is disallowed for any such contribution, it shall be
                  returned to the Employer within one year after the
                  disallowance of the deduction; and

         (c)      To the extent that contributions to the Plan are specifically
                  conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan under the
                  Code, and the Plan is determined to be disqualified,
                  contributions and the earnings thereon made in respect of any
                  period subsequent to the effective date of such
                  disqualification shall be returned to the Employer within one
                  year after the date of denial of qualification, provided that
                  the Employer makes timely application to the Internal Revenue
                  Service for a determination of the qualified status of the
                  Plan.

Section 4.2.2 Earnings attributable to any contributions returned to the
Employer under Sections 4.2.1(a) and 4.2.1 (b) shall not be returned to the
Employer. Losses attributable to any contributions returned to Employer under
Section 4.2.1 shall reduce the amount to be so returned.


                                    ARTICLE V
                  COMMUNICATION WITH COMMITTEE AND THE EMPLOYER

Section 5.1. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any action by an
Employer that is a corporation pursuant to any of the provisions of this Trust
Agreement shall be evidenced by (1) a resolution of its board of directors (the
"Board") certified to the Trustee over the signature of its Secretary or
Assistant Secretary or other duly authorized agent under the corporate seal, if
any, or (2) by appropriate written authorization of any person or committee to
which the Board has 


                                       14

<PAGE>


delegated the authority to take such action. Any action by an Employer that is a
partnership or a sole proprietorship shall be evidenced by a written
certification of a general partner of the partnership or the sole proprietor, as
the case may be. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely entirely on, and shall be
fully indemnified by the Employer for acting in accordance with, any such
resolution, certification or other authorization.

Section 5.2. The Employer shall provide to the Trustee a certificate, signed by
an authorized officer of the Employer, that contains (a) the name, (b) specimen
signature and (c) a description of the specific powers and duties, of each
member of the Committee. The Employer shall give prompt written notice of any
change in the identity, powers or duties of any member of the Committee, and the
Trustee shall be entitled to rely entirely on its failure to receive such notice
as a certification of the Employer that a designated member of the Committee and
such member's duties and powers have not been changed. The Trustee shall have no
duty to inquire into the qualifications of any member of the Committee.

Section 5.3. The Committee's Directions shall be communicated to the Trustee in
a certificate that sets forth the action of the Committee, signed by the person
then acting as Chairman or Secretary of the Committee, or in a written statement
signed by any two or more members of the Committee or any person or agent
designated to act on behalf of the Committee. Such person or agent shall be so
designated either under the provisions of the Plan or in a certificate by the
Committee that contains (a) the name, (b) specimen signature and (c) a
description of the specific powers and duties of each such person or agent. The
Committee shall give prompt written notice of any change in the identity, powers
and duties of any such person or agent, and the Trustee shall be entitled to
rely entirely on its failure to receive such notice as a certification of the
Committee that the identity, powers and duties of such person or agent have not
been changed.

Section 5.4. The Trustee shall have no liability hereunder for any action taken
in good faith in reliance upon any instructions, directions, certifications and
communications believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or
communicated by the proper person.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                        TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION; EXPENSES

Section 6.1. The Trustee shall receive reasonable compensation for its services
in accordance with its schedule of compensation in effect when such services are
rendered. The Trustee may amend the schedule from time to time, which amendment
shall become effective no earlier than 30 days after written notice is sent to
the Employer. The Trustee shall also be entitled to reimbursement for all
reasonable expenses incurred by it in the performance of its duties hereunder
including, without limitation, any expenses incurred in the consultation or
employment of any agent pursuant to Section 2.3(l). Any such compensation or
expenses and any income or other taxes which may be levied against the Trust
Fund shall be paid out of the Trust Fund, unless paid directly by the Employer.

                                       15

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII
                       RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

Section 7.1. The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the
Employer which shall be effective 30 days after delivery to the Employer of such
notice, provided that a successor Trustee shall have been appointed by the
Employer; provided, however, that such notice may be waived by the Employer.

Section 7.2. The Trustee may be removed by the Employer at any time upon 30
days' prior written notice to the Trustee, provided that a successor Trustee
shall have been appointed by the Employer; provided, however, that such notice
may be waived by the Trustee.

Section 7.3. The appointment of a successor Trustee hereunder shall be
accomplished by and shall take effect upon the delivery to the resigning or
removed Trustee, as the case may be, of written notice from the Employer
appointing such successor Trustee, and an acceptance in writing of the successor
Trustee. Any successor Trustee may be either a corporation authorized and
empowered to exercise trust powers or one or more individuals. All of the
provisions set forth herein with respect to the Trustee shall relate to each
successor Trustee so appointed with the same force and effect as if such
successor Trustee had been originally named herein as the Trustee hereunder. If
a successor Trustee shall not have been appointed within 30 days after delivery
to the Employer of notice of the Trustee's resignation pursuant to Section 7.1,
the resigning Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

Section 7.4. Upon the appointment of a successor Trustee, the resigning or
removed Trustee shall transfer and deliver the Trust Fund to such successor
Trustee, after reserving such reasonable amounts as are necessary to provide for
its reasonable expenses in the settlement of its account, the amount of any
compensation due to it and any sums chargeable against the Trust Fund for which
it may be liable. If the sums so reserved are not sufficient for such purposes,
the resigning or removed Trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement for any
deficiency from the Employer or out of the Trust Fund.

Section 7.5. At the time the Trust Fund shall have been transferred and
delivered to a successor trustee and the accounts of the Trustee have been
approved pursuant to Section 3.3 herein, the Trustee shall be released and
discharged from all further accountability or liability for the Trust Fund and
shall not be responsible in any way for the further disposition of the Trust
Fund or any part thereof.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE TRUST AND PLAN

                                       16

<PAGE>


Section 8.1. The Employer may terminate this Agreement at any time upon 30 days'
prior written notice delivered to the Trustee; provided that such termination by
the Employer is subject to the condition that a new trustee assumes the
responsibilities and functions of the Trustee as set forth herein; and provided,
further, that the trusteeship shall, if terminated by the Employer, continue
thereafter for such period as may be necessary for the complete divestiture to a
newly appointed trustee of all assets held in the Trust Fund.

Section 8.2. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, or if the Employer
permanently discontinues its contributions to the Plan, the Trustee shall
distribute the Fund or any part thereof in accordance with the Committee's
Directions. Upon the Employer's termination of the Plan in whole or in part or
the revocation or termination of this Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have
the right to have its accounts approved. When the Trust Fund shall have been so
applied or distributed, and the accounts of the Trustee shall have been approved
pursuant to Section 3.3 herein, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any way
for the further disposition of the Trust Fund (or that part thereof so applied
or distributed, if the Plan is terminated only in part). The Trustee shall have
the right to withhold distribution or application of any part of the Trust Fund
unless and until written approval of any such termination has been granted by
the Internal Revenue Service and, if the Plan is subject to the jurisdiction of
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the "PBGC"), (a) the period of time
set forth in Section 4041(b)(2)(C) of ERISA has elapsed and the PBGC has not
issued any notice of noncompliance or (b) the PBGC has notified the Plan
Administrator that the requirements or a distress termination have been met
pursuant to Section 4041(c)(3)(A) of ERISA. Assets of the Trust Fund shall not
be returned to the Employer unless and until the Employer has delivered to the
Trustee (a) a certification of an enrolled actuary stating that there is an
amount remaining in the Trust Fund that is not required for the payment of the
benefits provided under the Plan for participants or their beneficiaries and (b)
an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, stating that such return of
assets is permitted under the terms of the Plan and applicable law.

Section 8.3. This Trust Agreement may be amended or modified by a written
agreement signed by the parties hereto or by the Trustee upon 60 days' prior
written notice to the Employer.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 9.1. This Trust Agreement shall be adopted by execution of the Adoption
Agreement.

Section 9.2. In the event that any provision of this Trust Agreement is deemed
or held to be unlawful or invalid for any reason, such event shall not adversely
affect any other provision contained herein unless such illegality shall make
impossible or impracticable the functioning of this Trust Agreement, and in such
case, the appropriate parties shall immediately amend this Trust Agreement.


                                       17

<PAGE>


Section 9.3. The titles and headings of the Sections in this instrument are
placed herein for convenience of reference only. In the event of any conflict,
the text of this instrument, rather than such titles or headings, shall control
the interpretation of any of the terms and provisions contained herein.

Section 9.4. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices or
other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this
Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered by personal delivery or sent
by U.S. first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to their last respective
address of record.

Section 9.5. The construction, validity and administration of this Trust
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state where the Trustee has its
principal place of business, except to the extent that such laws are preempted
by ERISA.



                                       18


<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1

                         [LETTERHEAD OF RUDNICK & WOLFE]

                                 August 6, 1997

The Board of Directors
Kuhlman Corporation
3 Skidaway Village Square
Savannah, Georgia 31411

Gentlemen:

         We have examined the registration statement to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on or about August 6, 1997 for registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of (i) 300,000 additional shares
of common stock, par value $1.00 per share (including related Preferred Stock
Purchase Rights) ("Common Stock"), of Kuhlman Corporation (the "Company")
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options granted and to be granted
pursuant to the Kuhlman Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan");
(ii) an indeterminate amount of interests to be offered and sold pursuant to the
Communication Cable, Inc. Employees' Savings Plus Plan, the Coleman Cable
Systems, Inc. 401(k) Plan, the Schwitzer Tax Reduction Investment Plan for
Certain Salaried and Exempt Employees, and the Schwitzer Tax Reduction
Investment Plan for Asheville Hourly and Certain Nonexempt Employees
(collectively, the "401(k) Plans"); and (iii) 100,000 shares of Common Stock
that may be acquired by the 401(k) Plans for their participants. We have
examined pertinent corporate documents and records of the Company, including its
Certificate of Incorporation and its By-Laws, and we have made such other
examinations as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the
opinion hereinafter expressed. We express no opinion herein or otherwise with
respect to shares of Common Stock, if any, purchased by the 401(k) Plans on the
open market.

         On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

         1.       The issuance of the aforesaid 300,000 shares of Common Stock
                  to be offered by the Company pursuant to the Option Plan has
                  been duly authorized, and, when issued and sold upon the terms
                  and conditions set forth in the Option Plan and in the award
                  agreements executed thereunder, such shares will be legally
                  issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         2.       The issuance of the aforesaid 100,000 shares of Common Stock
                  to be offered by the Company pursuant to the 401(k) Plans has
                  been duly authorized, and, when issued and sold upon the terms
                  and conditions set forth in the 401(k) Plans, such shares will
                  be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
registration statement.


                                     Very truly yours,

                                     RUDNICK & WOLFE


                                     By: /s/ Dorian R. Williams
                                     Dorian R. Williams, a partner


<PAGE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

         As independent public accountants, we consent to the incorporation by
reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-8 of Kuhlman Corporation of
(i) our reports, each dated May 21, 1997, appearing respectively in the Annual
Report on Form 11-K of the Schwitzer Tax Reduction Investment Plan for Certain
Salaried and Exempt Employees and the Annual Report on Form 11-K of the
Schwitzer Tax Reduction Investment Plan for Asheville Hourly and Certain
Nonexempt Employees, each for the year ended December 31, 1996; and (ii) of our
report dated February 3, 1997 (except with respect to the matters discussed in
Note 17 and the last two paragraphs of Note 5, as to which the dates are March
10, 1997 and May 27, 1997, respectively) appearing in the prospectus filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the
Securities Act of 1933 as part of Registration Statement No. 333-28011. We also
consent to all references to our firm included in this Registration Statement.


/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
Louisville, Kentucky
August 5, 1997



<PAGE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

         We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statement on Form S-8 of Kuhlman Corporation of our reports dated June 16, 1997
and April 30, 1997 appearing in the Annual Report on Form 11-K of the Coleman
Cable Systems, Inc. 401(k) Plan for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and
the six months ended December 31, 1995, and to all references to our firm
included in this registration statement.


/s/ Walsh Cenko & Haynes, P.C.
Walsh Cenko & Haynes, P.C.
Bloomfield Hills, Michigan
July 30, 1997



<PAGE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

         We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration
Statement on Form S-8 of Kuhlman Corporation of our report dated May 2, 1997
appearing in the Annual Report on Form 11-K of the Communication Cable Inc.
Employees' Savings Plus Plan for the year ended October 31, 1996 and the
two months ended December 31, 1996, and to all references to our firm included
in this Registration Statement.


/s/ Batchelor, Tillery & Roberts, LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
August 5, 1997



<PAGE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

         We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration
statement of Kuhlman Corporation on Form S-8 of our report dated February 3,
1997 on our audit of the combined financial statements of Kysor Transportation
Products Group as of December 31, 1996 and for the year then ended, which report
is included in Amendment No. 1 to Form 8-K/A.


/s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Detroit, Michigan
August 6, 1997



<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT 24
                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned, being a
director or officer, or both, of KUHLMAN CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), does hereby constitute and appoint ROBERT S. JEPSON, JR.,
CURTIS G. ANDERSON, VERNON J. NAGEL, AND RICHARD A. WALKER, with full power to
each of them to act alone, as the true and lawful attorneys and agents of the
undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution to each of said
attorneys to execute, file or deliver any and all instruments and to do all acts
and things which said attorneys and agents deem advisable to enable the Company
to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any requirements or
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in
connection with the registration under said Securities Act of shares of common
stock of the Company subject to the Kuhlman Corporation 1994 Stock Option Plan,
the Communication Cable, Inc. Employees' Savings Plus Plan, the Coleman Cable
Systems, Inc. 401(k) Plan, the Schwitzer Tax Reduction Investment Plan for
Certain Salaried and Exempt Employees, and the Schwitzer Tax Reduction
Investment Plan for Asheville Hourly and Certain Nonexempt Employees, including
specifically, but without limitation of the general authority hereby granted,
the power and authority to sign his name as a director or officer or both, of
the Company, as indicated below opposite his signature, to the registration
statement, and any amendment, post-effective amendment, supplement or papers
supplemental thereto, to be filed with respect to said shares of common stock;
and each of the undersigned does hereby fully ratify and confirm all that said
attorneys and agents, or any of them, or the substitute of any of them, shall do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has subscribed these
presents, this 24th day of April, 1997.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                   <C>
/s/ Robert S. Jepson, Jr.                                             /s/ Alexander W. Dreyfoos, Jr.
Robert S. Jepson, Jr., Chairman of the                                Alexander W. Dreyfoos, Jr., Director
Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director


/s/ Vernon J. Nagel                                                   /s/ William M. Kearns, Jr.
Vernon J. Nagel, Executive Vice President                             William M. Kearns, Jr., Director
of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Office)


/s/ Curtis G. Anderson                                                /s/ George J. Michel, Jr.
Curtis G. Anderson, President, Chief                                  George J. Michel, Jr., Director
Operating Officer and Director


/s/ William E. Burch                                                  /s/ General H. Norman Schwarzkopf
William E. Burch, Director                                            General H. Norman Schwarzkopf,
                                                                      Director


/s/ Steve Cenko
Steve Cenko, Director


/s/ Gary G. Dillon
Gary G. Dillon, Director
</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission